ACCA PAPER F3/FFA FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STUDY QUESTION BANK For Examinations to August 2015 ® ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (i) No responsibility for loss occasioned to any person acting or refraining from action as a result of any material in this publication can be accepted by the author, editor or publisher. This training material has been published and prepared by Becker Professional Development International Limited 16 Elmtree Road Teddington TW11 8ST United Kingdom. Copyright ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. All rights reserved. No part of this training material may be translated, reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form either in whole or in part or by any electronic, mechanical or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage and retrieval system. Request for permission or further information should be addressed to the Permissions Department, DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. Acknowledgement Past ACCA examination questions are the copyright of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants and have been reproduced by kind permission. (ii) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) CONTENTS Question Page Answer Marks 1 1001 10 2 2 3 1001 1002 1003 8 9 12 4 1004 8 4 5 1004 1007 22 10 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 12 12 13 1008 1010 1013 1016 1019 1024 1026 1029 1031 1036 1039 1044 1048 22 21 24 23 35 10 14 7 40 23 27 30 10 14 15 15 1048 1049 1051 5 15 6 16 17 17 18 19 19 20 20 1051 1052 1054 1055 1057 1058 1059 1059 10 8 12 15 17 6 8 16 Date worked CONTEXT OF FINANCIAL REPORTING 1 MCQs Context of financial reporting FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2 3 4 Jan Bartok Tomas Maxim MCQs Financial statements ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS 5 MCQs Accounting systems DOUBLE ENTRY BOOKKEEPING PRINCIPLES 6 7 Victor Borissov MCQs Double entry bookkeeping principles LEDGER ACCOUNTING AND THE TRIAL BALANCE 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Roman Petr Grigory Dana A Patel Bohm Ivan Tombs Viktor Angelo Stefan R Rybin Nixon MCQs Ledger accounting CREDIT TRANSACTIONS 21 22 23 Damien Ricardo MCQs Credit transactions ACCRUALS AND PREPAYMENTS 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Dino A Crew Tomasz Pushkova Scorcese Tolstoy Haertel MCQs Accruals and prepayments ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (iii) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK CONTENTS Question Page Answer Marks Date worked DEPRECIATION AND DISPOSAL OF NON-CURRENT ASSETS 32 33 34 35 36 37 Rookie Alexander Udot Popov Reuther MCQs Depreciation and disposals 22 23 23 23 24 24 1061 1062 1062 1064 1065 1067 10 6 7 6 10 20 27 27 28 28 29 29 30 30 31 1071 1071 1072 1074 1075 1075 1077 1078 1079 6 6 7 9 8 10 8 10 16 33 33 34 34 36 1082 1083 1084 1084 1090 10 8 4 40 8 37 37 38 38 39 39 40 40 41 42 1090 1093 1097 1098 1099 1099 1100 1101 1107 1114 30 20 16 3 6 18 11 40 40 22 46 47 47 48 49 50 51 52 1117 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1121 1123 9 10 15 16 15 15 22 8 RECEIVABLES AND PAYABLES 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 Krol Hyundai Dinul Pushkin Ink Products Adam Strak Frederik MCQs Receivables and payables INVENTORY 47 48 49 50 51 C3P0 Ogay Ales Period-end adjustments MCQs Inventory BOOKS OF PRIME ENTRY AND CONTROL ACCOUNTS 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 A Smit Rebecca Wooden Tops Rubens Zone Hastings & Co Zenkerova Rankine Henry Williams MCQs Books of prime entry CONTROL ACCOUNT RECONCILIATIONS 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 (iv) Brabantia Tartufo Racy Teletubby Robin & Co Showers Hubert MCQs Control account reconciliations ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) CONTENTS Question Page Answer Marks 53 54 54 54 55 55 56 57 57 1123 1124 1124 1124 1125 1125 1126 1127 1127 8 5 6 8 8 12 15 15 8 58 59 59 60 61 62 63 63 65 66 68 1128 1129 1129 1130 1131 1133 1136 1137 1139 1141 1143 10 8 15 15 18 20 20 20 18 26 10 70 71 72 73 74 75 77 79 1144 1147 1148 1150 1153 1157 1160 1162 20 18 20 20 20 20 20 25 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 89 1163 1165 1166 1169 1172 1175 1177 1181 1183 9 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Date worked BANK RECONCILIATIONS 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 Talant Pringle White Gorbachev Jovanovich North Star Company Dealers Geneva MCQs Bank reconciliations SUSPENSE ACCOUNTS 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 Yulia Ogre Groan Blackwater Transport Smetena Newsagents Alpha Cosy Comforts Rafal Jaffa XYZ CND MCQs Suspense accounts BASIC ACCOUNTS PREPARATION 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 Jolanta Gandalf Maria Federov Heinz Gammon Stewart Bowie INCOMPLETE RECORDS 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 Cost structures Lamdin Leonardo Deltic Waldorf Slate Bennett Botham MCQs Incomplete records ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (v) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK CONTENTS Question Page Answer Marks 92 92 1185 1186 10 10 93 93 93 1187 1188 1189 17 14 12 95 95 95 1190 1191 1192 10 7 10 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 1192 1194 1195 1197 1199 1200 1201 20 12 18 12 20 11 14 104 104 104 105 1202 1203 1204 1205 12 12 12 10 106 106 1206 1206 12 10 108 108 109 1207 1208 1211 20 16 10 110 110 111 1211 1213 1214 20 10 10 Date worked REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 107 108 IASB MCQs Regulatory framework CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK 109 110 111 Financial statements Accounting concepts (ACCA J00) MCQs Conceptual framework IAS 1 PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 112 113 114 Overall considerations Current assets and liabilities MCQs IAS 1 CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND FINANCE COSTS 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 Beta Logo Gamma Sigma Lark (ACCA J00) Alpaca (ACCA J02) MCQs Capital structure and finance costs IAS 2 INVENTORIES 122 123 124 125 Retail inventory Measurement of inventories Bilda MCQs IAS 2 IAS 18 REVENUE 126 127 Sale of goods and leisure facilities MCQs IAS 18 IAS 16 PROPERTY PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 128 129 130 Depreciation and revaluation Diamond (IAS 16) (ACCA J97) MCQs IAS 16 IAS 38 INTANGIBLE ASSETS 131 132 133 (vi) Research and development Defer MCQs IAS 38 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) CONTENTS Question Page Answer Marks Date worked IAS 37 PROVISIONS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND CONTINGENT ASSETS AND IAS 10 EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD 134 135 136 137 138 Eternity Accounting treatments Four events MCQs IAS 37 MCQs IAS 10 112 112 113 114 115 1214 1215 1216 1217 1217 12 12 20 8 8 116 117 119 120 121 123 124 1218 1220 1222 1224 1225 1227 1229 14 18 16 20 11 15 10 126 127 128 129 130 130 131 132 1229 1231 1232 1234 1236 1237 1239 1240 10 12 12 12 10 10 12 12 133 135 136 137 1241 1242 1244 1245 12 20 12 10 IAS 7 STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 Antipodean R2D2 Momi Jane C3P0 Tivoli MCQs IAS 7 CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 P&S Happy and Sad Faye Honey Humphrey Happy Bing and Crosby (ACCA D10) MCQs Consolidated financial statements INTERPRETATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 154 155 156 157 Alex Solo Darth MCQs Interpretation of financial statements ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (vii) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (viii) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 1 MCQs CONTEXT OF FINANCIAL REPORTING 1.1 Which of the following are features of any partnership? A B C D 1.2 Which of the following more of a disadvantage of operating as a sole trader as compared with a partnership? A B C D 1.3 Making year-end adjustments to determine the financial results for the year Collecting, analysing and summarising financial transactions Recording actual transactions in monetary terms Disclosure of transactions and events Which of the following is NOT a component of financial statements? A B C D 1.5 Risk of personal bankruptcy Limited access to finance Responsibility for all liabilities Requirements to keep accounting records Which of the following distinguishes financial reporting from financial accounting? A B C D 1.4 Owner-management, joint liability Limited liability, owner-management Separate legal entity, limited liability Joint liability, separate legal entity A statement of comprehensive income A statement of changes in equity A cash flow forecast Accounting policies and explanatory notes Which of the following users of financial statements has least need of published financial information? A B C D Potential investors and their advisers Directors and management Employees and their representatives Customers and suppliers (10 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 2 JAN BARTOK The following information is available for Jan Bartok’s business for the year ended 31 December: $ 1,200 5,000 1,500 2,800 25,000 2,000 5,000 20,000 2,000 3,000 100 1,000 800 Bank overdraft Trade receivables Opening inventory Motor vehicles Sales revenue Drawings Opening capital Purchases Trade payables Closing inventory Cash in hand Administration expenses Wages Required: Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December and a statement of financial position at that date. (8 marks) Question 3 TOMAS MAXIM The following information is available for Tomas Maxim’s business for the year ended 31 December. He started his business on 1 January. $ 6,400 5,060 16,100 28,400 1,700 5,100 174 1,596 2,130 4,162 2,050 200 2,628 50 4,100 Trade payables Trade receivables Purchases Sales revenue Motor van Drawings Insurance General expenses Rent Salaries Inventory at 31 December Sales returns Cash at bank Cash in hand Capital introduced Required: Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December and a statement of financial position at that date. (9 marks) 2 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 4 MCQs FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 4.1 Which of the following statements is correct? A B C D 4.2 Which one of the following is NOT a liability? A B C D 4.3 Purchases – closing inventory + opening inventory Purchases – opening inventory + closing inventory Opening inventory + purchases + closing inventory Closing inventory + purchases – opening inventory Which one of the following items of expenditure should be classified as capital expenditure? A B C D 4.6 A lease of land A registered trademark Royalty receipts An investment in a listed company Which one of the following represents cost of goods sold in a statement of profit or loss? A B C D 4.5 Accrued expenses Bank overdraft Drawings Trade payables Which one of the following is an example of an intangible asset? A B C D 4.4 A non-current asset is a tangible asset A non-current asset is initially recorded at cost A non-current asset is depreciated annually A non-current asset is owned Service agreement costs for computer equipment Installation costs for an air-conditioning system Cost of a three-year manufacturer’s warranty Purchases of cars for resale Which one of the following items could properly be included in non-current tangible assets in the statement of financial position of a manufacturing business? A $55,000 representing the use of the business’s own labour and material costs incurred in constructing an extension to the warehouse B $45,000 representing the salary and occupancy costs of a manager whose main function is to prepare, control and implement capital expenditure budgets C $25,000 spent in tracing and rectifying a serious fault in operating a production line to restore it to normal efficiency D $35,000 incurred in an extensive market survey, the recommendations of which may be implemented next year (12 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 3 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 5 MCQs ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS 5.1 Which one of the following statements concerning an accounting system is correct? A B C D 5.2 Which one of the following is an organisational objective? A B C D 5.3 To ensure that all assets are recorded in a register To safeguard assets To ensure that asset disposals are authorised To ensure that access to assets is restricted Which one of the following is a book of prime entry? A B C D 5.4 It includes informal as well as formal procedures It ensures efficient operations Its objective is to prevent and detect fraud and error It maintains computerised records Asset register Inventory records Receivables ledger Journal Which of the following documents will all be found in a typical sales system? A B C D Standing order, goods despatch note, customer statement Sales order, goods received note, remittance advice Sales invoice, goods despatch note, remittance advice Sales invoice, goods received note, customer statement (8 marks) Question 6 VICTOR BORISSOV Victor Borissov won $10,000 in a national lottery and decided to set himself up as a computer distributor, starting to trade on 1 April. During April he made the following transactions: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Paid the $10,000 into a business bank account Bought an Atari for $1,000 cash Bought an Amstrad for $2,500 cash Sold the Atari for $1,500 cash Paid rent for his premises of $300 cash. Bought an office desk and chair for $200 cash Bought a Compaq for $4,000 cash Sold the Amstrad for $3,250 cash Drew $400 in cash from the business. Required: (a) Show the accounting equation which results from EACH of these transactions. (Note: Each transaction follows on from the one before.) 4 (9 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (b) The following transactions were entered into during May: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Bought for cash a Legend ($3,000) and an Apple Mac ($2,500) Sold the Legend for $4,500 cash Received a telephone bill for $100 which he paid Sold the Apple Mac for $1,800 cash Drew $600 in cash from the business Bought an IBM for $5,600 cash. Required: Show the accounting equation at 31 May after ALL the above transactions. (c) (6 marks) Assuming the same transactions as in (b), prepare a statement of profit or loss for the month ended 31 May and a statement of financial position at that date for Victor Borissov’s business. (7 marks) (22 marks) Question 7 MCQs DOUBLE ENTRY BOOKKEEPING PRINCIPLES 7.1 Which of the following principles underlie double entry bookkeeping? A B C D 7.2 Accounting equation, separate legal entity concept, duality concept Accruals concept, accounting equation, business entity concept Accounting equation, business entity concept, duality concept Accruals concept, business entity concept, duality concept Closing net assets can be found by using which of the following equations? A B C D Opening capital + Profit + Drawings + Capital introduced Opening capital + Profit – Drawings + Capital introduced Opening capital – Profit + Drawings + Capital introduced Opening capital – Profit – Drawings + Capital introduced The following information relates to items 7.3 and 7.4: A trader had the following items in his statement of financial position on 31 December 2013 and 2014: 2013 $ 2,000 1,000 500 2,000 500 – – Land Cars Payables Receivables Cash Closing inventory Accrued expenses 2014 $ 2,000 – 2,000 2,000 – 6,000 1,000 During the period the trader made drawings of $700. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 5 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 7.3 What was the trader’s profit for the year ended 31 December 2014? A B C D 7.4 What was the change in the above trader’s investment (in net assets) between 2013 and 2014? A B C D 7.5 $1,300 $2,700 $6,700 $7,700 $2,000 $2,700 $3,000 $4,000 Which ONE of the following is NOT an appropriation of profit? A B C D Goods taken from a business by a sole trader for personal use Interest payments to providers of finance Dividends paid to shareholders Salaries paid to partners (10 marks) Question 8 ROMAN The following information relates to the first two months’ trading of Roman, who is in business as a greengrocer. All transactions are on a cash basis. 1 January 15 January 23 January 31 January Roman paid $350 into the business Bought goods for $200 Paid motor expenses of $40 Sold goods for $300 5 February 7 February 8 February 21 February 28 February Received $300 from Denis as a loan repayable in two years’ time Purchased goods for $200 Sold goods for $150 Paid rent of $50 Sold goods for $300. Required: For EACH month: (a) (b) (c) (d) Write up and close the relevant ledger accounts for the above transactions; Extract a list of account balances; Prepare a statement of profit or loss; Draft a statement of financial position. (9 marks) (4 marks) (5 marks) (4 marks) (22 marks) 6 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 9 PETR Petr commenced trading in his bakery on 5 April. All his transactions were on a cash basis, as follows: 5 April 7 April 8 April 15 April 20 April 28 April 29 April 30 April Introduced cash into the business of $300 Purchased goods for $200 Received loan from Tatiana of $250 repayable within twelve months Purchased a motor van for $150 Sold goods for $350 Paid rent of $50 Repaid part of the loan $200 Drew cash from the business $60. At 30 April Petr had $100 goods in hand. Required: (a) Write up, balance and close the relevant ledger accounts for the above transactions. (8 marks) (b) Prepare the list of account balances at 30 April. (c) Prepare the statement of profit or loss for the month ended 30 April and a statement of financial position at that date. (9 marks) (4 marks) (21 marks) Question 10 GRIGORY You are given the following information on the first month’s trading of Grigory, who is in business as a second-hand furniture dealer. All transactions are on a cash basis. 1 January 2 January 3 January 4 January 10 January 13 January 20 January 24 January 27 January 30 January 31 January Grigory paid $5,000 into the business Bought a motor van for $600 Bought goods for $1,300 Received a loan from Sergei $1,000 repayable within twelve months Paid expenses on the motor van of $200 Sold goods for $300 Sold goods for $500 Paid storage expenses $150 Repaid Sergei part of his loan $350 Withdrew cash from the business $175 Closing inventory was $800. Required: (a) Write up the ledger accounts for the above transactions, including dates, descriptions and balances. (11 marks) (b) Prepare the trial balance at 31 January. (c) Prepare the statement of profit or loss for the month ended 31 January and a statement of financial position at that date. (9 marks) (4 marks) (24 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 7 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 11 DANA The following information relates to the first two months’ trading of Dana, who is in business as a hairdresser. All transactions are on a cash basis. 2 March 16 March 24 March 29 March 6 April 8 April 9 April 22 April 30 April Dana paid $525 into the business Purchased supplies for $300 Paid miscellaneous expenses $60 Cash from customers $450 Received $450 from Radok as a loan repayable in two year’ time Purchased supplies $300 Receipts from customers $225 Paid establishment costs $75 Receipts from customers $450. Dana held no inventory at 30 April. Required: (a) Write up and balance the ledger accounts for EACH month. (9 marks) (b) Extract a trial balance for EACH month. (4 marks) (c) Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the TWO months to 30 April. (3 marks) (d) Prepare a statement of financial position at the end of EACH month. (7 marks) (23 marks) Question 12 A PATEL A Patel started business on 1 January and had the following monthly transactions: 1 January 2 January 3 January 4 January 5 January 6 January 8 Started the business with $10,000 in cash Borrowed a sum of $4,000 in cash from C Sladek, $200 of which is repayable on the first of every other month starting 1 February Bought a motor van for cash $900 Bought goods for cash $2,300 Sold his entire inventory for $3,000 cash Paid cash for motor running expenses of $250 1 February 2 February 3 February 4 February 5 February 6 February 28 February Repaid $200 in cash to C Sladek Withdrew $300 cash from the business for his own use Bought a typewriter for $160 cash Bought goods for cash $3,500 Sold goods for $3,200 cash Took for his own consumption goods which had cost $280 Closing inventory was $720 1 March 2 March 3 March 31 March Bought goods for cash $2,900 Sold goods for $2,625 cash Paid cash for rent of premises $225 Closing inventory was $1,170. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Required: (a) Prepare for EACH month: (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (b) the ledger accounts showing descriptions and balances; a trial balance; a statement of profit or loss for the year to date; a statement of financial position. (30 marks) Close the relevant ledger accounts as at 31 March writing up the income and expenditure account. (5 marks) (35 marks) Question 13 BOHM Bohm’s transactions were as follows: 1 January 5 January 7 January 9 January 10 January 11 January 12 January 13 January 14 January Introduced cash Purchased fixtures and fittings Purchased goods on credit from Dvorak Some goods returned damaged to Dvorak Paid Dvorak amount due Sold goods on credit to Jovanovich Jovanovich returned unsuitable goods Sold goods for cash Jovanovich settled his account. $ 5,000 2,000 1,000 100 300 50 300 Required: Write up and close the relevant ledger accounts. (10 marks) Question 14 IVAN TOMBS The following information is available for the business of Ivan Tombs, a bookseller: January (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) Started business with $10,000 in business bank account Made purchases for $200 cash Further purchases for $400 on credit from Moore Paid rent of $1,000 cash Bought stationery for $60 cash Bought an old van for $4,000 from Petros promising to pay later Sold rare books to Greene for $1,000 cash Paid Moore $140 cash Sold book on credit to Doyle for $140 Bought more stationery for $40 cash Paid cash of $150 for motor expenses Paid Petros $1,000 Took $300 from the business to pay for living expenses Received $100 from Doyle. Required: Show how these transactions would be recorded in the ledger accounts. Close the relevant accounts. (14 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 9 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 15 VIKTOR Viktor had the following transactions during January: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Introduced $1,000 cash as capital Purchased goods on credit from ABC for $400 Paid monthly rent $40 and electricity $100 Purchased car for cash $200 Sold half of goods on credit to XYZ for $350 Drew $60 for his own expenses Sold remainder of goods for cash $420. Required: Write up and close the relevant ledger accounts, including trading account and income and expenditure account, necessary to record the above transactions. (7 marks) Question 16 ANGELO The transactions described below concern the business of Angelo which retails biographies of famous painters: (1) Invest $5,000 capital in business (2) Pay $300 cash for shop rent (3) Pay cash for 100 biographies of Cézanne @ $20 each (4) Sell 30 copies @ $30 each for cash (5) Buy a second hand van for $2,000 (6) Pay $1,500 cash for 50 biographies of Dali (7) Sell, for cash, 30 copies of each title for $30 and $45 respectively (8) Receive $100 cash for sub-letting storage space (9) Purchase, on credit from The Bookworm, 40 biographies of El Greco @ $25 each (10) Receive, but do not pay, a telephone bill for $75 (11) Sell: 10 copies of Cézanne @ $30 each, for cash 20 copies of Dali @ $45 each, on credit to Mr Salvador 15 copies of El Greco @ $40 each, on credit to Mr Quinn (12) Pay $500 to The Bookworm (13) Receive $600 from Mr Salvador (14) Pay the telephone bill (15) Receive $475 from Mr Quinn (16) Pay $300 to The Bookworm (17) Sell all remaining inventory for $1,800 cash to facilitate a move to bigger premises. 10 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Required: (a) Present each transaction in the form: $ Dr X Name of a/c Cr Name of a/c $ X (15 marks) (b) Write up the ledger accounts to reflect the double entries, recording credit transactions in total accounts rather than individual accounts. (8 marks) (c) Balance all the accounts. (4 marks) (d) Extract a list of account balances (i.e. trial balance). (4 marks) (e) Close the relevant accounts to an income and expenditure account in the general ledger. (3 marks) (f) Draft a statement of profit or loss and statement of financial position. (6 marks) (40 marks) Question 17 STEFAN Stefan commenced trading on 1 November as a wine merchant. The following transactions relate to November: 1 November 3 November 5 November 7 November 8 November 12 November 23 November 25 November 28 November 29 November 30 November Paid cash into the business Purchased goods from X on credit Purchased goods from Y on credit Purchased fixtures and fittings for cash Sold goods to A on credit Sold goods for cash Withdrew cash from the business Paid cash to Y Paid cash to X Received cash from A Withdrew goods for own consumption (at cost) $ 3,000 400 350 560 500 400 100 300 400 400 20 Closing inventory amounted to $250. Required: (a) Write up and balance the relevant ledger accounts for the above transactions. (11 marks) (b) Prepare the trial balance at 30 November. (c) Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the month ended 30 November and a statement of financial position at that date. (8 marks) (4 marks) (23 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 11 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 18 R RYBIN On 1 December R Rybin started business with $5,000 in cash. He purchased fixtures and fittings for $1,000 cash. His purchases on credit during the month were: 9 December 13 December 20 December $ 400 300 140 A Agladze B Buczak C Coke His sales on credit during the month were: 10 December 14 December 29 December $ 600 800 300 D Didnko E Ergo F Fesan Cash sales for the month were $100. Other payments were: 7 December 10 December 20 December $ 40 150 1,500 200 Rent Electricity Motor van Stationery On 31 December D Didnko settled his account in full, and Rybin paid Agladze and Buczak. On the same date Rybin also bought a second-hand computer for $250 for use in the business, and withdrew $100 from the business. Inventory in hand at 31 December was $150. Required: (a) Write up the ledger accounts, recording credit transactions in the accounts of individuals. (15 marks) (b) Prepare the trial balance at 31 December. (c) Prepare the statement of profit or loss for the month ended 31 December and a statement of financial position at that date. (8 marks) (4 marks) (27 marks) Question 19 NIXON Nixon is a retailer and on 1 January his assets were: $ 343 458 198 Cash in hand Inventory Furniture and fittings Receivables Smith Harvey Moon 12 18 39 26 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) His liabilities were to the following suppliers: $ 12 21 Rich Max His transactions during January were: 2 January 5 January 7 January 9 January 11 January 14 January 15 January 20 January 21 January 23 January 28 January 31 January Goods sold to Harvey on credit Paid wages Bought goods on credit from Rich Smith settled his account Paid the amount owing to Max Cash sales Paid wages Bought goods for cash Paid Rich for balance owing on his account Bought for cash a new office desk Paid wages Cash sales Paid office expenses Harvey paid on account Cash sales Paid wages Cash sales Inventory at cost was $ 124 12 150 64 14 75 32 17 110 3 25 84 15 30 374 Required: (a) Write up and close the relevant ledger accounts. (18 marks) (b) Extract a trial balance at 31 January. (c) Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the month ended 31 January and a statement of financial position at that date. (8 marks) (4 marks) (30 marks) Question 20 MCQs LEDGER ACCOUNTING 20.1 Which of the following is correct? A A debit entry will increase non-current assets A debit entry will decrease drawings A credit entry will increase payables B A debit entry will increase bank overdraft A debit entry will decrease payables A credit entry will increase profit C A credit entry will decrease drawings A credit entry will increase profit A credit entry will decrease non-current assets D A debit entry will increase profit A credit entry will decrease drawings A credit entry will increase bank overdraft ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 13 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 20.2 20.3 Which of the following is the correct double entry for goods taken by a sole trader for personal use? A Dr Drawings Cr Purchases B Dr Drawings Cr Sales C Dr Drawings Cr Inventory D Dr Purchases Cr Drawings At the end of the year when ledger accounts have been closed, which one of the following may have a credit balance? A B C D 20.4 Which one of the following errors should be detected by the extraction of a trial balance? A B C D 20.5 Sales revenue account Bank account Inventory account Income and expenditure account An error of original entry An error of omission An error of principle A transposition error Which one of the following statements is correct? A B C D A trial balance can only be extracted at the end of a reporting period A trial balance does not prove that all transactions have been recorded A trial balance proves the arithmetic accuracy of the books of account Financial statements can be prepared directly from a trial balance (10 marks) Question 21 DAMIEN Damien is a pet food wholesaler. His policy is to allow his credit customers a settlement discount of 3%. He receives from his suppliers, a discount of 5% if he settles their invoices within 30 days of receipt and also occasionally receives a trade discount. During March the following takes place: (i) Purchased goods on credit costing $260. (ii) Sold goods on credit for $500 to Felix. (iii) Was informed by his suppliers that he was eligible for a trade discount of 10%. (iv) Received cash from Felix, who took advantage of the discount offered. (v) Sent cash, in respect of the credit purchases made in March, to suppliers taking advantage of the 5% discount offered. 14 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Required: Write up a discounts ledger account. (5 marks) Question 22 RICARDO Ricardo, a sole trader, had the following transactions for the month of June: 2 June Sold goods to Claire for $8,500 on credit; offered a 5% quick settlement discount. 13 June Bought goods from Georgina for $12,000 on credit; Georgina offered a 7% quick settlement discount. 14 June Sold goods to Hywel for $9,000 after a 5% trade discount. 20 June Sold goods to Jane for $6,000 cash. 21 June Bought goods on credit for $4,500 from Andrew who offered a 2% quick settlement discount. 22 June Claire returned goods sold of $1,000. 24 June (i) Mandy bought goods worth $5,000 and was offered a 3% quick settlement discount. (ii) Claire took advantage of Ricardo’s discount and paid the net amount due after taking the discount offered. (i) Hywel settled the amount due in full. (ii) Ricardo paid Georgina the amount due after deducting the discount offered. 25 June 27 June Ricardo paid Andrew in full, after deducting the discount offered. Required: Prepare the relevant ledger accounts to record the above transactions, extract a trial balance at 27 June and close the relevant ledger accounts. Your answer should clearly show transactions with individual customers and suppliers. (15 marks) Question 23 MCQs CREDIT TRANSACTIONS 23.1 Which of the following is the correct double entry for making a credit sale? A Dr Cash Cr Sales B Dr Sales Cr Trade receivables C Dr Trade receivables Cr Sales D Dr Cash Cr Trade receivables ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 15 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 23.2 Which of the following statements is correct? A B C D 23.3 When a settlement discount is offered a sale is recorded at its full value A settlement discount is also called a trade discount A settlement discount allowed is recognised as income When a trade discount is offered a sale is recorded at is full value A purchase has been recorded on the receipt of goods obtained on credit terms. Which of the following is the correct double entry to record the subsequent return to the supplier of these goods? A Dr Trade payables Cr Purchases B Dr Trade payables Cr Sales returns C Dr Cash Cr Trade payables D Dr Purchases Cr Trade receivables (6 marks) Question 24 DINO Dino started a business on 1 January 2014. In the accounting year to 31 December 2014: A new warehouse was acquired on 31 March 2014. On 21 April 2014, Dino received a water usage demand for $1,000 for the 12 months to 31 March 2015. Payment was made, in full, on 30 April 2014. In the accounting year to 31 December 2015: An office extension was built. The water usage demand for the 12 months to 31 March 2016 was $1,600. Dino paid the full amount on 1 June 2015. Required: (a) Write up the water usage ledger account for EACH of the two accounting years. (6 marks) (b) Assuming now that payments were made annually in arrears (i.e. $1,000 on 31 March 2015 and $1,600 on 31 March 2016), write up the water usage ledger account for each of the two accounting years. (4 marks) (10 marks) 16 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 25 A CREW The following is an extract from the trial balance of A Crew at 31 December 2014: Dr $ 560 900 380 590 260 2,970 Stationery Rent Rates (local property tax) Lighting and heating Insurance Wages and salaries Cr $ There was stationery still in hand at 31 December 2014 which had cost $15. Rent of $300 for the last three months of 2014 had not been paid and no entry has been made in the books at all for it. Of the rates, $280 was for the year ended 31 March 2015. The remaining $100 was for the three months ended 31 March 2014. Fuel had been delivered on 18 December 2014 at a cost of $15 and had been consumed before the end of 2014. No invoice had been received for the $15 fuel in 2014 and no entry has been made in the records of the business. $70 of the insurance paid was in respect of insurance cover for the year 2015. Nothing was owing to employees for wages and salaries at the close of 2014. Required: Record the above information in the relevant accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014. Close the accounts. (8 marks) Question 26 TOMASZ Tomasz is in business as an antique dealer. The trial balance of his business at 1 January was as follows: Dr Cr $ $ Capital 5,000 Cash 4,200 Motor van 600 Trade payable – A 200 Trade receivable – B 300 Rent prepaid 100 –––––– –––––– 5,200 5,200 –––––– –––––– ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 17 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Cash transactions during the three months to 31 March were: $ 2,000 3,000 500 350 250 Purchases Revenue Drawings Motor running expenses Rent At 31 March inventory was $700 and rent paid in advance amounted to $150. Required: (a) Prepare the trial balance at 31 March. (5 marks) (b) Prepare the statement of profit or loss for the period to 31 March and a statement of financial position at that date. (7 marks) (12 marks) Question 27 PUSHKOVA The following list of account balances was extracted from the books of Pushkova at 30 April 2014: Dr $ Revenue Purchases Inventory 1 May 2013 Salaries and wages Motor expenses Rent Rates (local property tax) Insurances Packing expenses Lighting and heating expenses Sundry expenses Motor vehicles Fixtures and fittings Trade receivables Trade payables Cash at bank Cash in hand Drawings Capital Cr $ 18,955 12,556 3,776 2,447 664 456 120 146 276 665 115 2,400 600 4,577 3,045 3,876 120 2,050 –––––– 34,844 –––––– 12,844 –––––– 34,844 –––––– Notes at 30 April (1) (2) (3) 18 Expenses which have been prepaid – Rates $20; Insurance $35. Expenses which are owing – Motor expenses $56; Rent $24; Sundry expenses $26. Inventory $4,998. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Required: From the list of balances and the notes prepare Pushkova’s statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 April 2014 and a statement of financial position at that date. (15 marks) Question 28 SCORCESE A guest house makes up its accounts to 30 April annually. The proprietor, Mr Scorcese, informs you that he has paid the following amounts during the year to 30 April 2014: $ 3,945 4,261 814 935 566 1,150 Wholesaler Butcher Building supplies (repairs) Electricity Gas Wages He also informs you that he has received $37,550 in cash from guests, of which $4,300 relates to deposits paid in advance for holidays to be taken after 1 May 2014. You discover on further investigation that invoices for April 2014 from the butcher and wholesaler, amounting to $431 and $292, were received on 15 May. The electricity bill for the quarter ended 31 May 2014 totals $220 and the chambermaid is paid a week in arrears at $42 per week. Gas cylinders are purchased in advance at $17 each and two remain unused at 30 April. Required: (a) Calculate the amounts to be included in the statement of profit or loss for each of the above items for the year ended 30 April 2014. (12 marks) (b) Calculate the relevant amounts for the statement of financial position at 30 April 2014. (5 marks) (17 marks) Question 29 TOLSTOY Tolstoy owns a removal business and runs a small fleet of vans. He prepares his accounts to 31 December each year. The following transactions occur in relation to road tax and insurance for the year 2014: 1 January 1 April 1 May 1 July The amount prepaid for road tax and insurance was $1,140. He paid $840 road tax for the year ended 31 March 2015 on six of the vans. He paid $3,540 insurance for all ten vans for the year ended 30 April 2015. He paid $560 road tax for the other four vans for the year ended 30 June 2015. Required: Write up the account for “road tax and insurance” for the year ended 31 December 2014. (6 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 19 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 30 HAERTEL Haertel owns various properties which he rents; some tenants pay in advance, some in arrears. Similarly with his various borrowings the interest is paid in arrears and in advance. During 2014 rent collected was $229,500 and interest charged to the income and expenditure account was $52,500. Rents receivable and paid in advance together with amounts of interest prepaid and payable at the ends of the reporting periods were as follows: 31 December 2014 $ 40,500 15,300 5,600 7,000 Rents owed by tenants Rents prepaid by tenants Prepaid interest Interest payable 2013 $ 34,200 20,700 3,500 9,800 Required: Write up, for the year ended 31 December 2014: (a) (b) the rental income account; interest expense account. (8 marks) Question 31 MCQs ACCRUALS AND PREPAYMENTS The following information relates to items 31.1 – 31.3: The rent, rates (local property tax) and insurance account in the books of Mahler for the year ended 30 June 2015 was as follows: $ Opening balances at 1 July 2014 Rent accrued 200 Rates prepaid 150 Insurance prepaid 180 Payments made during the year ended 30 June 2015 were as follows: 10 August 2014 26 October 2014 2 November 2014 12 December 2014 17 April 2015 9 May 2015 31.1 $ 300 600 350 400 400 350 Which of the following is the correct treatment for Mahler’s rent? A B C D 20 Rent, three months to 31 July 2014 Insurance, one year to 31 October 2015 Rates, six months to 31 March 2015 Rent, four months to 30 November 2014 Rent, four months to 31 March 2015 Rates, six months to 30 September 2015 Prepaid/(accrued) at 30 June 2015 $ (200) (300) 200 300 Transfer to income and expenditure account for year to 30 June 2015 $ 400 1,200 1,200 800 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 31.2 Which of the following is a correct treatment for Mahler’s rates? A B C D 31.3 Transfer to income and expenditure account for year to 30 June 2015 $ 850 700 850 675 Which of the following is a correct treatment for Mahler’s insurance? A B C D 31.4 Prepaid/(accrued) at 30 June 2015 $ (175) (150) 150 175 Prepaid/(accrued) at 30 June 20152 $ 200 180 (200) (800) Transfer to income and expenditure account for year to 30 June 2015 $ 580 780 600 580 You are given the following extract from an electricity account for the year ended 30 June 2014: Electricity a/c $ Balance b/d (standing charge) Bank Bank Bank Bank 74 394 427 507 670 $ Balance b/d (metred usage) 375 The last bill received and paid was for $670, comprising a standing charge of $180 for the three months to 31 August 2014 and metered charges for the three months to 31 May 2014. The charge for usage in June is expected to be $307, whilst the standing charge is to be increased to $240 per quarter on all successive bills. What is the charge for electricity in the income and expenditure account for the year ended 30 June 2014? A B C D 31.5 $1,577 $1,844 $1,884 $1,944 In the year to 31 July 2014 Twiddle received $36,900 rental income. The amounts of rent received in advance and due in arrears were as follows: 31 July 2014 $1,800 $1,350 Rent received in advance Rent due in arrears ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 31 July 2013 $1,950 $1,050 21 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK What figure for rental income should be recorded in the income and expenditure account for the year ended 31 July 2014? A B C D 31.6 $36,450 $36,750 $37,050 $37,350 On 5 May 2014 Tomas pays a rent bill of $3,600 for the 18 months ended 30 June 2015. What is the charge to the income and expenditure account and the amount to be carried in the statement of financial position in respect of rent for the year ended 31 March 2015? A B C D $2,400 with prepayment of $600 $2,400 with accrual of $1,200 $3,000 with accrual of $600 $3,000 with prepayment of $600 The following information relates to items 31.7 and 31.8: A company owns three properties which it rents out. Rent amounts to $600 per quarter per property due on 31 January, 30 April, 31 July and 31 October. The properties have been occupied throughout the year to 31 December 2014. Two tenants pay in advance and one in arrears. 31.7 What are the balances for rent receivable at 31 December 2014? A B C D 31.8 Deferred income $1,200 $600 $400 $200 Accrued income $600 $1,200 $400 $800 What amount for rent receivable should be included in the income and expenditure account for the year to 31 December 2014? A B C D $1,800 $2,400 $6,600 $7,200 (16 marks) Question 32 ROOKIE Rookie bought a machine for $10,000 on 1 January 2014. He estimates a useful life of eight years and a residual value of $800. Depreciation is to be calculated on a straight line basis. Required: (a) Write up for 2014 and 2015 the: (i) (ii) (iii) (b) Machinery account; Accumulated depreciation account; Depreciation expense account. (6 marks) Show how the machine would be presented in the statements of financial position as at 31 December 2014 and 31 December 2015. (4 marks) (10 marks) 22 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 33 ALEXANDER Alexander purchased a van for $800 cash. He estimates that in four years it will have a scrap value of $70. Required: Calculate the annual depreciation charge on: (a) (b) the straight line method; and the reducing balance method at the rate of 45%. (2 marks) (4 marks) (6 marks) Question 34 UDOT Since he commenced business on 1 January 2012 Mr Udot has purchased for cash the following three machines for his various manufacturing processes: Date of purchase Machine 1 Machine 2 Machine 3 20 January 2012 17 April 2013 11 July 2014 Cost $ 4,200 5,000 3,500 Rate of depreciation 25% 30% 35% Udot’s policy is to charge a full year’s depreciation in the year of purchase irrespective of the date of purchase. The reducing balance method is used to calculate depreciation. Accounts are prepared to 31 December each year. Required: (a) Prepare the machinery account and accumulated depreciation account showing the charge to the depreciation account for each year. (4 marks) (b) Show the extracts relevant to the statement of financial position for each year. (3 marks) (7 marks) Question 35 POPOV Popov allows for depreciation on plant at 10% per annum on cost at the year end on a straight-line basis. On 1 January 2014 plant at cost was $5,000; accumulated depreciation to date was $3,000. On 1 July 2014 he sold a machine for $1,500 which had cost $2,000 on 1 July 2011. Required: Prepare relevant ledger accounts for the year to 31 December 2014. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (6 marks) 23 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 36 REUTHER Reuther leases second-hand German sports cars, generally a standard model. He started business on 1 January 2012 and has decided to depreciate the cars on a straight line basis at 25% per annum on cost at the year-end. During the years 2012 to 2015 the following purchases and sales of cars took place: 2012 Acquired 20 Porsche 924 Turbos at a cost of $18,600 each 2013 Purchased 6 Porsches for a total cost of $108,600 2014 Traded-in two of the cars acquired in 2012 and received an allowance of $9,000 each which was set against the purchase of a further two cars costing $19,800 each 2015 Replaced 15 cars purchased in 2012 with another 15, each of which cost $21,000. A trade-in allowance totalling $48,000 was received. Reuther prepares accounts to 31 December each year. Required: Prepare a vehicle account, an accumulated depreciation account, a depreciation expense account and a disposals account for the years 2012 to 2015. (10 marks) Question 37 MCQs DEPRECIATION AND DISPOSALS 37.1 A company acquired a new minicomputer system for $50,000 on 1 November 2014. The computer’s estimated useful life is five years, at the end of which it is expected to have a scrap value of $4,550. The company’s financial year ends on 31 March and straight-line depreciation is applied on a time-apportioned basis. What is the depreciation charge on the computer in profit or loss for the year to 31 March 2015? A B C D 37.2 $3,788 $4,167 $9,090 $10,000 The following information has been extracted from a company’s statements of financial position: 31 December 2014 31 December 2013 Cost Depreciation Cost Depreciation $000 $000 $000 $000 Plant and equipment 176 34 143 21 During the year ended 31 December 2014 equipment which had an original cost of $16,000 and accumulated depreciation of $10,000 was sold. 24 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) What amounts should be shown for depreciation expense and purchase of plant and equipment in the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014? A B C D 37.3 Depreciation expense $000 3 3 23 23 Purchase of plant and equipment $000 17 49 17 49 The following information relates to the disposal of two machines: Cost Selling price Profit/(loss) on sale Machine 1 $ 120,000 90,000 30,000 Machine 2 $ 140,000 80,000 (40,000) What was the total carrying value of the machines sold? A B C D 37.4 $100,000 $160,000 $180,000 $240,000 The following information was disclosed in the financial statements of a company for the year ended 31 December 2014: 2014 2013 $ $ Plant and equipment, cost 735,000 576,000 Less: accumulated depreciation 265,000 315,000 ––––––– ––––––– Carrying amount 470,000 261,000 ––––––– ––––––– During 2014: Expenditure on plant and equipment was Loss on the disposal of old plant was Depreciation charge on plant and equipment was $512,000 $107,000 $143,000 What were the sales proceeds received on the disposal of the old plant? A B C D 37.5 $53,000 $153,000 $246,000 $267,000 The following items have been extracted from the accounts of a company for the year ended 31 December 2014: $ Depreciation charge 30,000 Profit on sale of tangible non-current assets 5,000 Proceeds from sale of tangible non-current assets 20,000 Purchase of tangible non-current assets 25,000 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 25 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK If the carrying amount of tangible non-current assets was $110,000 on 31 December 2013, what was it on 31 December 2014? A B C D 37.6 $70,000 $80,000 $85,000 $90,000 Artur bought a car on 1 January 2012 for $10,000. On 1 July 2014 he accepted $3,500 tradein allowance on a new car. The new car cost $12,000. Artur depreciates all non-current assets at a rate of 25% per annum on cost at the year end. He prepares accounts to 31 December each year. What is the resulting under/over allowance for depreciation on the sale of the first car? A B C D 37.7 Under allowance of $1,500 Over allowance of $1,500 Under allowance of $5,000 Over allowance of $5,000 In Bryn’s accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014 there is a gain of $222 on the disposal of a machine. This machine had been purchased on 1 October 2011 at a cost of $3,000. Bryn had sold the machine for cash on 30 June 2014 and his stated policy is to depreciate plant and equipment on the reducing balance method at the rate of 20% per annum on a monthly basis. How much were the sale proceeds for the car? A B C D $1,358 $1,642 $1,580 $1,864 The following information relates to questions 37.8 and 37.9: On 1 January 2014 a company had plant and equipment with a cost of $150,000 and accumulated depreciation thereon of $60,000. During the year ended 31 December 2014 the cost of plant additions was $30,000 and plant was disposed of with a cost of $20,000 for $18,000. This plant was bought on 30 September 2012. The depreciation policy is to make an allowance of 25% per annum on the reducing balance with a full charge in the year of acquisition and none in the year of disposal. 37.8 What is the depreciation charge for the year ended 31 December 2014? A B C D 26 $27,188 $27,500 $27,891 $28,750 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 37.9 What is profit or loss on disposal of the plant? A B C D 37.10 $6,750 $8,000 $9,563 $13,000 A company has a number of items of equipment, which are depreciated at 25% per annum on a reducing balance basis, with a full year’s charge in the year of acquisition and none in the year of disposal. On 1 June 2014 the equipment had a carrying amount of $10,951, and $6,929 on 31 May 2015. During the year, equipment with a cost of $5,000, bought on 1 July 2012, was sold. What was the cost of new equipment during the year ended 31 May 2015? A B C D $698 $978 $1,100 $3,013 (20 marks) Question 38 KROL The allowance for trade receivables brought forward on 1 January in the books of Krol was $86. Trade receivables at 31 December amounted to $2,840 and irrecoverable debts to be written off totalled $115. Krol wishes to carry forward an allowance of 5% of accounts receivable. Required: Write up: (a) (b) the irrecoverable debts expense account; and the allowance for receivables account. (3 marks) (3 marks) (6 marks) Question 39 HYUNDAI The books of Hyundai reveal a receivables allowance of $206 brought forward on 1 January. Trade receivables at 31 December amount to $2,440 and irrecoverable debts to be written off total $55. An allowance amounting to 5% of trade receivables is required to be carried forward. Required: Write up the following accounts: (a) (b) the irrecoverable debts expense account; and the receivables allowance account. (3 marks) (3 marks) (6 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 27 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 40 DINUL The following information is available for Dinul: Year 1 (1) (2) (3) (4) 1 January: Receivables allowance for doubtful debts of $860 standing in the books. Irrecoverable debts written off during the year amounted to $1,000. 31 December: Trade receivables amount to $15,000. An allowance of 7.5% of trade receivables is required. Year 2 (1) (2) (3) 31 December: Trade receivables, before adjustments are $13,700. Irrecoverable debts to be written off are $1,100. An allowance of 7.5% of debts due is still considered necessary. Required: Show the journal entries to record the above and the irrecoverable debt and receivables allowance ledger accounts. (7 marks) Question 41 PUSHKIN Pushkin makes allowance for trade receivables at varying percentages based on an aged-debt analysis and an assessment of general economic circumstances. The result of this policy for the last three years is as follows: Year to 31 December Trade receivables at the year end (before adjusting for any irrecoverable debts) Estimated irrecoverable debts Allowance 2012 $ 2013 $ 2014 $ 196,860 1,860 5% 151,020 1,020 6% 216,020 6,020 7.5% The allowance for trade receivables at 1 January 2012 was $10,000. Required: (a) Write up the irrecoverable debts expense account and allowance for trade receivables account for each of the three years. (6 marks) (b) Show the extracts relevant to the statement of financial position for each of the three years. (3 marks) (9 marks) 28 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 42 INK PRODUCTS The trade receivables listing of Ink Products, as at 31 March 2015, has been analysed as follows: Age of account Amount $ 85,000 40,000 20,000 15,000 0 – 30 days 31 – 60 days 61 – 90 days Over 90 days Previous experience shows that, on average, the following proportions of debts will not be recovered: 31 – 60 days 61 – 90 days Over 90 days 2% 5% 10% Required: (a) Calculate the balance required on the trade receivables allowance account. (5 marks) (b) Write up the trade receivables allowance account for the year to 31 March 2015 assuming a balance brought down of $1,100 as at 1 April 2014. (3 marks) (8 marks) Question 43 ADAM Adam commenced trading on 1 April 2012. He extracted the following list of balances from his sales ledger as at 31 March 2013: $ Forsythe 200 Ludlum 400 Others 6,300 –––––– 6,900 –––––– In the year to 31 March 2013: (1) Forsythe emigrated leaving numerous debts. (2) Ludlum is disputing certain invoices, amounting to $100, which have been outstanding for more than six months. Adam estimates that Ludlum will eventually pay half the disputed amount. In the year to 31 March 2014: The sales ledger listing as at 31 March 2014 is as follows: $ 240 400 60 6,600 –––––– 7,300 –––––– Collins Le Carré Ludlum Others ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 29 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (1) Collins has been declared bankrupt and his debt is to be written off. (2) Le Carré is experiencing cash flow difficulties. Adam considers a 50% allowance to be appropriate. (3) Adam is no longer supplying goods to Ludlum. The balance, which is in respect of last year’s disputed invoices, is to be written off. In the year to 31 March 2015: (1) (2) (3) Total receivables per the sales ledger listing are $7,500 as at 31 March 2015. There are no debts requiring specific allowance. $50 has been received from Collins. Required: Assuming that Adam requires a general allowance of 5%, write up the irrecoverable debt expense and allowance accounts for the three years to 31 March 2015. (10 marks) Question 44 STRAK At 30 June 2013 Strak’s trade receivables were $50,000. He decided to make an allowance based on 5% of account balances at the end of the reporting period. He made the first allowance at 30 June 2013. The following relates to the years ended 30 June 2014 and 30 June 2015: Year ended 30 June 2014 2015 $ $ Credit sales 480,000 550,000 Cash received from customers 432,000 560,600 Irrecoverable debts written off 6,000 2,000 Cash received in respect of an irrecoverable debt written off in year ended 2014 (included in the cash received figure above) 600 Required: Write up the following accounts: (a) (b) (c) the receivables account; trade receivables allowance account; and the irrecoverable debts expense account. (2 marks) (3 marks) (2 marks) (8 marks) Question 45 FREDERIK Frederick, a wholesaler, has the following information relating to the year ended 31 March 2015: (a) Sales are made on both cash and credit terms. (b) At 1 April 2014 trade receivable were $40,000 and the receivables allowance was 7.5% of this amount. (c) Included in opening receivable was an amount of $4,000 relating to Lean which went into liquidation on 2 January 2015. (d) Credit sales during the year were $195,600 and cash sales $87,800. 30 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (e) Cash received from trade receivables amounted to $192,300. (f) Apart from Lean’s debt, $3,200 of other debts were found to be irrecoverable during the year. (g) The receivables allowance at the end of the year is to be 7.5% of year end trade receivables. Required: (a) Write up the ledger accounts for the above transactions. (7 marks) (b) Show the extracts relevant to the statement of financial position at 31 March 2015. (3 marks) (10 marks) Question 46 MCQs RECEIVABLES AND PAYABLES 46.1 On 1 January 2014 a small company had a receivables allowance of $1,000. During 2014 debts of $600 were written off and $80 was paid by the liquidator of a company whose debts had been written off completely in 2013. At the end of 2014 it was decided to adjust the receivables allowance to $900. What is the total expense for irrecoverable debts that should be included in profit or loss for 2014? A B C D 46.2 $420 $580 $620 $780 A company has trade receivables totalling $16,000 after writing off irrecoverable debts of $500, and an allowance brought forward of $2,000. The company wishes to carry forward an allowance equal to 5% of trade receivables. What will be the effect on profit of adjusting the allowance? A B C D 46.3 $700 decrease $700 increase $1,200 decrease $1,200 increase Pearl has trade receivables at the year end amounting to $150,000. An irrecoverable debt of $3,500 is to be written off. Pearl has an opening allowance of $1,000 and wishes to maintain an allowance of 5% of year-end accounts receivable. What is the balance carried down on the receivables allowance account after dealing with the above items? A B C D $3,825 $6,325 $7,325 $10,825 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 31 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 46.4 The trial balance of Offenbach showed year-end trade receivables of $122,000 at 31 March 2015, an opening general allowance of $2,980 and an opening specific allowance of $2,000. After the extraction of the trial balance, it was decided to carry forward at 31 March 2015 a specific allowance of 100% on an irrecoverable debt of $1,600 and a general allowance of 1% of remaining accounts receivable. It was also decided to write off the debts amounting to $2,000 which had been fully allowed for at 1 April 2014. What is the total charge/(credit) to profit or loss in respect of irrecoverable debts for the year ended 31 March 2015? A B C D 46.5 ($176) ($196) $1,184 $1,600 On 1 January 2014 Tipton’s accounts receivable were $10,000. The following relates to the year ended 31 December 2014: $ Sales 100,000 Cash receipts 90,000 Discounts allowed 1,800 Discounts received 1,700 Cash receipts include $2,000 in respect of a debt previously written off. What is the carrying amount of trade receivables at 31 December 2014? A B C D 46.6 $18,200 $20,200 $20,300 $20,900 During the year ended 31 December 2014 Chocolate decreased its receivables allowance by $600. An irrecoverable debt written off in the previous year amounting to $300 was recovered in 2014. If the profit of the year after accounting for the above items was $5,000, what would have been the profit before accounting for the above items? A B C D 46.7 $4,100 $4,700 $5,300 $5,900 A company has an opening trade receivable allowance of $8,620 and opening trade receivables of $463,271. You are given the following details as regards the year ended 31 August 2014: Sales Receipts from credit customers $5,943,271 $5,217,000 Irrecoverable debts written off Discounts allowed $8,563 $3,271 (including $4,262 in respect of a debt previously written off as irrecoverable) A closing receivables allowance of 3% of year-end trade receivables is required. 32 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) What is the total charge to the income and expenditure account for the year to 31 August 2014 in respect of irrecoverable debts? A B C D 46.8 $26,839 $31,140 $39,664 $39,760 On 1 January 2014 Pierre’s accounts receivable were $5,000. The following relates to the year ended 31 December 2014: $ Revenue 100,000 Cash receipts 70,000 Discounts allowed 800 Discounts received 700 Irrecoverable debts 500 Cash receipts include $1,000 in respect of a debt previously written off. What amount for accounts receivable should be shown in the statement of financial position at 31 December 2014? A B C D $33,700 $34,200 $34,700 $34,800 (16 marks) Question 47 C3P0 The following information has been extracted from the inventory record for item C3P0: Quantity 1 Jan Balance 500 Cost $3,150 31 Jan 18 Feb 25 Mar Received Received Received 1,000 1,000 1,000 @ $6.30 @ $6.30 @ $6.30 15 Apr 20 May Sold Sold 1,500 750 @ $7.40 @ $8.00 Required: Prepare a trading account for the six months to 30 June. (10 marks) Question 48 OGAY Ogay started business on 1 January 2013. At the end of his first year of trading he had closing inventory of $5,000. During 2014 he traded continuously and at 31 December 2014 he had inventory amounting to $7,500. Sales for 2013 and 2014 were $120,000 and $155,000 respectively and purchases were $75,000 and $110,000 respectively. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 33 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Required: (a) Write up the inventory account, purchases account and revenue account for the two years. (4 marks) (b) Prepare the trading account for EACH of the two years. (4 marks) (8 marks) Question 49 ALES At 31 December Ales had the following items of inventory: Product ABC DEF GHI JKL Total cost $ 80 150 6 36 Quantity 20 10 6 12 Realisable value $ 200 120 7 12 Estimated cost of realisation $ 20 10 2 1 Required: Calculate the carrying value of inventory as it should appear in the statement of financial position of Ales at 31 December. (4 marks) Question 50 PERIOD-END ADJUSTMENTS (a) Artur owns a small refuse collection business. To 31 October 2014 he had paid $420 for gas. On 31 December 2014 he realised that he had not yet received his gas bill for the quarter to 31 January 2015. He estimates that the bill will be for $150 and makes an appropriate accrual. On 21 January 2015 he decides that he could heat his business more cheaply using electricity, and cancels his gas supply. He receives a final gas bill for the period to 21 January for $138. Required: Show the relevant ledger accounts and income and expenditure account extracts for 2014 and 2015. (6 marks) (b) A company carries out a physical count on 31 December 2013 and counts inventory in its warehouse that cost $10,000. During the year ended 31 December 2014 the company makes $70,000 of sales and buys $58,000 of supplies. The company carries out a physical count for the year ended 31 December 2014 on 7 January 2015 and finds goods costing $15,000. In the six day intervening period there were sales of $6,000 and deliveries of goods costing $8,000. The company operates with a gross profit margin of 20%. Required: Record inventory in the relevant ledger accounts and prepare the trading account for inclusion in the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014. (8 marks) 34 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (c) Felix bought a car four years ago for $50,000 and estimated its life to be five years. He now buys a new car paying $50,000 in cash and receiving a part-exchange allowance of $15,000 on the old car which he trades in. Required: Show the individual journal entries for this transaction together with a disposals account. (6 marks) (d) Hnychuk commenced business on 1 January 2014. On 1 January 2014 he bought three Peugeot cars for his salesmen at a cost of $80,000 each. On 30 June 2014 one of the cars was written off in an accident. The insurance company paid $65,000 in full and final settlement of the accident damage claim. On 1 July 2014 he purchased a Fiat for $60,000. On 1 January 2015 he decided to replace the vehicles. He part-exchanged the two remaining Peugeots for new models, being allowed $50,000 each as part exchange and paying an additional $40,000 each. He sold the Fiat for $50,000 and bought an Audi for $80,000 cash. On 31 December 2015 the business went into liquidation and the cars were sold for a total of $150,000. Hnychuk had allowed depreciation at 25% on cost of assets at the year end (which is 31 December). Required: Show the depreciation expense, accumulated depreciation, cost and disposals accounts for the two years. (10 marks) (e) In his first year of trading to 31 December 2013 Lopez made credit sales of $200,000 and received $150,000 from his credit customers. At the end of the year he decided to write off Ludmila’s debt of $8,000, make a specific allowance for Jozef’s debt totalling $3,500 and create a general allowance of 5% of remaining trade receivables. During his second year of trading he made sales on credit of $300,000 and received cash of $280,000 including $4,000 from Ludmila. At 31 December 2014, he decided to write off Jozef’s debt, and create a specific allowance against 50% of Chokin’s total debt of $6,000. He decided that his general allowance should now be 8% of remaining accounts receivable. In the year to 31 December 2015 Lopez made credit sales of $500,000 and received cash of $400,000. Separate from this he also received a cheque from Chokin for $6,000. At the year end he decided to create a specific allowance against Paulo’s debt of $50,000 and maintain his general allowance at 8%. Required: For each of the above years show the trade receivables account, irrecoverable debt expense account and receivables allowance account, and the statement of financial position extracts for each year end. (10 marks) (40 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 35 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 51 MCQs INVENTORY 51.1 Which of the following statements is correct concerning inventory records for a manufacturing company? A B C D 51.2 Inventory records must be kept showing all receipts and issues It is possible that a full physical count may not be required at any time All inventory must be physically counted at the end of the financial year Stock-checking is not required where continuous inventory records are kept After the profit and loss of Santa had been prepared, some inventory was found at the back of the warehouse which had been excluded from the physical count. The inventory had a value of $100. How does the necessary adjustment affect gross profit and assets? A B C D 51.3 Gross profit Increase Decrease Increase Decrease Assets Decrease Decrease Increase Increase Spain has incorrectly included closing inventory in its financial statements at $32,943 instead of $37,642. What is the result of the error and the necessary correction? 51.4 A Profit is understated by $4,699 To correct: Dr Inventory $4,699, Cr Trading account $4,699 B Profit is overstated by $4,699 To correct: Dr Inventory $4,699, Cr Trading account $4,699 C Profit is overstated by $4,699 To correct: Dr Trading account $4,699, Cr Inventory $4,699 D Profit is understated by $4,699 To correct: Dr Trading account $4,699, Cr Inventory $4,699 At the end of its accounting period a business erroneously excluded goods bought on credit from its closing inventory. It also failed to record the purchase of those goods in its accounting records. The effect of these omissions is to understate which of the following? A B C D Cost of sales and current assets Gross profit and current liabilities Current assets only Current assets and current liabilities (8 marks) 36 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 52 A SMIT A Smit commenced business on 1 July with capital of $4,000 cash. On 3 July he rented an office and warehouse for a quarterly rent of $200. Rent is payable half yearly on 31 March and 30 September. On 8 July he purchased a van for $2,600 cash. The following transactions subsequently took place. (Assume they are for cash unless otherwise stated.) 10 July 17 July 21 July 23 July 24 July 31 July Purchased goods on credit from Dijon $700 Paid wages $40 Purchased goods for $360 Sold goods on credit to Daulton $420 Paid wages $48 Paid wages $40 4 Aug 5 Aug 10 Aug 14 Aug 18 Aug 25 Aug 26 Aug 27 Aug Sold goods on credit to Dewberry $150 Paid Dijon $670, allowing for $30 cash discount Received $400 from Daulton, allowing $20 cash discount Paid wages $60 Purchased goods on credit from Noir $2,200 Sold goods for $120 Received $120 from Dewberry Paid wages $60 5 Sept 12 Sept 14 Sept 16 Sept 18 Sept 19 Sept 20 Sept 26 Sept 26 Sept 28 Sept 30 Sept Sold goods on credit to Daulton $700 Paid wages $60 Received payment from Daulton $400 Sold goods for $310 Daulton paid $265 in full settlement of his account to date Received loan from Blanche $1,000 Sold goods on credit to Daulton for $1,350 Paid wages $60 Paid Noir $2,040 in full settlement Wrote off the remainder of Dewberry’s debt Paid rent $400. Required: (a) Write up the books of prime entry for the three months to 30 September. Monthly totals are NOT required. (20 marks) (b) Write up the accounts in the accounts receivable and accounts payable ledgers for the three months to 30 September. (10 marks) (30 marks) Question 53 REBECCA Rebecca made the following transactions during January: Credit purchases 2 Jan Jones 9 Jan Isaac 17 Jan Henry 19 Jan Mary 27 Jan David $ 37 73 61 62 81 Purchases returns 12 Jan Isaac 21 Jan Mary ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 12 6 37 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Credit sales 7 Jan Smith 11 Jan Allan 13 Jan Wood 22 Jan Gilass 31 Jan Wall $ 40 31 43 20 37 Sales returns 12 Jan Smith 17 Jan Wood $ 7 13 Required: (a) Enter the above transactions in the relevant day books. (4 marks) (b) Write up the relevant entries in the purchases, sales, purchase returns and sales returns accounts. (4 marks) (c) Show the personal accounts in the receivables and payables ledgers for each supplier and customer. (7 marks) (d) Write up the receivables and payables ledger control accounts. (5 marks) (20 marks) Question 54 WOODEN TOPS The following transactions were carried out by Wooden Tops during March: 1 March 3 March 6 March 7 March 9 March 14 March 17 March 24 March 29 March Credit sales Credit purchases Receipts from debtors Credit sales Credit purchases Payments to suppliers Credit purchases Credit sales Receipts from debtors S Collins C Tiny A Hogg P Plod R Top V Micks V Micks P May P Plod $280 $720 $400 $444 $120 $124 $270 $284 $444 A Hogg V Micks P Rob T Mop V Micks R Ede R Top P Park P Rob $740 $124 $600 $390 $290 $400 $324 $324 $124 P Rob D Green D Jip R Ede $724 $380 $1,284 $614 P Fish S Wood $560 $560 Required: (a) (b) (c) (d) Write up the sales day book. (4 marks) Write up the purchases day book. (4 marks) Write up the cash book. (4 marks) Explain the postings which will be made from these day books at the end of March. (4 marks) (16 marks) Question 55 RUBENS The following information is extracted from the books of Rubens: $ 3,716 198 169 3,028 7,470 6,415 Cash paid to suppliers Purchase returns Discounts received Purchases on credit Opening payables ledger balances Closing payables ledger balances 38 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Required: Write up the payables ledger control account. (3 marks) Question 56 ZONE The following information is extracted from the books of Zone for the month of January: Credit purchases Cash received from customers Returns to suppliers Irrecoverable debts written off Receivable ledger balances 1 January Payables ledger balances 1 January Closing inventory Credit sales Returns from customers Discounts allowed Discounts received Cash paid to suppliers $ 100,258 110,568 20,426 224 14,968 54,010 100,142 148,580 2,508 1,824 864 56,546 Required: Prepare the receivables ledger control account and the payables ledger control account for the month. (6 marks) Question 57 HASTINGS & CO The following totals are taken from the books of Hastings & Co: $ 5,926 134 56 10,268 1 January 2014 Credit balance on payables ledger control account Credit balance on receivables ledger control account Debit balance on payables ledger control account Debit balance on receivables ledger control account 31 December 2014 Credit sales 71,504 Credit purchases 47,713 Cash received from credit customers 69,872 Cash paid to suppliers 47,028 Receivables ledger balances written off as irrecoverable 96 Sales returns 358 Purchase returns 202 Discounts allowed 1,435 Discounts received 867 Payables ledger credit balances transferred to receivables ledger 75 Legal expenses charged to credit customers 28 Credit balance on receivables ledger control account 101 Debit balance on payables ledger control account 67 Allowances to customers for damaged goods retained 90 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 39 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Required: (a) Prepare the payables ledger control account. (9 marks) (b) Prepare the receivables ledger control account. (9 marks) (18 marks) Question 58 ZENKEROVA The following information relates to Zenkerova’s business for the month of January: Opening cash balance Closing cash balance Cash expenses Bankings Drawings Cash sales Credit sales per invoices $ 200 100 1,500 8,000 2,450 4,500 7,500 Opening receivables Closing receivables Irrecoverable debts written off Discounts allowed $ 920 840 90 140 Required: Prepare a cash account and a receivables control account. (11 marks) Question 59 RANKINE Rankine has been in business for a number of years as a greengrocer making up his annual accounts to 31 March. At 1 April assets amounted to: Fixtures and fittings Inventory at cost Cash in hand $400 $1,500 $200 Transactions for the three months beginning 1 April were as follows: 40 1 April 2 April 3 April 4 April 5 April Bought goods on credit from Thrush for $700 Bought goods on credit from Hawk for $950 Made cash sales of $600 Paid $600 cash to Thrush Closing inventory at cost was $2,750 1 May 2 May 3 May 4 May 5 May 6 May Sold goods on credit to Wasp for $850 Sold goods on credit to Ant for $660 Received $580 cash from Ant Introduced fresh capital in cash $1,000 Paid Hawk $950 cash Closing inventory at cost was $1,650 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 1 June 2 June 3 June 4 June 5 June 6 June 7 June 8 June 9 June Returned goods to Thrush and received $50 credit Paid $300 cash for rent of premises Withdrew $500 cash for his own use Issued a credit note for $80 to Ant for goods returned Received $500 on account from Wasp Sold further goods on credit to Ant for $770 Paid $100 cash for light and heat Paid cash for goods supplied $175 Closing inventory at cost was $1,200. Required: Prepare the following for the three months ended 30 June: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Purchases and sales day books and returns day books; Cash receipts and payments books; General ledger accounts, including those for purchases and sales; Payables and receivables ledger control accounts; Cash control account; Individual accounts in the payables and receivables ledgers; A trial balance at 30 June; A statement of profit or loss for the period; and A statement of financial position at that date. (4 marks) (4 marks) (7 marks) (4 marks) (2 marks) (5 marks) (4 marks) (5 marks) (5 marks) (40 marks) Question 60 HENRY WILLIAMS Henry Williams commenced business on 1 February with cash at bank of $500. The following transactions took place during the month: $ 1 February Bought goods from W Martin 250 Purchased warehouse fittings for cash 40 2 February Sold goods to T Crown 80 Drew cheque for personal cash 20 3 February Paid W Martin on account 150 4 February Sold goods to W Wilson 100 5 February Received cheque from T Crown 77 Allowed him discount 3 6 February Drew cheque for wages 7 8 February Bought goods for cash 30 9 February Sold goods to L Robinson 170 10 February Purchased goods from F Pearson 130 11 February Paid W Martin in settlement 95 Discount allowed by him 5 12 February Paid carriage on goods sold 2 13 February Drew cheque for wages 7 14 February Bought goods from W Martin 150 Bought goods for cash 40 16 February Sold goods to W Wilson 180 17 February W Wilson paid on account 200 18 February Purchased goods from H Wood 75 19 February Sold goods for cash 92 20 February Drew cheque for wages 7 21 February Sent cheque to H Wood 72 Discount allowed by him 3 22 February Sold goods to T Crown 130 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 41 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 23 February 24 February 25 February 26 February 27 February 28 February Bought goods from W Martin Bought goods for cash Sent cheque on account to W Martin Received from T Crown on account Drew cheque for wages Paid electric lighting account Paid rent Williams drew for personal use 240 73 200 100 7 5 8 15 Inventory at cost at the end of the month amounted to $325. All cash received was paid into the bank and all payments were made by cheque. Required: (a) Write up the cash receipts and payments books. (8 marks) (b) Write up the sales and purchases day books. (8 marks) (c) Record the above transactions in the general ledger, payables ledger and receivables ledger. You are NOT required to close the accounts. (8 marks) (d) Extract a list of account at 28 February. (e) Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the month ended 28 February and a statement of financial position at that date. (12 marks) (4 marks) (40 marks) Question 61 MCQs BOOKS OF PRIME ENTRY AND CONTROL ACCOUNTS 61.1 Which of the following is NOT a book of prime entry? A B C D 61.2 Journal Sales day book Receivables ledger Cash book An invoice to Radula has been entered in the sales day book as $350, when in fact the correct amount was $530. The sales day book totals have been posted for the month and the receivables ledger entries made. Which of the following procedures should be adopted to correct the position? 42 A Dr Receivables $180 Cr Sales $180 and reduce the balance shown as owing from Radula B Dr Sales $180 Cr Receivables $180 and reduce the balance shown as owing from Radula C Dr Receivables $180 Cr Sales $180 and increase the balance shown as owing from Radula D Dr Receivables $180 Cr Sales $180 and do not adjust the balance shown in Radula’s account ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 61.3 You are provided with the following information relating to a firm: Accounts receivable opening balance Cash received from credit customers Cash sales Credit sales Irrecoverable debts written off Discounts allowed Discounts received $000 84 380 16 432 10 9 5 What is the closing balance for accounts receivable? A B C D 61.4 $101,000 $117,000 $122,000 $127,000 You are provided with the following information relating to a business: Accounts payable opening balance Cash paid to credit suppliers Cash purchases Credit purchases Credit notes received from suppliers Discounts received Discounts allowed $000 180 490 19 530 11 8 10 What is the closing balance for accounts payables ? A B C D 61.5 $199,000 $201,000 $208,000 $212,000 The following amounts have been extracted from the books of Feidor in respect of the year to 30 September 2014: Receivables ledger control at October 2013 Discounts received Discounts allowed Cash receipts from credit customers Cash receipts from cash sales Sales on credit Dishonoured cheques Sales returns $100,000 $1,000 $404 $212,050 $8,256 $402,010 $75 $20,401 What should the balance on the receivables ledger control account at 30 September 2014 be? A B C D $260,974 $268,634 $269,050 $269,230 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 43 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK The following information relates to 61.6 to 61.8: The following balances on account appeared in Midget’s general ledger at 31 October 2013: $ 63,158 32,000 3,158 Receivables ledger control account Payables ledger control account Allowance for trade receivables account During the year to 30 September 2014 the following summarised transactions occurred: $ Sales on credit 550,000 Purchases on credit 276,000 Sales returns 6,000 Purchases returns 4,000 Cash received from customers (excluding an irrecoverable debt recovered) 514,268 Cash paid to suppliers 258,100 Discount allowed to customers 12,790 Discount received from suppliers 5,900 Irrecoverable debts written off 4,100 Amount recovered from customer whose debt had been written off as irrecoverable in previous year 542 Customer and supplier accounts settled by setting off one against the other 4,000 The firm’s policy is to make a general allowance for trade receivables amounting to 5% of year-end accounts receivable. 61.6 What is the balance on the receivable ledger control account at 30 September 2014? A B C D 61.7 What is the balance on the payables ledger control account at 30 September 2014? A B C D 61.8 $36,000 $40,000 $41,900 $45,900 What is the total charge to profit or loss for the year to 30 September in respect of irrecoverable debts? A B C D 44 $71,958 $72,000 $72,542 $76,000 $4,000 $4,100 $4,542 $7,158 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) The following information relates to questions 61.9 and 61.10: The summarised statement of financial position of a company on 31 December 2014 is as follows: $ Non-current assets (carrying value) Current assets Trade receivables Inventory 40,000 50,000 –––––– Total assets $ 20,000 90,000 _______ 110,000 _______ Capital and reserves Current liabilities Bank overdraft Trade payables 30,000 40,000 40,000 –––––– Total capital and liabilities 80,000 _______ 110,000 _______ During the month of January 2015 transactions were as follows: Sales Purchases Sales returns Settlement discount allowed Cash received from customers Cash paid to suppliers Irrecoverable debts written off Sale of plant $ 36,000 20,000 3,000 3,000 25,000 15,000 3,000 20,000 All trading sales and purchases are on credit. On 31 January 2015 the company set up an allowance for trade receivables of $6,000. 61.9 What is the balance in the company’s cash book on 31 January 2015? A B C D 61.10 $10,000 credit $10,000 debit $70,000 credit $70,000 debit What are the company’s net trade receivables that should be carried in its statement of financial position at 31 January 2015? A B C D $36,000 $39,000 $42,000 $45,000 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 45 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 61.11 The following information relates to a business for the year ended 31 December 2014: Trade receivables at 1 January 2014 Trade payables at 1 January 2014 Discounts received Cash sales Cash from credit customers Irrecoverable debts to be written off Discounts allowed Returns inwards Amounts paid to suppliers Returns outwards Credit sales Receivables to be allowed for (additional to those to be written off) $ 289,376 301,972 21,069 69,589 795,373 9,550 12,956 7,000 475,353 3,525 626,575 9,527 What is the balance on the trade receivables ledger control account at 31 December 2014? A B C D $81,545 $91,072 $104,028 $101,501 (22 marks) Question 62 BRABANTIA The payables ledger control account of Brabantia is as follows: $ Purchase returns Cash book 31.12 Balance c/d 13,418 525,938 97,186 _______ $ 1.1 Balance b/d Purchases (purchases day book) 636,542 _______ 84,346 552,196 _______ 636,542 _______ Balances extracted from the payables ledger totalled $96,238. The following errors have been discovered: (1) The purchases day book was undercast by $6,000. (2) A cash account total of $10,858 was posted to the control account as $9,058. (3) A credit balance of $1,386 on the suppliers’ ledger had been set off against a customer’s ledger debit balance but no entry had been made in the control accounts. (4) A debit balance of $40 in the list of individual supplier’s ledger balances had been extracted as a credit balance. (5) A credit balance of $3,842 had been omitted from the list of balances. 46 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Required: (a) Correct the control account. (5 marks) (b) Reconcile the sum of the balances extracted with the adjusted control account balance. (4 marks) (9 marks) Question 63 TARTUFO The following balances were extracted from the general ledger of Tartufo trial balance on 30 June: Receivables ledger control account Payables ledger control account $30,434 $18,740 Neither of the control account balances agree with the lists of individual balances extracted from the receivables and payables ledgers. The following errors were discovered: (1) Credit balances of $1,314 and debit balances of $72 in the payables ledger had been omitted from the list of balances. (2) The sales day book had been overcast by $3,950. (3) A discount allowed to Chas of $40 had been posted to the credit of his account in the payables ledger. (4) A transfer of $620 from Wilhelm’s account in the receivables ledger to the debit of his account in the payables ledger had been made in April. No further entries had been made. (5) A page total in the purchases day book of $3,685 had been carried forward as $3,865. (6) Jenga had been debited for goods returned to him, totalling $340, but no other entries had been made. On correction of these errors the control accounts agreed with the lists of individual balances. Required: (a) Write up the control accounts with any necessary adjustments. (6 marks) (b) Prepare a reconciliation of the totals of the individual balances to determine the totals originally extracted from the ledgers. (4 marks) (10 marks) Question 64 RACY The following information related to Racy for the year to 30 June 2015: Extract from the payables ledger control account at 30 June 2015 Trade payables at 1 July 2014 Payments made to suppliers in respect of credit purchases Credit purchases Discounts received ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 30,000 322,000 340,000 8,000 47 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK The bookkeeper has extracted a list of credit balances totalling $39,800. The listing included no debit balances. When the accountant checked the ledger control account and suppliers’ listing the following errors were found: (1) Purchases of goods totalling $1,500 were omitted from Roy’s account. (2) Discounts allowed of $500 had been debited to Joe’s account. (3) David’s account had been omitted from the list of balances; it totalled $2,000. (4) Discounts received of $3,500 had been entered in the control account but not in any of the payables ledger accounts. (5) Cash of $50 paid to Freddie had been credited to his account, and a cheque paid to James for $250 had been omitted from his ledger account. (6) During the year Racy had bought a typewriter for cash from one of its suppliers, Piax, which went into liquidation. The cash paid of $50 had been entered in Piax’s account in the payables ledger, even though the item was not a credit transaction. Required: (a) Prepare the payables ledger control account for the year ended 30 June 2015. (9 marks) (b) Prepare a statement reconciling the total per the list of individual supplier’s balances to the balance per the control account. (6 marks) (15 marks) Question 65 TELETUBBY Teletubby had the following balances on its control accounts at 30 September 2014: Receivables ledger control account Payables ledger control account $38,076 $30,887 Also on 30 September 2014 the net totals of the balances extracted from the receivables ledger were $22,620 and from the payables ledger $21,805. During the company’s audit the following errors were discovered to have occurred during the year to September: (1) The sales returns of $7,164 and the purchases returns of $5,328 for June 2014 had been posted to the credit side of the payables ledger control account and to the debit side of the receivables ledger control account respectively. (2) In August 2014 the receivables ledger column of the debit side of the cash book had been undercast by $1,000. (3) In January 2014 a contra for $681 had been credited to the receivables ledger control account and debited to the payables ledger control account but no entries had been made in the appropriate personal accounts. (4) On the listing of accounts receivable a credit balance of $316 had been listed as a debit balance. A credit balance of $96 had been listed as $69 on the accounts payable listing. 48 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (5) A cheque for $527 from a customer paid into the bank on 25 September 2014 was dishonoured on 28 September 2014. It was re-presented and cleared on 4 October 2014. No entry had been made in the accounting records for this item since 25 September 2014. (6) In March 2014 the total of cash receipts from credit customers, amounting to $27,342, was posted to the debit of the payables ledger control account. At the same time the total of cash paid to suppliers, amounting to $24,586, was posted to the credit of the receivables ledger control account. (7) In extracting the balances from the receivables ledger a debit balance of $521 had been overlooked. Required: Prepare statements (a) Reconciling the receivables ledger listing with the corrected receivables ledger control account balance at 30 September 2014. (8 marks) (b) Reconciling the payables ledger listing with the corrected payables ledger control account balance at 30 September 2014. (8 marks) (16 marks) Question 66 ROBIN & CO The balance on the receivables ledger control account of Robin & Co on 30 September amounted to $3,800 which did not agree with the net total of the list of receivables ledger balances at that date. Errors were found and the appropriate adjustments, when made, balanced the books. The items were as follows: (1) Debit balances in the receivables ledger, amounting to $103, had been omitted from the list of balances. (2) An irrecoverable debt amounting to $400 had been written off in the receivables ledger but had not been posted to the irrecoverable debts expense account or entered in the control account. (3) An item of goods sold to Sparrow, $250, had been entered once in the sales day book but posted to his account twice. (4) $25 discount allowed to Wren had been correctly recorded and posted in the books. This sum had been subsequently disallowed, debited to Wren’s account, and entered in the discount received column of the cash book. (5) No entry had been made in the control account in respect of the transfer of a debit of $70 from Quail’s account in the receivables ledger to his account in the payables ledger. (6) The discount allowed column in the cash account had been undercast by $140. Required: (a) Make the necessary adjustments in the receivable ledger control account and bring down the corrected balance. (8 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 49 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Show the adjustments to the net total of the original list of balances to reconcile with the amended balance on the receivables ledger control account. (7 marks) (15 marks) Question 67 SHOWERS Showers sells bathroom fittings on credit to most of its customers. In order to control its debt collection system, the company maintains a trade receivables ledger control account. In preparing the accounts for the year to 30 October 2014 the accountant discovers that the total of all the personal accounts in the trade receivables ledger amounts to $12,802, whereas the control account balance discloses a balance of $12,550. Upon investigation the following errors were discovered: (1) Sales for the week ending 27 March 2014 amounting to $850 had been omitted from the control account. (2) An account balance of $300 had not been included in the list of balances. (3) Cash received of $750 had been entered in a personal account as $570. (4) Discounts allowed totalling $100 had not been entered in the control account. (5) A personal account balance had been undercast by $200. (6) A contra item of $400 with the trade payables ledger had not been entered in the control account. (7) An irrecoverable debt of $500 had not been entered in the control account. (8) Cash received of $250 had been debited to a personal account. (9) Discounts received of $50 had been debited to a customer’s ledger account. (10) Returns inwards valued at $200 had not been included in the control account. (11) Cash received of $80 had been credited to a personal account as $8. (12) A cheque for $300 received from a customer had been dishonoured by the bank, but no adjustment had been made in the control account. Required: (a) Prepare a corrected trade receivables control account, bringing down the amended balance at 31 October 2014. (b) Prepare a statement showing the adjustments that are necessary to the list of personal account balances so that it reconciles with the amended control account balance. (15 marks) 50 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 68 HUBERT Hubert maintains his accounts on a fully integrated computerised accounting system which produces control accounts as an integral part of the double entry system. At the end of each month individual sales and purchase ledger balances are reconciled automatically to the respective control accounts as a pre-programmed control check. Unfortunately Hubert was taken ill in the middle of August and his assistant input a number of entries without the correct integration codes. Consequently the system has been unable to reconcile the control accounts at the end of that month. The assistant has manually extracted the individual ledger balances, and the net totals at 31 August are as follows: Purchase ledger Sales ledger $3,556 $9,617 The assistant has also manually produced draft accounts for the six months to 31 August and provides you with the following abridged trial balance: Sales ledger control account Purchase ledger control account Profit per draft accounts Sundry balances (net) $ 9,650 $ 7,496 4,322 2,168 –––––– 11,818 –––––– –––––– 11,818 –––––– You have checked through the accounting records and discovered the following discrepancies: (1) The total for the purchases day book input total for August has been incorrectly shown as $6,241 following a manual override. The total should have been $2,641. (2) An old debit balance of $28 in the purchase ledger had been written off during August as irrecoverable. You discover that no entry had been input other than in the individual supplier’s ledger account. (3) Discounts allowed for the month of August amounted to $671. An uncoded entry of these had been made in the discount allowed column of the cash account but no other entry had been made. (4) A payment of $260 on 14 August relating to the payment of a July purchases invoice had been wrongly input in the cash account as wages. (5) During the month of August there had been a mix-up over goods supplied to a customer, Dougal. The goods were invoiced for $62, despatched to Dougal and correctly entered in the system on 5 August. Several items turned out to be defective and were returned by Dougal on 28 August. These goods, originally costing $14, were included in the original invoice of $62 at an amount of $17. No entry was made in the books as a result of the return of the goods but they were manually input into the inventory account at $17. Owing to their damaged state their net realisable value is estimated to be $5. (6) Hubert has received discounts during the month amounting to $280. However, these have only been manually input to the individual suppliers’ accounts. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 51 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (7) Certain discrepancies in the print-out of balances at 31 August have come to light, suggesting a software error might also have occurred. You discover that: (i) debit balances on the sales ledger of $54 and $69 respectively had been completely omitted from the listing; (ii) a credit balance on the purchase ledger of $71 had been listed as a debit balance of $17; (iii) the total of debit entries on Hoppo’s account in the sales ledger had been overcast by $90. Required: (a) Manually adjust the sales and purchase ledger control accounts and show the reconciliation of the closing balances with the aggregate of the individual balances extracted from the purchase and sales ledgers. (15 marks) (b) Compute a revised profit for the six month period to 31 August. (7 marks) (22 marks) Question 69 MCQs CONTROL ACCOUNT RECONCILIATIONS The following information relates to questions 69.1 to 69.3: A company maintains control accounts in its general ledger. 69.1 An irrecoverable debt of $900 was written off an account in the receivables ledger, but not recorded in the control account. What corrective action is required? A B C D 69.2 Receivables ledger control account None Dr $900 None Cr $900 List of balances Reduce total by $900 None Increase total by $900 None $479 was recovered from a customer. A 95% specific allowance had been made against this account last year. Total cash received has been entered in the control account, but no entry has been made in the customer’s account in the receivables ledger. What is the correcting action? A B C D 52 Receivables ledger control account Dr $455 Cr $479 Cr $455 None List of balances Decrease total by $455 None Increase total by $455 Decrease total by $479 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 69.3 The total figure for trade payables extracted from the suppliers’ ledger is $19,579. The figure does not agree with the balance on the payables ledger control account. The following errors have been identified: (i) A contra entry of $5,100 between a customer and a supplier has not been recorded in the general ledger (ii) Discounts received of $3,110 had been recorded in the general ledger only. What is the correct balance on the payables ledger control account? A B C D 69.4 $11,369 $14,479 $16,469 $21,569 On checking a list of balances of suppliers’ ledger accounts, it is found that the total is $2,250 more than the balance on the payables ledger control account. Which of the following errors could, by itself, account for this difference? A B C D The total of contra entries against receivables accounts is overstated by $1,125 Purchases day book has been overcast by $2,250 A credit note for $1,125 has been omitted from a supplier’s ledger account A supplier’s ledger account with a debit balance of $1,125 has been treated as a credit balance (8 marks) Question 70 TALANT Talent’s cash book, for the month of October, was as follows: Cash book $ 1 Oct 10 Oct 17 Oct 28 Oct Balance Ambrosia Bertram Crisp 2,250 508 616 735 $ 2 Oct 14 Oct 19 Oct Grenadine Holly Ivan 476 285 367 The statement received from the bank on 5 November showed the following: Date Details Withdrawals 1 OCT 2 OCT 4 OCT 12 OCT 16 OCT 17 OCT 17 OCT 28 OCT 28 OCT Balance from sheet no. 42 GRENADINE RICHMOND DC (D/D) AMBROSIA HOLLY CHARGES (SEPT) BERTRAM PPI PLC (DIVIDEND) BUILDING SOCIETY (S/O) 31 OCT Balance to sheet no. 44 Deposits 476 370 508 285 52 626 126 280 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com Balance ($) 2,250 1,774 1,404 1,912 1,627 1,575 2,201 2,327 2,047 2,047 53 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK The bank does not make mistakes. Required: Adjust the cash book and prepare a bank reconciliation statement as at 31 October. (8 marks) Question 71 PRINGLE On 30 June the cash account of Pringle’s business showed a balance at bank of $1,500. The bank statements showed that cheques for $70, $90 and $100 had not been presented for payment and that deposits totalling $210 had not been cleared. The balance on the bank statement at 30 June was $1,550. Required: Prepare a bank reconciliation statement. (5 marks) Question 72 WHITE On 30 November the bank account of White, according to the cash account, was overdrawn to the extent of $16. On the same date the bank statement showed a balance in favour of White of $6. An examination of the cash account and bank statement reveals the following: (1) Two cheques paid into the bank on 30 November were not recorded on the bank statement until 1 December. Black Green (2) $40 $60 Three cheques issued prior to 30 November were not presented to the bank for payment until after that date. 002404 002407 002408 $20 $32 $70 Required: Prepare a bank reconciliation statement at 30 November. (6 marks) Question 73 GORBACHEV The cash account of Gorbachev showed a debit balance of $204 on 31 March. A comparison with the bank statements revealed the following: $ (1) Cheques drawn but not presented 3,168 (2) Amounts paid into the bank but not credited (3) Entries in the bank statements not recorded in the cash account (i) (ii) (iii) (4) 54 723 Standing order Interest on bank deposit account Bank charges 35 18 14 Balance on the bank statement at 31 March 2,618 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Required: (a) Show the appropriate adjustments required in the cash account of Gorbachev bringing down the correct balance at 31 March. (5 marks) (b) Prepare a bank reconciliation statement at that date. (3 marks) (8 marks) Question 74 JOVANOVICH The balance in Jovanovich’s cash account at 30 June showed an asset of $1,660; his bank statement showed a balance of $450 but he was unable to determine from the statement whether the balance was in hand or overdrawn. On reconciling the cash account he discovers the following: (1) The debit side of the cash account had been undercast by $200. (2) A total on the receipts side of the cash account of $2,475 had been brought forward as $4,275. (3) A cheque received by Jovanovich for $220 had been dishonoured (i.e. refused by the paying bank). (4) Bank charges of $24 and standing orders totalling $160 had been omitted from the cash account. (5) Unpresented cheques totalled $520 and uncleared deposits $626. Required: (a) (b) Write up an adjusted cash account. Prepare a bank reconciliation statement at 30 June. (5 marks) (3 marks) (8 marks) Question 75 NORTH STAR COMPANY The following is a summary from the cash account of the North Star Company: Cash account $ Opening balance b/d Receipts 2,814 30,146 ______ $ Payments Closing balance c/d 32,960 ______ 31,040 1,920 ______ 32,960 ______ On investigation you discover the following: (1) Bank charges of $70 shown on the bank statement have not been entered in the cash account. (2) A cheque drawn for $94 has been entered in error as a receipt in the cash account. (3) A cheque for $36 has been returned by the bank marked “refer to drawer” but it has not been written back in the cash account. (4) An error has occurred in that the opening balance in the cash account should have been carried down as $2,940. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 55 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (5) Three cheques paid to suppliers for $428, $740 and $60 have not yet been presented to the bank. (6) The final entry in the paying-in book shows $3,084 being paid in which has not yet been credited to the account by the bank . (7) The bank has debited a cheque for $144 in error to the company’s account. (8) The bank statement shows an overdrawn balance of $248. Required: (a) Show the adjustments required in the cash account. (7 marks) (b) Prepare a bank reconciliation statement. (5 marks) (12 marks) Question 76 DEALERS On 30 April 2015 the bank account of Dealers, according to the cash account, was overdrawn to the extent of $1,062. On the same date the bank statement showed a balance in favour of Dealers of $2,149. An examination of the cash account and bank statements reveals the following: (1) In carrying forward the page totals in the cash account, the total of the credit side on one page amounting to $10,502 has been carried forward at $10,052. (2) A bank deposit of $698 made on 30 April 2015 was not recorded on the bank statement until 1 May 2015. (3) A hire purchase payment of $91 made by standing order had not been entered in the cash account. (4) A cheque payment of $94 had been entered twice in the cash account. (5) Bank charges amounting to $57 had not been entered in the cash account. (6) On 29 April 2015 the bank credited an amount of $341 received by trader’s credit, but the advice was not received by Dealers until 1 May 2015. (7) On 15 April 2015 the bank credited the sum of $1,560 to Dealers in error. (8) A receipt paid into the bank by Dealers on 20 April 2015 was dishonoured on 28 April 2015, but no entry has been made in the books of Dealers. The sum involved was $100. (9) Certain cheques issued prior to 30 April 2015 were not presented to the bank for payment until after that date. Required: (a) Show the appropriate adjustments required in the cash account of Dealers, bringing down the correct balance on 30 April 2015. (9 marks) (b) Prepare a bank reconciliation statement at that date. (6 marks) (15 marks) 56 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 77 GENEVA The following is a summary of the cash account of Geneva for the month of December: Cash account $ Receipts Balance c/f 1,469 554 ______ $ Balance b/f Payments 2,023 ______ 761 1,262 ______ 2,023 ______ All receipts are banked and payments made by cheque. On investigation you discover the following: (1) Bank charges of $136 entered on the bank statement had been omitted from the cash account. (2) Cheques drawn amounting to $267 had not been presented to the bank for payment. (3) Cheques received totalling $762 had been entered in the cash account and paid into the bank, but had not been credited by the bank until January. (4) A cheque for $22 had been entered as a receipt in the cash account instead of as a payment. (5) A cheque for $25 had been debited by the bank in error. (6) A cheque received for $80 had been returned by the bank and marked “No funds available”; no adjustment had been made in the cash account. (7) All dividends receivable are credited directly to the bank account; during December amounts totalling $62 were credited by the bank and no entries made in the cash account. (8) A cheque drawn for $6 had been incorrectly entered in the cash account as $66. (9) The balance brought forward should have been $711, not $761. (10) The bank statement at 31 December showed an overdraft of $1,162. Required: (a) (b) Show the adjustments required in the cash account. Prepare a bank reconciliation statement at 31 December. (9 marks) (6 marks) (15 marks) Question 78 MCQs BANK RECONCILIATIONS 78.1 Which one of the following would create a timing difference to be recognised in the preparation of a bank reconciliations? A B C D Unpresented cheques Cash book errors Standing orders Bank charges ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 57 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 78.2 Which one of the following would NOT be an adjustment to the cash book in carrying out a bank reconciliation? A B C D Outstanding lodgements Credit transfers Direct debits Bank interest The following information relates to items 78.3 and 78.4: A company is preparing its bank reconciliation at 31 December 2014. The following receipts and payments have been entered into the cash account: Date of cash book entry 78.3 Date entered on bank statement Amount $ Receipts 31 December 2014 30 December 2014 2 January 2015 2 January 2015 2 January 2015 31 December 2014 31 December 2015 4 January 2015 17,432 18,243 24,241 25,489 Payments 28 December 2014 31 December 2014 6 January 2015 5 January 2015 30 December 2014 2 January 2015 9 January 2015 29 December 2014 10,947 8,976 24,742 7,489 What amount will appear on the bank reconciliation as uncleared deposits? A B C D 78.4 $85,405 $41,673 $35,675 $17,432 What amount will appear on the bank reconciliation as unpresented cheques? A B C D $8,976 $16,474 $32,008 $52,163 (8 marks) Question 79 YULIA The difference on the trial balance of Yulia’s business whereby the debit column exceeded the credit by $56 has been transferred to a suspense account. The following errors had been made: (1) Purchase of goods from A Malkov for $120 had been credited to the account of H Malkov. (2) Sale of goods to A Harkal for $27 had been credited to his account. (3) Sale of plant for $190 had been credited to sales. (4) Sale of goods to D Herman entered in day book as $120, but debited to his account as $12. (5) Sales day book undercast by $200. (6) A balance for rent payable accrued as $30 in previous period has not been brought forward in the current period. 58 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (7) Petty cash balance, $12, omitted from the list of account balances. The company does not maintain control accounts in respect of its receivables and payables ledgers. Required: (a) Prepare the journal entries necessary to correct errors (1) to (7) above. (7 marks) (b) Write up and clear the suspense account. (3 marks) (10 marks) Question 80 OGRE Ogre does not maintain separate control accounts for its receivables and payables ledgers, keeping individual supplier and customer accounts in the general ledger, but posting day book totals to the various income and expense accounts. The credit column of the computerised trial balance of Ogre exceeded the debit column by $940 and a suspense account was automatically opened to record the difference together with an error report. The following errors were subsequently discovered and after these were corrected the books balanced: (1) The manual sales returns day book was undercast by $90 and input into the system. (2) Goods sold for $120 in respect of account no. 10591 were input to account no. 10951 in the receivables ledger. (3) Light and heat of $420 accrued due at the end of the previous year had been manually reversed in the current year as a debit balance in the expense account. (4) A sales invoice of $350 had been correctly input in the sales day book account but a software error led to its posting to the customer’s account as $530. (5) The discounts column in the manual discounts allowed book totalled $980 and this total was input as a credit to the discounts received account as $890. Required: Write up the suspense account. (8 marks) Question 81 GROAN The list of account balances of Groan at 31 December did not balance and a suspense account was opened to record the difference. On a subsequent examination of the books the following errors were found, and after their correction the books balanced: (1) The purchases day book was overcast by $200. (2) A prepayment for telephone rental of $45 at the end of the previous year had been reversed as a credit balance of $54 in the current year in the expense account. (3) The discounts column in the cash payments book totalled $620 and had been posted to the debit of discounts account. (4) Titus had supplied goods to the company amounting to $430. He had also been supplied with goods by Groan totalling $310. It was decided that the latter amount be set against the balance due to Titus on the payables ledger, but the transfer had in fact been made to Trite’s account in the payables ledger. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 59 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (5) A payment for salaries and wages in the cash account for $740 had been posted to the credit of salaries account in the nominal ledger as $470. (6) A cheque for $55 received from a customer, Bouncer, had been correctly entered in the relevant accounts and duly paid into the bank, but was dishonoured on presentation. No entries had been made in the books of Groan to record the dishonoured cheque. (The cheque was subsequently honoured on re-presentation on 10 January.) The company does not maintain control accounts in respect of its payables and receivables ledgers. Required: (a) Prepare the journal entries necessary to correct errors (1) to (6) above. (9 marks) (b) Write up the entries in the suspense account to determine the original difference. (6 marks) (15 marks) Question 82 BLACKWATER TRANSPORT At the end of January a trial balance extracted from the books of Blackwater Transport did not balance and a suspense account was opened with a debit balance of $294. The following matters were discovered: (1) $468 had been received during January from a customer who owed $480. No entry had been made for the $12 outstanding but it had been decided to treat it as a cash discount. (2) Returns to suppliers in January were posted correctly to individual accounts but were incorrectly totalled. The total was overstated by $200 and was posted to the returns account. (3) A bank statement drawn up to 31 January showed a credit balance of $240; the cash account in the trial balance showed an overdraft of $174. The difference comprised the following: (i) A direct debit of $140 (for subscriptions) not entered in the books of account (ii) A payment to a supplier in the cash book showing as $240 instead of $420; the amount was also entered as $240 in the supplier’s account (iii) Unpresented cheques of $654 (iv) An addition error in the cash account for the rest of the difference. (4) A cheque for $326 was received from a previously written-off debt. It was correctly entered in the cash account but not posted elsewhere. (5) An account receivable with a balance of $360 was not included when the trial balance was extracted. (6) A credit note for $10 sent to a customer had been posted to the wrong side of the customer’s account receivable. The individual trade accounts receivable and payable form part of the double entry. Required: Show the correcting journal entries necessary. Include a bank reconciliation in your workings. (15 marks) 60 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 83 SMETENA NEWSAGENTS The bookkeeper has produced the following statement of financial position at 31 December for Smetena Newsagents: $ $ Non-current assets 72,208 Current assets Inventory 18,826 Trade receivables 26,216 Drawings 8,260 Suspense account 3,830 Cash 700 ______ 57,832 _______ 130,040 _______ Capital account Loan – L Franks 12% Trade payables Bank overdraft Profit for year 50,224 20,000 26,782 14,634 18,400 _______ 130,040 _______ Jan Smetena, the proprietor, is unhappy with the draft statement of financial position and asks you to revise it. You discover the following: (1) The suspense account balance represents the difference on the trial balance. (2) The purchases day book total for October of $4,130 was posted to the purchases account as $4,310 although the correct entry was made to the payables ledger control account. (3) Inventory sheets were overcast by $2,000. (4) Cash should be $110. (5) Fixtures and fittings account balance of $4,600 has been omitted from the trial balance. (6) Interest for a half year on the loan account has not been paid and no allowance has been made for it. Required: (a) Show the journal entries to correct the above errors. (6 marks) (b) Write up the suspense account. (5 marks) (c) Draw up a revised statement of financial position at 31 December. Clearly show the adjustments to profit. (7 marks) (18 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 61 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 84 ALPHA After completing a draft statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2015 of Alpha, the following balances remained and a suspense account entry was required for the difference which had arisen: Dr $ 70,000 Non-current assets at cost Accumulated depreciation Share capital Retained earnings Inventory at cost Receivables ledger control account Payables ledger control account Balance at bank Suspense account Cr $ 46,500 40,000 15,000 16,000 13,780 7,200 1,740 7,180 ––––––– 108,700 ––––––– ––––––– 108,700 ––––––– During the audit the following errors were found: (1) A rent payment in April of $500 had been debited to the receivables ledger control account. (2) A contra of $1,500 between the receivable and payables ledger control accounts had not been made. (3) Discounts allowed of $750 had not been recorded by the company. (4) A cheque for $3,220 was sent to a customer in February. This was a refund to the customer for faulty goods that the customer had paid for. The refund had been entered in the cash book but no other entry made. Correct entries to the sales returns and receivables control accounts were made when the goods were originally returned to Alpha. (5) A payment of $1,460 for telephone expenses had not been posted to the ledger account although cash had been credited. (6) The sales day book had been overcast in September 2014 by $250. (7) A payment from Sigma for $2,500 for cash sales had been credited to the control account as well as the sales account. (8) No entries had been made for bank charges of $2,120 incurred by the company which appeared on its bank statement. Required: Prepare: (a) (b) (c) (d) the necessary journal entries for the above transactions; a statement of adjusted retained earnings; a corrected list of account balances at 30 June 2015; and a statement of financial position at 30 June 2015. (8 marks) (4 marks) (4 marks) (4 marks) (20 marks) 62 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 85 COSY COMFORTS While you are preparing the annual accounts of Cosy Comforts for the year 2014, the following matters have to be taken into account at 31 December: (1) The accrual for discounts allowed to customers, which at present has a balance of $229.53, needs to be reduced to $157.40. (2) Debts totalling $64.80 are now known to be irrecoverable and must be written off. However, an amount of $21.44 written off as an irrecoverable debt in the previous year has now been recovered in full, but the cheque has just been paid into the bank but not posted to the accounts. (3) Due to an oversight a discount has been allowed to a credit customer on the gross invoiced amount of $80 at the rate of 10%. A rate of 6% should have been used. (4) Electricity accrued amounts to $36.71 while insurance premiums of $22.45 have been prepaid. (5) In October 2014 the employees of the business received a general wages increase backdated to July 2014. There are now amounts of wages arrears, totalling $126.55, payable to former employees who left shortly before the wages award was announced and who have not yet been traced. It has been decided that the wage packets will be opened and the cash paid back into the bank until those ex-employees can be found. (6) Amounts earned by employees in the last week of December 2014 but not due to be paid until January 2015, comprise wages $464.12 and salaries $301.70. (7) During 2014 the exterior of the warehouse was repainted at a cost of $5,000. The whole of this amount was wrongly debited to premises account. It is the policy of Cosy Comforts to charge depreciation on the closing balances of non-current assets and this has already been done. The annual rate of depreciation on premises is 2%, calculated on the straight-line basis and assuming no residual value. (8) In December 2014 Cosy Comforts had bought goods on credit from Conbrec for $452.10 and sold goods on credit to that same company for $163.04. These sums have been correctly posted to their respective accounts. These accounts are to be settled in contra at 31 December 2014 and remaining balance by cheque in January 2015. Required: Prepare suitable entries in the journal of Cosy Comforts to record each of the above matters at 31 December 2014. (20 marks) Question 86 RAFAL JAFFA The trial balance of Rafal Jaffa, as produced by his bookkeeper, includes the following: Sales ledger control account Purchase ledger control account Suspense account (debit balance) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 110,172 78,266 2,315 63 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK You have been given the following information: (a) The sales ledger debit balances total $111,111 and the credit balances total $1,234. (b) The purchase ledger credit balances total $77,777 and the debit balances total $1,111. (c) The sales ledger includes a debit balance of $700 for business X, and the purchase ledger includes a credit balance of $800 relating to the same business X. Only the net amount will eventually be paid. (d) Included in the credit balance on the sales ledger is a balance of $600 in the name of H Patel. This arose because a sales invoice for $600 had earlier been posted in error from the sales day book to the debit of the account of M Patel in the purchase ledger. (e) An allowance of $300 against some damaged goods had been omitted from the appropriate account in the sales ledger. This allowance had been included in the control account. (f) An invoice for $456 had been entered in the purchase day book as $654. (g) A cash receipt from a credit customer for $345 had been entered in the cash book as $245. (h) The purchase day book had been overcast by $1,000. (i) The bank balance of $1,200 had been included in the trial balance, in error, as an overdraft. (j) The bookkeeper had been instructed to write off $500 from customer Y’s account as an irrecoverable debt, and to reduce the trade receivables allowance by $700. By mistake, however, he had written off $700 from customer Y’s account and increased the allowance by $500. (k) The debit balance on the insurance account in the general ledger of $3,456 had been included in the trial balance as $3,546. Required: (a) Record corrections in the control and suspense accounts. (8 marks) (b) Reconcile, as far as the information permits, the sales ledger control account with the sales ledger balances, and the purchase ledger control account with the purchase ledger balances. (9 marks) (c) Comment on your findings and any action you now recommend. (3 marks) (20 marks) 64 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 87 XYZ You are presented with the following draft financial statement of position for XYZ at 30 September 2014: Cost Depreciation Carrying amount $ $ $ ASSETS Non-current assets Plant Vehicles 150,000 20,000 _______ 60,000 10,000 ______ 90,000 10,000 _______ 170,000 _______ 70,000 ______ 100,000 Current assets Inventories Trade receivables Cash 10,000 20,000 500 ______ Total assets 30,500 _______ 130,500 _______ EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Capital and reserves Capital Profit for the year Suspense account 20,000 53,600 44,900 ______ Current liabilities Trade payables 118,500 12,000 _______ 130,500 _______ Upon investigation you discover the following errors: (1) The balance on the trade receivables allowance account at 1 October 2013 had been credited to profit or loss. The balance of the account at that date was $1,800. (2) The allowance against trade receivables should have been made equal to 10% of trade receivables at 30 September 2014. (3) Depreciation is charged on plant at a rate of 20% per annum on cost, and on vehicles at a rate of 50% per annum on the reduced balance. The depreciation for the year to 30 September 2014 has been correctly charged to profit for that year, but no adjustments have been made elsewhere. (4) The closing inventories amounted to $12,000, but the amount shown on the statement of financial position was the opening inventories. (5) A transposition error had understated sales by $900. (6) A new motor vehicle costing $5,000 had been included in motor expenses. company’s policy not to charge any depreciation in the year of acquisition. (7) Drawings amounting to $10,000 had been debited to profit or loss. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com It is the 65 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (8) Discounts allowed of $1,000 had been credited to the profit or loss and discounts received amounting to $1,500 had been debited to the profit or loss. (9) A loan of $5,000 had been credited to profit or loss. (10) Trade payables had been understated by $10,000. Required: Prepare XYZ’s corrected statement of financial position at 30 September 2014. A working showing how the suspense account is cleared should be included. Note XYZ does not maintain control accounts. (18 marks) Question 88 CND The bookkeeper has prepared a preliminary trial balance of CND for the year ended 31 December as follows: $ $ Capital account 110,000 Retained earnings at 1 January 50,000 Bank loan 30,458 Trade receivables and payables 77,240 60,260 Cash in hand and bank overdraft 1,000 5,036 Inventories at 1 January 108,000 Non-current assets at cost and accumulated depreciation at 31 December 161,879 60,943 Depreciation for the year 15,000 Purchases and revenues 300,297 400,000 Returns 4,370 4,630 Discounts allowed and received 9,760 6,740 Wages and salaries (net) 15,146 Payments of tax on wages and salaries 5,988 Payments of social security contributions 1,766 Tax on wages and salaries payable at 1 January 900 Proceeds of sale of non-current assets 2,000 Rent and insurance 18,036 Postage, telephone and stationery 3,009 Repairs and maintenance 2,124 Advertising 4,876 Packing materials 924 Motor expenses 2,000 Sundry expenses 1,000 Loan interest 4,000 Accrued expenses 6,478 Suspense account 1,030 ––––––– ––––––– 737,445 737,445 ––––––– ––––––– When the bookkeeper discovered that the preliminary trial balance did not balance he made it do so by opening a suspense account and entering the required amount on the appropriate side. A subsequent investigation shows the following mistakes have been made: 66 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (1) A loan to the business of $10,000 from the owner’s brother, X, has been added to capital. (2) Accrued interest on the bank loan of $458 has been credited to the bank loan account instead of being treated as a current liability. (3) Bank charges of $1,000 have been completely omitted from the books. (4) Non-current assets with an original cost of $11,879 and accumulated depreciation of $10,943 have been sold for $2,000. This amount is shown as a separate item in the trial balance, and no entries have been made in the asset or accumulated depreciation accounts. Any surplus or deficit on sale should be shown in a separate account. (5) Deductions of $6,088 for personal tax and $1,766 for social security contributions, retirement benefits, etc, were made from employees’ wages and salaries during the year. No entries have been made for these items. (6) In addition to allowing discount of $240 and receiving discount of $260, various customers’ and suppliers’ accounts amounting to $10,000 were set off by contra. No entries whatever have been made in respect of these items. (7) Trade receivables amounting to $2,000 are irrecoverable and need to be written off. (8) A debt of $1,000 written off as irrecoverable in a previous year has been recovered in full. The amount has been credited to the personal account and deducted from the trade receivables ledger control account. (9) Goods returned from a customer of $630 have been correctly entered into the personal account, but by mistake were entered in the returns outwards journal. (10) A payment for stationery of $234 was correctly entered in the cash book but debited in the ledger as $243. (11) A payment of $76 for packing materials has been correctly entered in the cash book, but no other entry has been made. (12) A payment of $124 for advertising has been debited to repairs and maintenance. (13) A cheque payment of $26 for insurance has been recorded in all accounts as $62. (14) A page in the purchase account correctly totalled $125,124 was carried forward to the top of the next page as $125,421. All entries other than those given above are to be assumed to have been made correctly. Required: (a) Show the correcting entries in journal form (i.e. showing accounts and amounts debited and credited but no supporting narrative is required) in respect of each of the mistakes mentioned above. (16 marks) (b) Show the trial balance of the company at 31 December after these corrections have been made. A working showing how the suspense account is cleared should be included. (10 marks) Control accounts are not maintained. (26 marks) Note ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 67 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 89 MCQs SUSPENSE ACCOUNTS 89.1 The sales day book of a company is undercast by $500. The company does not maintain control accounts. What journal entry is required to correct the error? A Dr Sales a/c Cr Customer (receivable) a/c B Dr Sales a/c Cr Suspense a/c C Dr Customer (receivable) a/c Cr Sales a/c D Single entry: Cr Sales a/c The following information relates to items 89.2 to 89.5: The trial balance of Bishopsgate does not balance. The bookkeeper has entered the difference in a suspense account, and then discovers several errors. Bishopsgate does not maintain control accounts. For each of items 89.2 to 89.5 select the entry which corrects the error. 89.2 A cheque paid to Knight for $100 had been entered on the credit side of his account payable. A B C D 89.3 Debit Knight a/c Suspense a/c Knight a/c Suspense a/c $ 100 100 200 200 $ 100 100 200 200 Discounts allowed to a customer of $79 had been correctly entered in the personal account, but had been credited to the discounts received account as $97. Debit 68 Credit Suspense a/c Knight a/c Suspense a/c Knight a/c $ Credit $ A Discounts allowed 176 Suspense a/c 176 B Suspense a/c 176 Discounts allowed 176 C Discounts received Discounts allowed Suspense a/c 176 D Suspense a/c 97 79 176 Discounts allowed Discounts received 79 97 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 89.4 89.5 $52 owed by K Chess had been correctly written off in the irrecoverable debts expense account, but had been credited against K Checke’s account payable as $25. Debit $ Credit $ A K Checke Suspense a/c 25 27 K Chess 52 B K Chess 52 K Checke Suspense a/c 25 27 C K Checke K Chess 25 52 Suspense a/c 77 D Suspense a/c 77 K Checke K Chess 25 52 The purchase for $1,666 of a car for use in the business had been debited to the sales account. Debit $ Credit $ A Car a/c 1,666 Sales a/c 1,666 B Car a/c 1,666 Suspense a/c 1,666 C Car a/c Sales a/c 1,666 1,666 Suspense a/c 3,332 D Car a/c Suspense a/c 1,666 1,666 Sales a/c 3,332 (10 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 69 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 90 JOLANTA The following list of account balances was extracted from the books of Jolanta, a retailer, at 31 December 2014: Due to suppliers Allowance for trade receivables Revenue Opening inventory Leasehold premises at cost Accumulated amortisation of premises to 31 December 2014 Delivery vans at cost Accumulated depreciation of vans to 31 December 2014 Purchases Carriage outwards Due from customers Loan advanced by Joanna Returns inwards Closing inventory Returns outwards Rent Salesmen’s salaries and commission Interest on loan Vehicle running expenses Bank overdraft Carriage inwards Accountancy and audit Trade discounts received Light and heat General expenses Jolanta – Capital account Irrecoverable debts account Suspense account Amortisation of leasehold for 2014 Depreciation of delivery vans for 2014 $ 14,500 $ 1,200 93,200 14,300 45,000 9,000 21,600 15,600 51,400 350 35,700 4,100 1,050 15,200 950 2,550 8,200 250 3,650 21,100 2,150 1,600 400 1,300 900 30,000 50 7,400 9,000 2,000 _______ _______ 206,850 _______ 206,850 _______ Required: (a) Redraft the list of account balances. (8 marks) (b) Prepare a statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 together with a statement of profit or loss for the period ended on that date. (12 marks) (20 marks) 70 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 91 GANDALF On 1 April 2014 Gandalf started a business with capital of $20,000 which he paid into a business account. The following is a summary of the cash transactions for the first year: Amounts from customers Salary of assistant Cash paid to suppliers for purchases Purchase of motor van on 31 March 2015 Gandalf’s drawings during the year Electricity payments Rent for the year Postage and stationery $ 34,628 4,000 20,700 8,000 4,800 1,120 2,200 700 The following further information is relevant: (1) At the end of the year Gandalf was owed $8,512 by his customers and owed $11,344 to his suppliers. (2) Gandalf promised his assistant a bonus of $800. At 31 March 2015 this had not been paid. (3) At 31 March 2015 there was inventory of $8,514 and Gandalf owed $340 for electricity for the last quarter of the year. (4) As the van was acquired in the last day of March, Gandalf has decided not to charge any depreciation for the year. Required: Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 March 2015 and a statement of financial position at that date. (18 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 71 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 92 MARIA The following information relates to the business of Maria for the year ended 31 December 2014: $ Capital account, 1 January 2014 Freehold properties at cost Furniture and fittings at cost Motor cars at cost Accumulated depreciation to 1 January 2014 Freehold properties Furniture and fittings Motor cars Inventory 1 January 2014 Purchases Sales Salaries Rent Office expenses Motor expenses Drawings Allowance for receivables 1 January 2014 Loan Trade receivables Trade payables Bank balance $ 13,640 7,500 2,000 6,300 450 800 2,370 6,740 54,520 79,060 8,760 1,170 3,950 3,790 4,800 600 4,000 9,240 10,040 2,190 _______ _______ 110,960 _______ 110,960 _______ You are also supplied with the following information: (1) Inventory at 31 December 2014 was $7,330. (2) Rent paid in advance at 31 December 2014 amounted to $250. (3) Allowance for trade receivables is to be made equal to 5% of accounts receivable at 31 December 2014. (4) Depreciation is to be charged for the year at the following annual rates calculated on cost at the year end: Freehold properties Furniture and fittings Motor cars (5) 1% 10% 20% Interest on the loan at 5% per annum is to be provided. Required: Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 and a statement of financial position at that date. (20 marks) 72 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 93 FEDEROV The following is the trial balance extracted from the books of Federov at 31 December 2014: $ Capital Loan account Drawings Freehold premises Furniture and fittings – cost and accumulated depreciation at 1 January Plant and machinery – cost and accumulated depreciation at 1 January Inventory at 1 January Cash at bank Allowance for trade receivables Purchases Revenue Irrecoverable debts Irrecoverable debts recovered Trade receivables Trade payables Bank charges Rent Returns inwards Returns outwards Salaries Wages Travelling expenses Carriage inwards Trade discounts allowed Trade discounts received General expenses Gas, electricity and water Carriage outwards Travellers’ salaries and commission Printing and stationery $ 20,000 2,000 1,750 8,000 700 200 8,000 8,000 650 2,500 740 86,046 124,450 256 45 20,280 10,056 120 2,000 186 135 3,500 8,250 1,040 156 48 138 2,056 2,560 546 5,480 640 _______ _______ 160,264 _______ 160,264 _______ The following matters should be taken into account: (1) Inventory at 31 December 2014 was $7,550. (2) Federov’s son works in the business, receiving an annual salary of $500, which had been included in the drawings. (3) Interest on the loan at 5% per annum had not been paid at 31 December 2014. (4) Rent includes $250 for premises paid in advance for the half year to 31 March 2015. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 73 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (5) Depreciation is to be charged at the following rates on the reducing balance basis: Plant and equipment by 10% per annum Furniture and fittings by 5% per annum (6) The allowance for receivables is to be maintained at 3% of trade account receivable balances. Required: Prepare the statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2015 and the statement of financial position at that date. (20 marks) Question 94 HEINZ Heinz is a master builder. His trial balance at 31 December 2014 was as follows: Capital account at 1 January 2014 Trade receivables Rents and insurance (excluding van insurance) Aggregate depreciation on furniture and equipment to 1 January 2014 Purchases of goods for resale Drawings by owner Trade payables Allowance for receivables Inventory (goods for resale) at 1 January 2014 Running costs of delivery vans Furniture and equipment at cost Revenue Advertising Delivery vans at cost Discounts received Salesmen’s wages and salaries Lighting and heating Accumulated depreciation on delivery vans to 1 January 2014 Irrecoverable debts written off Audit and professional charges Cash at bank and in hand Postage, telephone, stationery and office expenses $ 23,521 9,600 838 1,440 58,677 2,500 7,432 377 6,934 416 7,600 68,213 1,375 3,000 1,206 5,262 991 750 76 43 5,148 479 The following adjustments are to be made: (1) Inventory (goods for resale) at 31 December 2014 amounted to $7,832. (2) Depreciation is to be charged on cost at 10% per annum on furniture and equipment, and 25% per annum on delivery vans. (3) Prepayments at 31 December 2014 were: $ 60 91 58 Rent Insurance Delivery van insurance 74 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (4) Accrued expenses at 31 December 2014 were: Rent Electricity Repairs to delivery vans Audit fee Telephone (5) $ 100 27 39 105 28 Other inventories at 31 December 2014 were: Coke for heating purposes Stationery $ 217 98 (6) During the year goods for resale costing $3,224 were destroyed by fire and his claim had been agreed with the insurance company, although it had not been paid at the year end or entered in Heinz’s books. These goods were not included in inventory in (1) above. (7) The allowance for receivables is to be made equal to 5% of trade receivables, excluding the amount from the insurance company. Required: Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 and a statement of financial position at that date. (20 marks) Question 95 GAMMON The following is a list of balances taken from the books of Gammon, a butcher, at 31 December 2014: Revenue Insurance Plant repairs Rent Motor van Plant Purchases Wages Inventory at 1 January 2014 Discount allowed to customers Motor van expenses Shop fittings General expenses Capital account – debit balance 1 January 2014 Receivables Payables Cash in hand Drawings (cash) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 34,468 480 210 1,478 980 1,560 22,321 3,467 1,655 437 819 1,020 815 537 1,324 3,370 212 1,820 75 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Additional information (1) The difference in the trial balance is the bank balance at 31 December 2014. (2) Inventory at 31 December 2014 amounted to $1,123. (3) During the year the motor van, which at 1 January 2014 had a written-down value of $436, was sold for $220 and a new van purchased for $764. (4) Depreciation is to be charged on the reducing balance method at the following rates (a full year’s depreciation being charged on assets purchased during the year): Motor van Plant Shop fittings 25% 15% 5% (5) Goods taken by Gammon for personal use cost $128. (6) Adjustments are to be made for Insurance prepaid Motor expenses accrued Plant repairs accrued (7) $65 $46 $24 The motor van account is analysed as follows: Written-down value of van at 1 January Less Sale proceeds from sale of van $ 436 (220) ___ 216 764 ___ Add Cost of new motor van 980 ___ Required: Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 and a statement of financial position at that date. (20 marks) 76 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 96 STEWART Stewart is a sole trader, supplying building materials to local builders. He prepares his accounts to 30 June each year. At 30 June 2015, his trial balance was as follows: Dr $ Capital at 1 July 2014 Purchases and sales Returns Discounts Building materials at 1 July 2014 Packing materials purchased Distribution costs Rent and insurance Telephone Car expenses Wages Allowance for receivables at 1 July 2014 Heat and light Sundry expenses Delivery vehicles – cost Delivery vehicles – depreciation at 1 July 2014 Equipment – cost Equipment – depreciation at 1 July 2014 Trade receivables and payables Loan Loan repayments Bank deposit account Bank current account 324,500 2,300 1,500 98,200 12,900 17,000 5,100 3,200 2,400 71,700 Cr $ 55,550 625,000 1,700 2,500 1,000 1,850 6,700 112,500 35,000 15,000 95,000 5,000 82,000 10,000 6,400 15,000 26,500 ________ ________ 817,750 ———— 817,750 ———— The following additional information at 30 June 2015 is available: (i) Inventory of building materials Inventory of packing materials $75,300 $700 There was also an unpaid invoice of $200 for packing materials received and consumed during the year. (ii) Prepayments: – (iii) $450 Accrued expenses: – – (iv) rent and insurance heat and light telephone $400 $500 Wages include $23,800 cash withdrawn by Stewart. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 77 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (v) Trade receivables have been analysed as follows: Current month 30 to 60 days 60 to 90 days over 90 days $ 60,000 20,000 12,000 3,000 and allowance is to be made for trade receivables as follows: 30 to 60 days 60 to 90 days over 90 days 1% 2.5% 5% (after writing off $600) (vi) Sundry expenses include $3,500 for Stewart’s personal tax bill. (vii) The loan was taken out some years ago, the final payment is due on 31 March 2016. The figure shown in the trial balance for “loan repayments” includes interest of $800 for the year. (viii) The bank deposit account was opened on 1 January 2015 as a short-term investment; interest is credited at 31 December annually; the average rate of interest since opening the account has been 6% per annum. (ix) At 1 July 2014, Stewart decided to bring one of his family cars, valued at $8,000, into the business. No entries have been made in the business books for its introduction. (x) Depreciation is to be charged as follows: – – – 20% on cost for delivery vehicles 25% on the reducing balance for the car 25% on the reducing balance for the equipment Required: (a) Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2015. (b) Prepare a statement of financial position at 30 June 2015. (12 marks) (8 marks) (20 marks) 78 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 97 BOWIE Mr Bowie is a sole trader and prepares his accounts to 30 September each year. At 30 September 2014, his trial balance is as follows: Dr $ Plant and machinery – cost – depreciation at 1 October 2013 Office equipment – cost – depreciation at 1 October 2013 Inventory at 1 October 2013 Purchases and sales Selling expenses Heat and light Wages and salaries Printing and stationery Telephone and fax Rent and insurances Trade receivables and payables Allowance for receivables at 1 October 2013 Bank Petty cash Drawings Capital at 1 October 2013 Suspense account Cr $ 125,000 28,000 45,000 15,000 31,000 123,000 12,000 8,000 19,000 6,000 6,000 4,000 35,000 194,000 33,000 4,000 3,000 1,000 22,000 169,000 3,000 _______ _______ 443,000 _______ 443,000 _______ The following additional information at 30 September 2014 is available: (i) Closing Inventory goods for resale (ii) Prepayments: – – (iii) $53,000 telephone and fax rental rent and insurance $1,000 $1,000 wages and salaries $5,000 Accruals: – (iv) Specific irrecoverable debts to be written off amount to $3,000. (v) Allowance for receivables to be amended to 5% of receivable balances, after adjusting for irrecoverable debts written off. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 79 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (vi) (vii) The following book-keeping errors are discovered: – the purchase of an item of inventory has been debited to the office equipment account, cost $1,200. – the payment of $1,300 to a trade payable has been recorded by debiting the bank account and crediting the trade payables account – a payment of rent of $1,500 has been credited to the bank and credited to the rent account. The figure in the trial balance for the bank balance is the balance appearing in the cash book, prior to the reconciliation with the bank statement. Upon reconciliation, it is discovered that: – – (viii) unpresented cheques amount to $3,000; and bank charges not entered in the ledgers amount to $4,000. Depreciation on non-current assets is to be charged as follows: – – plant and machinery office equipment 10% on cost 331/3 % on the reducing balance at the end of the year. Required: (a) Show the journal entries and suspense account to correct the bookkeeping errors identified in note (vi). (Narrative descriptions are not required) (5 marks) (b) Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 September 2014. (c) Prepare a statement of financial position at 30 September 2014. (12 marks) (8 marks) (25 marks) Question 98 COST STRUCTURES (a) A greengrocer made sales during the year of $49,200. Opening inventory amounted to $3,784 and year-end inventory was $5,516. During the year he purchased for cash goods which cost $38,632. Required: Determine the gross profit and calculate the gross profit percentage as a percentage of sales value. (3 marks) (b) A rival has made sales of $50,100 at a fixed mark-up of 25%. Closing inventory was valued at $5,438 and he purchased goods during the year amounting to $38,326. Required: Determine the value of the opening inventory. 80 (3 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (c) A local store makes sales at a fixed gross profit of 10% on sales value. Sales during the year amounted to $186,460; closing inventory was $16,800 and represents an increase of 25% over the value of the opening inventory. Required: Determine the cost of purchases during the year. (3 marks) (9 marks) Question 99 LAMDIN Lamdin retired from his employment abroad and returned to this country, where he purchased a small kiosk. He took over the business on 1 July 2014, acquiring the existing inventory at a valuation of $1,142; the rest of the purchase price was apportioned as to $1,500 for fixtures and fittings and the balance for goodwill. The following day he acquired a second-hand computer and accounts package at a knock-down price of $80. Unfortunately it failed to live up to expectations and crashed during the print-out of his year-end accounts, having only printed a summary listing of payments from the till. Other than this, the only records available were his bank statements and a number of vouchers. Surplus cash was banked during the year. A summary of his bank account for the year ended 30 June 2015 shows the following: Cash introduced Bankings from shop Loan from mother (long-term) (interest at 5% pa) $ 5,000 16,427 1,000 ______ Purchase of business Purchase of accounts computer Rent (15 months to 30 September 2015) Rent (9 months to 31 March 2015) Electricity Purchases for resale Private cheques Balance 30 June 2015 22,427 ——— $ 3,192 80 500 84 92 14,700 1,122 2,657 ______ 22,427 ——— The computer print-out was as follows: $ 1,606 742 156 520 Cash purchases for resale Staff wages Sundry shop expenses Cash drawings On 30 June 2015 inventory, measured at cost, amounted to $1,542, amounts due from customers $74, and cash in hand amounted to $54. Depreciation is to be allowed on fixtures and fittings at a rate of 10%. Accounts outstanding on 30 June 2015 were purchases $470, and rent of $120 for the year ended 31 March 2016. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 81 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Required: Prepare Lamdin’s statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2015 and a statement of financial position at that date. (20 marks) Question 100 LEONARDO Leonardo is in business but does not keep proper books of account. In order to prepare his income and expenditure account for the year ended 31 December 2014 you are given the following information: 1 Jan 2014 $ 1,310 268 712 116 Inventory on hand Receivables Payables for goods Payables for expenses 31 Dec 2014 $ 1,623 412 914 103 In addition you are able to prepare the following summary of his cash and bank transactions for the year: Cash account $ Balance 1 January Shop takings Cheques cashed 62 4,317 200 ______ $ Payments into bank Purchases Expenses Drawings Balance 31 December 4,579 ——— 3,050 316 584 600 29 ______ 4,579 ——— Bank account $ Balance 1 January Cheques from customers Cash paid in 840 1,416 3,050 ______ $ Cash withdrawn Purchases Expenses Drawings Delivery van (purchased 1 September) Balance 31 December 5,306 ——— 200 2,715 519 400 900 572 ______ 5,306 ——— In addition Leonardo says that he had taken goods for personal consumption and estimates that those goods cost $100. In considering accounts receivable Leonardo suggests that an allowance be made of 5% of amounts due after writing off a specific irrecoverable debt of $30. Depreciation on the delivery van is to be allowed at 20% per annum. 82 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Required: Prepare the statement of profit or loss and a statement of financial position at 31 December 2014. (20 marks) Question 101 DELTIC You are approached by a new client, Deltic, who is coming to the end of his first year’s trading. He has not kept proper books and records but, after discussing matters with him, the following information comes to light concerning the year ended 30 September 2014: (1) He set up in business when he won $200,000 on the national lottery. He invested the money in the bank and set up in business as a retailer of lingerie. (2) He banks his takings periodically after payment of the following amounts: Wages Cleaning Sundries Personal expenses $75 per week $10 per week $15 per week $25 per week Cash in hand at the end of the year was $250. (3) A summary of his bank statements reveals the following: Capital introduced Bankings $ 200,000 125,750 ________ $ Purchase of leasehold premises 150,000 Purchase of vans 6,000 Telephone 896 Rent 1,682 Payments to suppliers 86,232 Wages 15,282 Repairs 3,637 Personal expenses 323 Balance c/d 61,698 ________ 325,750 ———— 325,750 ———— An unpresented cheque of $385 for repairs was still outstanding. (4) Other assets and liabilities at 30 September 2014 were as follows: Inventory Trade receivables Trade payables Accrued expense – telephone Prepaid expense– rent $ 6,400 10,350 29,957 125 258 (5) Depreciation is to be allowed on the van at 25% of its cost. The leasehold is for 50 years. (6) Deltic estimates that his gross profit percentage is 25%, and also informs you that he does not keep a record of the goods he took for his own use. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 83 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Required: Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 September 2014 and a statement of financial position at that date. (20 marks) Question 102 WALDORF Waldorf had retired from the army some years ago to run a grocery business in the country. On 1 October 2014 his assistant failed to report for work and it was later discovered that he had disappeared taking the contents of the cash till with him. An analysis of Waldorf’s bank statements for the year ended 31 December 2014 revealed the following: Receipts Balance b/f Personal tax refund Bankings $ 280 1,000 16,720 ______ Payments Suppliers Rent Car maintenance Insurance Drawings Bank charges Balance c/f $ 13,600 800 400 200 2,500 100 400 ______ 18,000 ——— 18,000 ——— A statement of affairs produced by Waldorf comprised the following: 31 December 2014 2013 $ $ 3,200 3,600 3,400 4,000 1,200 900 150 90 30 20 Nil 380 120 110 Motor car (Carrying amount) Fixtures (Carrying amount) Inventory Trade receivables Rent prepaid Cash Trade payable A rough cash book kept by Waldorf showed the following: $ 1,800 250 300 2,400 21,550 Assistant’s wages Sundry expenses Cash purchases Drawings Cash received from customers A footnote recorded that discounts received and discounts allowed were $200 and $300 respectively. The insurance company agreed to admit the claim for loss of cash upon production of a full set of accounts. Required: Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 and a statement of financial position at that date. (20 marks) 84 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 103 SLATE Slate, who has been in business as a builder since 1 January 2014, received a request from the tax authorities for his first year’s accounts. He had not kept proper records of his business transactions, but was able to supply the following information: (1) All cheques received for work done had been paid into the bank, whilst cash receipts had been used for paying cash expenses. (2) From bundles of receipts and a wages notebook some of the cash expenses for the year appeared to have been as follows: $ Wages and social insurance 3,346 Materials 1,400 Electricity 56 General expenses 14 (3) Drawings were estimated at $18 per week, out of which Slate had paid the rent of his builder’s yard of $2 per week. His own social insurance contributions had been included in wages and social insurance and totalled $65 for the year. (4) On 1 April he purchased a van for $856. His mother lent him $400 for the deposit, and the balance was payable by twelve monthly instalments of $38 each commencing on 1 June. The loan from his mother had not been repaid at the end of the year. (5) A summary of his bank account showed the following: Balance 1 January 2014 Bankings $ 150 9,204 ______ Materials Van expenses General expenses Cheques drawn for cash Cement mixer Van instalments Private cheques Balance 31 December 2014 9,354 ——— $ 4,790 342 110 3,100 200 266 342 204 ______ 9,354 ——— (6) On 31 December 2014 inventory (materials) amounted to $560, cash in hand $10, trade receivables $1,200, trade payables for materials $149, and outstanding van expenses $36. There was no work in progress on 31 December 2014. (7) Depreciation of $108 is to be allowed on the van and $50 on the cement mixer. Required: Prepare Slate’s statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 and a statement of financial position at that date. (20 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 85 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 104 BENNETT Bennett is a grocer who had not kept a full set of books. The following was a summary of his bank statements for the year ended 31 December 2014: $ 35,170 Amounts credited by bank ——— 35,170 ——— $ Balance 1 January 2014 892 Payments for trade payables 30,500 Rent 475 Fixtures 100 Lighting and heating 210 General expenses 800 Loan interest 120 Drawings 900 Customers’ cheques dishonoured 180 Balance 31 December 2014 993 ——— 35,170 ——— You are given the following information: (1) Trading receipts consisted partly of cash and partly of cheques. During the year Bennett paid $2,950 for wages and $140 for sundry expenses out of his cash takings,. He kept $3 a week and maintained a balance of $20 in the till for change. The balance of his takings was paid into the bank. (2) Cheques drawn payable to trade payables, but not presented at 1 January 2014, amounted to $280, and at 31 December 2014 to $320. (3) All dishonoured cheques were re-presented and honoured during the year. (4) The loan interest was paid to Brough who had lent Bennett $4,000 some years ago at a rate of interest of 3% per annum. The interest was duly paid half-yearly on 31 March and 30 September, and the loan was still outstanding at the end of the year. (5) Discounts allowed by suppliers amounted to $480 and those allowed to customers were $520. (6) Account balances: 1 Jan 2014 $ 4,500 2,800 Inventories Trade receivables 86 Accrued general expenses Rent paid in advance Fixtures valued at 240 40 2,800 Trade payables Amounts due for lighting and heating 1,800 80 31 Dec 2013 $ 5,800 3,200 (including $200 to be written off as irrecoverable) 190 50 2,550 (including those purchased during year) 2,200 70 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Required: Prepare: (a) (b) (c) a statement of Bennett’s capital at 1 January 2014; a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014; and a statement of financial position at that date. (4 marks) (9 marks) (7 marks) (20 marks) Question 105 BOTHAM Botham received a legacy of $20,000 on 1 January 2014 and on that date purchased a small retail business. The completion statement from the solicitor revealed the following: Freehold shop property Goodwill Inventories Trade receivables Shop fixtures Insurance in advance to 31 March 2014 $ 10,000 2,000 1,600 400 2,600 100 ______ 16,700 ——— The legacy was used to discharge the amount due on completion and the balance was paid into a newly opened business bank account. Botham had not kept proper records of his business transactions but was able to supply the following information: (1) A summary of the cash till rolls showed his shop takings for the year to be $25,505; this includes all cash received from customers including those at 1 January 2014. (2) The takings had been paid periodically into the bank after payment of the following cash expenses: $ Wrapping materials 525 Staff wages 3,423 Purchases for resale 165 Petrol and oil 236 (3) Personal cash drawings were estimated at $20 per week and goods taken for own use at $2 per week. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 87 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (4) A summary of the bank statements showed the following: Legacy – residual balance Sale of fixtures purchased at 1 January 2014 but not required (cost $200; depreciation Nil) Loan from Robin at 10% pa Cash banked $ 3,300 ______ $ Purchases for resale 14,863 Motor expenses 728 Delivery van (cost –1 April 2014) 1,200 General expenses 625 Loan interest (six months to 30 September) 100 Private cheques 1,329 Electricity 228 Insurance (year to 31 March 2015) 500 Balance per statement at 31 December 2014 5,757 ______ 25,330 ——— 25,330 ——— 130 2,000 19,900 A cheque drawn on 28 December 2014 of $125 for goods purchased was presented to the bank on 4 January 2015. (5) During the year $223 of irrecoverable debts arose. The trade receivables at 31 December 2014 amounted to $637, in respect of which a $100 allowance should be made. (6) At 31 December 2014 there were: $ 2,360 53 358 50 100 180 Inventories Store of wrapping materials Trade payables – purchases Electricity accrued Accountancy fees accrued Cash float in till (7) The difference arising on the cash account was discussed with Botham but remained unexplained and was dealt with in an appropriate manner. (8) Depreciation is to be allowed at the rate of 10% per annum on the fixtures and at the rate of 20% on the van. Required: Prepare a statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 and a statement of financial position at that date. (20 marks) 88 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 106 MCQs INCOMPLETE RECORDS 106.1 A company’s physical inventory counting took place on 25 March 2015 and the inventory was measured at $175,260. The company’s year end is 31 March 2015. In the intervening period goods valued at $5,952 were received and returns to suppliers were valued at $2,520. Sales in the period amounted to $17,500 and a gross profit percentage on sales of 20% is always obtained. You discover that goods out on sale or return, at a sale price of $15,000, have been omitted from the physical count. What value should be placed on inventory at 31 March 2015? A B C D 106.2 $164,692 $176,192 $176,692 $178,692 The draft statement of financial position of a company at 31 May 2015 includes current assets as follows: Inventory Trade receivables $50,000 $130,000 Trade receivables include goods sent on sale or return at selling price of $15,000 (cost $12,000). These remained unsold at 31 May 2015. What amount should appear in the financial statements as at 31 May 2015? A B C D 106.3 Inventory Trade receivables $62,000 $62,000 $65,000 $65,000 $115,000 $118,000 $115,000 $118,000 You are provided with the following information relating to a business: Receivables opening balance Receivables closing balance Cash received from credit customers Irrecoverable debts written off Discounts allowed Cash sales $000 120 84 361 12 6 18 What was total revenue for the period? A B C D $343,000 $349,000 $355,000 $361,000 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 89 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 106.4 The following information relates to a company for the year ended 31 December 2014: $ 22,490 Cash received from credit customers Contra with supplier who is also a customer on payables ledger Increase in allowance for receivables Receivables at 1 January 2014 Receivables at 31 December 2014 910 600 7,290 7,870 What figure for revenue should be recorded in the income and expenditure account for the year ended 31 December 2014? A B C D 106.5 $24,580 $23,980 $22,760 $22,160 The following information relates to a business for the year ended 30 June: $000 180 132 33 Revenue Purchases Opening inventory Sales were all made at a uniform gross profit margin of 20%. What is the cost of closing inventory? A B C D 106.6 $15,000 $21,000 $30,000 $45,000 A company’s annual physical inventory count took place on 6 January 2015. Inventory value on this date was $38,750. During the period from 31 December 2014 to 6 January 2015 the following events occurred: $ Sales 5,740 Purchases 3,990 The mark-up is 25% on cost. What is the cost of the company’s inventory on 31 December 2014? A B C D 90 $39,352 $39,065 $38,435 $38,148 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 106.7 The following information relates to a business for the year ended 31 March 2015: Revenue Purchases Opening inventory $000 300 230 55 The business achieves a gross profit percentage of 20% on all sales. What is the cost of closing inventory? A B C D 106.8 $35,000 $45,000 $65,000 $75,000 The following information relates to a wholesale business: $ Inventory at cost 31 December 2014 (excluding goods on sale or return) Revenue (including $8,000 goods on sale or return of which half have been sold by the retailer by 31 December 2014) 27,500 95,000 The goods sent out on sale or return were at cost price plus 25%. What amounts should be shown in the financial statements at 31 December 2014? A B C D 106.9 Revenue $87,000 $87,000 $91,000 $91,000 Inventory $33,500 $33,900 $30,500 $30,700 The memorandum discounts column in the cash receipts book has been undercast by $270. What correcting entry is required? A Dr Cr Receivables ledger control a/c Discounts allowed B Dr Cr Discounts allowed Receivables ledger control a/c C Dr Cr Payables ledger control a/c Discounts received D Dr Cr Discounts received Payables ledger control a/c ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 91 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 106.10 On 30 June 2015 a business had net assets of $74,000 compared with $62,000 on 1 July 2014. During the year ended 30 June 2015 the proprietor drew $11,000 out of the business and the business paid his annual subscription to the proprietor sports club of $2,000. What was the profit made by the business for the year ended 30 June 2015? A B C D $1,000 $12,000 $25,000 $27,000 (20 marks) Question 107 IASB (a) State the objectives of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). (3 marks) (b) Distinguish between a “Discussion Paper” and an “Exposure Draft” of an International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS). (4 marks) (c) Outline THREE steps taken by the IASB to ensure consistent interpretation of IFRSs. (3 marks) (10 marks) Question 108 MCQs REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 108.1 Which body has sole responsibility and authority to issue an International Financial Reporting Standard? A B C D 108.2 Which body provides guidance on financial reporting issues that are no specifically address in IFRS? A B C D 108.3 92 the International Financial Reporting Standards Foundation the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee the International Accounting Standards Board the IFRS Advisory Council the International Financial Reporting Standards Foundation the International Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee the International Accounting Standards Board the IFRS Advisory Council What is the objective of the International Accounting Standards Board? A To harmonise International Financial Reporting Standards with national accounting standards B To create accounting standards which meet the needs of emerging economies C To develop, in the public interest, a single set of high quality, understandable global accounting standards D To provide a forum for participation by other interested parties that require transparent and comparable information ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 108.4 Which one of the following is the responsibility of an audit committee? A B C D 108.5 To monitor the integrity of the financial statements To present a balanced and understandable assessment of the company’s position To maintain a sound system of internal control (including risk management) To ensure that adequate accounting records are kept for the preparation of financial statements The board of directors is collectively responsible for ensuring that: (1) (2) (3) financial statements are prepared in accordance with local GAAP; adequate accounting records are kept; financial statements are filed according to law. Which of these responsibilities can be delegated to the finance director? A B C D 1 and 2 only 1 and 3 only 2 and 3 only 1, 2 and 3 (10 marks) Question 109 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (a) Briefly describe the scope and application of the International Accounting Standard Board’s “Framework”. (5 marks) (b) Identify FOUR users of financial statements and their information needs. (6 marks) (c) State the objective of financial statements. (2 marks) (17 marks) Question 110 ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS Define the following accounting concepts and give for each one an example of its application: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Accruals; Substance over form; Consistency (see note below); Duality; Prudence. (3 marks) (3 marks) (3 marks) (2 marks) (3 marks) Note: Your answer to (c) should include a brief explanation of the circumstances in which the consistency concept should not be applied. (14 marks) Question 111 MCQs CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK 111.1 What is the principal purpose of the IASB’s “Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting”? A B C D To assist users in interpreting information contained in financial statements To assist preparers of financial statements in applying standards To assist national standard setting bodies in developing national standards To assist the Board of the IASB in developing and reviewing standards ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 93 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 111.2 Which of the following statements concerning the IASB’s “Framework” is correct? A B C D 111.3 What is the underlying assumption for the preparation of general purpose financial statements? A B C D 111.4 Accrual accounting Going concern Materiality Prudence Which of the following are the fundamental qualitative characteristics that make information provided in financial statements useful to users? A B C D 111.5 It is an International Accounting Standard It does not define elements of financial statements It specifies criteria for recognising items in financial statements It specifies standards for measurement and disclosure of items in financial statements Comparability and Faithful represesentation Faithful represesentation and Relevance Relevance and Understandability Understandability and Comparability Some qualities of useful information in financial statements are: (1) (2) (3) (4) Accuracy Completeness Materiality Neutrality Which of these qualities contribute to the attribute of faithful representation? A B C D 111.6 1, 2 and 3 only 1, 2 and 4 only 1, 3 and 4 only 2, 3 and 4 only Which one of the following statements concerning the recognition of an item in financial statements is correct? A B C D An item must be recognised if it meets the definition of an element An item can be recognised even if can only be depicted in words Disclosure in the notes may be used as an alternative to recognition An item can only be recognised if its value can be measured reliably (12 marks) 94 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 112 OVERALL CONSIDERATIONS IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements sets out overall considerations for the presentation of financial statements. Required: Explain what you understand by the following terms: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Fair presentation; Accounting policies; Going concern; Accruals accounting; Materiality. (10 marks) Question 113 CURRENT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (a) Explain why inventories are classified as current assets. (2 marks) (b) List six items which would be classified as current liabilities. (3 marks) (c) State the circumstances in which current assets and liabilities should be offset. (2 marks) (7 marks) Question 114 MCQs IAS 1 114.1 In which one of following circumstance can “fair presentation” in accordance with IFRS be presumed? A B C D 114.2 the financial statements comply with IFRS IFRS has been appropriately applied with additional disclosures where necessary IFRS has been applied in so far that it does not conflict with local GAAP the financial statements provide relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information The management of ZiZi intends to liquidate the company in the last quarter of 2015. On what basis should the financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2014 be prepared? A B C D 114.3 Going concern with no specific disclosure of material uncertainties Going concern with specific disclosure of material uncertainties On a basis other than going concern with disclosure of that fact On a basis other than going concern with disclosure of that fact and reasons Which of the following statements is correct? A B C D Materiality depends on the size of an omission or misstatement Material items may be aggregated with similar items in the financial statements Immaterial items need not be presented separately Immaterial items can be aggregated in the financial statements but not in the notes ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 95 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 114.4 What comparative information must be disclosed in accordance with IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements”? A B C D 114.5 All numerical and narrative information for the previous period All numerical information only Previous period narrative which is relevant to the current period Previous period statement of financial position and statement of comprehensive income only In which financial statements will dividends paid during the year be presented? A B C D Cash flow statement and statement of comprehensive income Cash flow statement and statement of changes in equity Statement of financial position and statement of changes in equity Statement of comprehensive income and statement of financial position (10 marks) Question 115 BETA The following trial balance has been extracted from the books of account of Beta at 31 March 2015: Administrative expenses Called up share capital (ordinary shares of $1 fully paid) Trade receivables Bank overdraft Income tax (overprovision in previous year) Provision for retirement benefit costs Distribution costs Non-current asset investments Investment income Plant and equipment At cost Accumulated depreciation (at 31 March 2015) Retained earnings (at 1 April 2014) Purchases Inventories (at 1 April 2014) Trade payables Revenue Interim dividend paid $000 210 $000 600 470 80 25 180 420 560 75 750 220 240 960 140 260 1,950 120 ——— 3,630 ——— ——— 3,630 ——— Additional information (1) Inventories at 31 March 2015 were valued at $150,000. (2) Depreciation charges for the year amounting to $27,000 and $5,000 have been included in distribution costs and administrative expenses, respectively, (3) The income tax rate is 33%. (4) The income tax expense based on the profit is estimated to be $54,000. (5) The provision for retirement benefit costs is to be increased by $16,000. The increase should be charged to administrative expenses. No retirement benefits are expected to be paid for the foreseeable future. 96 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (6) The company’s authorised share capital consists of 1,000,000 ordinary shares of $1 each. (7) A final dividend of $0.50 per share was declared on 31 March 2015. (8) There were no purchases or disposals of any non-current assets during the year. Required: Insofar as the information permits, prepare the company’s statement of profit or loss for the year to 31 March 2015, a statement of financial position at that date and a statement of changes in equity. Include additional information on the nature of expenses, classes of tangible assets and share capital in suitable notes. An accounting policies note is not required. (20 marks) Question 116 LOGO Logo, a public company, has an authorised share capital of 500,000 $1 ordinary shares. At 1 January 2014 the issued share capital was 100,000 $1 ordinary shares. On 31 March 2014 the company issues a further 100,000 ordinary shares at $1.50 each. On 30 September 2014 there is a bonus issue of 1 ordinary share for every 5 held. Required: (a) (b) Record the above transactions in the books of Logo. (5 marks) Show extracts relevant to the statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 (and notes thereto) and the statement of changes in equity. (7 marks) (12 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 97 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 117 GAMMA The list of balances of Gamma shows the following balances at 31 December 2014: Dr $000 Issued share capital (600,000 shares) Share premium General reserve Retained earnings 1 January 2014 Inventory (goods for resale) at 1 January 2014 Revenue Purchases Purchases returns Sales returns Carriage outwards Warehouse wages Sales representatives salaries Administrative wages Warehouse plant and equipment – cost Accumulated depreciation – 1 January 2014 Delivery vehicle hire Distribution expenses Administrative expenses Directors’ salaries Rents receivable Trade receivables Cash at bank Trade payables Cr $000 300 20 20 50 60 1,000 540 26 28 28 80 60 40 126 50 20 10 30 30 16 380 110 ______ 60 ______ 1,542 ——— 1,542 ——— You are informed that – Inventory (goods for resale) at 31 December 2014 amounted to $100,000. – There were no additions to non-current assets during the year. – Annual depreciation $22,000 on warehouse plant and equipment should be allowed and $10,000 for administrative equipment. – Income tax for 2014 should be taken as $50,000. – There is one sales director, a finance director and an administration director who earn equal salaries. – A dividend of 10 cents per share is proposed on 31 December 2014. Required: Prepare the statement of financial position and statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014, with notes, in accordance with IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements”. Your answer should be as complete and informative as possible within the limits of the information given to you. An accounting policy note is NOT required. (18 marks) 98 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 118 SIGMA Sigma is a quoted company with an authorised share capital of 500,000 participating shares of $1. The company prepares its accounts as at 31 March each year and the list of balances, before final adjustments, extracted on 31 March 2015 showed: $000 Share capital, issued and fully paid $1 ordinary Retained earnings as on 1 April 2014 6% Loan debentures (secured on factory) Factory Cost at 1 April 2014 400 Accumulated depreciation 1 April 2014 Plant and equipment Cost at 1 April 2014 160 Accumulated depreciation 1 April 2014 Additions in year 20 Payables and accrued expenses Inventory as on 31 March 2015 320 Receivables 200 Prepayments 160 Balance at bank 180 Profit for the year (subject to the following information) _ Proceeds from sale of plant ______ $000 400 122 120 222 24 ______ 1,440 ——— 1,440 ——— 152 60 340 You are given the following information in relation to the financial statements for the year to 31 March 2015: (1) The loan debentures are repayable at par in six equal annual instalments commencing 31 December 2015. (2) Annual depreciation is calculated as follows: Factory Plant and equipment – – 2% on cost 20% reducing balance A full year’s depreciation is charged in the year of acquisition, none in the year of disposal. (3) Plant disposed of originally cost $32,000. Accumulated depreciation was $6,000. (4) A dividend of 20 cents was declared on 31 March 2015. Required: Prepare the statement of financial position and statement of changes in equity as at 31 March 2015 to comply with IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements”. The tangible assets note ONLY is required. (Note: All calculations should be made to the nearest $000.) (12 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 99 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 119 LARK Lark is a manufacturing business compiling its financial statements for the year to 31 March each year. An extract from the company’s list of account balances at 31 March 2015 is given below: $000 Sales revenue Inventory at 1 April 2014 Raw materials 1,060 Work in progress 590 Finished goods 2,180 Purchases – raw materials 7,100 Staff costs 5,170 Other expenses 4,290 Interest expense 500 Property – cost 4,000 – accumulated depreciation, 1 April 2014 Plant and equipment – cost 2,900 – accumulated depreciation, 1 April 2014 $000 20,000 1,800 700 The following further information is available: (1) Inventory at 31 March 2015 $000 1,150 650 2,090 Raw materials Work in progress Finished goods (2) During the year, the company constructed plant for use in its own factory at a cost of $400,000. The plant was brought into use on 1 October 2014. No entry has yet been made to record this. (3) Depreciation is to be allowed as follows: Buildings Plant and equipment 2% per year on cost 15% per year on the reducing balance basis Proportionate depreciation is charged on new non-current assets acquired during the year. (4) The income tax expense for the year is estimated to be $360,000. The tax rate applicable to the company is 30%. (5) Accruals and prepayments at 31 March 2015 Staff costs Insurance Miscellaneous expenses Prepayments $000 Accruals $000 810 20 280 Required: (a) 100 Prepare the company’s statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 March 2015, using the classification of expenses by nature method as in IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements”. (16 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (b) IAS 1 requires a company to produce, as a separate component of its financial statements, a statement of changes in equity. State FOUR items which could appear in the statement of changes in equity. (4 marks) (20 marks) Question 120 ALPACA The following information is available about the balances and transactions of Alpaca: Balances at 30 April 2015 Non-current assets – cost – accumulated depreciation Inventories Receivables Cash at bank Payables Issued share capital – ordinary shares of $1 each Retained earnings 10% Loan notes Loan note interest owing $000 1,000 230 410 380 87 219 400 818 200 10 Transactions during year ended 30 April 2015 Sales revenue Purchases Expenses Interest on loan notes paid during year $000 4,006 2,120 1,640 20 Issue of 100,000 $1 ordinary shares at a premium of 50c per share. There were no purchases or sales of non-current assets during the year. Adjustments at 30 April 2015: (1) (2) Depreciation of $100,000 is to be allowed for. Receivables totalling $20,000 are to be written off. Balances at 30 April 2015: (1) (2) (3) (4) Inventory Receivables (before writing off debts shown above) Cash at bank Trade payables $000 450 690 114 180 Required: Prepare the statement of financial position of Alpaca as at 30 April 2015 using the format in IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” as far as the information available allows. Note: A formal statement of profit or loss is not required, but your answer should include a working showing your computation of the retained earnings figure in the statement of financial position. (This working carries 4 of the 11 marks available in all.) (11 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 101 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 121 MCQs CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND FINANCE COSTS 121.1 121.2 Which of the following would cause a company’s profit for the year to increase? A Issue of 100,000 ordinary shares at a premium of 2% B Revaluation of a freehold property from $70,000 to $100,000 C Disposal of a fork lift truck which originally cost $15,000 and has a carrying amount of $9,250 for $8,500 D Receipt of $25 from a customer previously written off as irrecoverable A company’s assets and liabilities at the beginning and end of a year were: Non-current assets (Carrying amount) Current assets Payables and accrued expenses Liability for taxation Issued equity shares of $1 Share premium Reserves Dividends payable 1 January $ 100,000 120,000 30,000 20,000 100,000 5,000 50,000 15,000 31 December $ 150,000 110,000 40,000 18,000 125,000 10,000 ? 20,000 During the year the company issued a further 25,000 shares at $1.20 whilst cash payments of $20,000 for dividends and $22,000 for taxation were made. What was the company’s profit before taxation for the year? A B C D 121.3 $36,000 $39,000 $42,000 $48,000 A company has 50,000 $1 cumulative 8% preferred shares and 100,000 50 cent ordinary shares. As at 1 January 2014 its preferred shareholders have not received any dividend for the previous five years, and only half their entitlement in the year preceding that. For the year ended 31 December 2014, the company wishes to pay a dividend of $20,000 to its ordinary shareholders. What will be the total amount of dividends declared for the year? A B C D 102 $26,000 $40,000 $42,000 $46,000 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 121.4 The following share capital information is available for a company: Authorised Issued share $ $ 2,000,000 1,000,000 500,000 250,000 25 cent ordinary shares 6% 50 cent preferred shares In addition to providing for the preferred dividend for a financial year, an ordinary dividend of 2 cents per share is payable. What is the total amount of dividends for the year? A B C D 121.5 Which of the following is NOT a category of cash flow identified in IAS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”? A B C D 121.6 $35,000 $95,000 $110,000 $190,000 Servicing activities Investing activities Financing activities Operating activities The carrying amount of non-current assets of a company at 1 July 2014 was $260,000 and at 30 June 2015 was $281,000. During the year ended 30 June 2015 assets, which had cost $20,000 on 31 December 2013, were sold for $9,000. Non-current assets are depreciated at 10% per annum on the reducing balance basis, with no charge in the year of acquisition and a full year’s charge in the year of disposal. What was the cost of non-current assets acquired during the year to June 2015? A B C D 121.7 Which of the following would result in an increase in cash flow? A B C D 121.8 $23,000 $63,000 $65,000 $67,000 Issue of bonus shares Depreciation charge Revaluation of an asset Rights issue On 31 December 2014 the income tax liability of a company was $29,500 (2013: $25,300). The tax charge for the year ended 31 December 2014 was $32,000. What figure for taxation should be included in the statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2014? A B C D $27,800 $29,500 $32,000 $36,200 (14 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 103 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 122 RETAIL INVENTORY A retailer has the following purchases and sales of a particular product line: Units purchased 2 December 16 December 30 December 14 January 28 January 11 February 100 60 70 50 80 40 Purchase price per unit $ 500 503 506 509 512 515 Units sold 60 80 50 70 50 40 Selling price per unit $ 530 528 526 524 522 520 At 31 December the physical inventory was 150 units. The cost of inventories is determined on a FIFO basis. Selling and distribution costs amount to 5% of selling price and general administration expenses amount to 7% of selling price. Required: (a) (b) State THREE reasons why the net realisable value of inventory may be less than cost. (3 marks) Calculate to the nearest $ the value of inventory at 31 December: (i) (ii) (iii) at cost; at net realisable value; at the amount to be included in the financial statements in accordance with IAS 2 “Inventories”. (9 marks) (12 marks) Question 123 MEASUREMENT OF INVENTORIES IAS 2 Inventories prescribes the accounting treatment for inventories under the historical cost system. Required: (a) Briefly explain how IAS 2 requires the following to be dealt with: (i) (ii) (iii) (b) fixed production overheads; the determination of the lower of cost and net realisable value; the identification of costs when there are large numbers of items which are ordinarily interchangeable. (8 marks) State FOUR disclosure requirements of IAS 2 in respect of inventories. (4 marks) (12 marks) Question 124 BILDA Bilda processes and sells a single product. Purchases of raw material during the year were made at a regular rate of 1,000 tonnes at the beginning of each week. The price was $100 per tonne on 1 January 2014 and was increased to $150 per tonne on 1 July 2014, remaining constant from then until the end of the year, 31 December 2014. In addition to this price a customs duty of $10 per tonne was paid throughout the year, and transport from the docks to the factory cost $20 per tonne. Variable costs of processing were $25 per tonne and the fixed production costs were $30,000 per week. One tonne of raw material is processed into one tonne of finished product and sold at a delivered price of $240 per tonne. Average delivery costs to customers were $7.50 per tonne. 104 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) At the beginning of the year there were no inventories and at the end of the year there were 5,000 tonnes of raw material and 2,000 tonnes of finished product. It is expected that the costs and prices current at 31 December 2014 will continue during 2015. Required: (a) Draft an accounting policy statement on inventories for the company to include in its annual accounts. (4 marks) (b) Calculate the value of inventories at 31 December 2014 using the FIFO basis under IAS 2. (8 marks) (12 marks) Question 125 MCQs IAS 2 125.1 125.2 Which of the following statements is correct? A Carriage inwards and outwards are both expenses which can be validly included in establishing the cost of inventory B Carriage inwards is an expense but carriage outwards is sundry income so only carriage inwards can be included in the valuation of inventory C Carriage inwards and outwards are both expenses, but only carriage inwards can be validly included where appropriate in the valuation of inventory D Carriage inwards and outwards are both expenses, but only carriage outwards can be validly included where appropriate in the valuation of inventory On 1 January 2014 Uba acquired goods for sale in the ordinary course of business for $105,000, including $5,000 refundable purchase taxes. The supplier usually sells goods on 30 days’ interest-free credit. However, as a special promotion, the purchase agreement for these goods provided for payment to be made in full on 31 December 2014. In acquiring the goods carriage costs of $2,000 were incurred: these were due on 31 January 2014. Uba’s cost of capital is 10% per annum. At what amount should Uba measure the cost of these goods (to the nearest $00)? A B C D 125.3 $92,900 $92,700 $92,000 $90,900 Bumi had 120 units of an item in inventory which were purchased some time ago at a cost of $1,200. Immediately before the end of the financial year 20 units were sold for $180. Shortly after the year end a further 20 units were sold for $170 with $20 being incurred in delivering the items to the customer. At what amount should the items in inventory at the end of the financial year be included in the financial statements? A B C D $750 $800 $850 $900 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 105 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK The following information relates to items 125.4 and 125.5: On 1 January Mobi purchased 100 units of goods for resale for $100,000. On 1 March 20 further units were bought for $20,400. On 1 August 30 units were sold for $33,000. 125.4 What is the cost of the remaining inventory using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) formula? A B C D 125.5 $91,800 $90,400 $90,000 $87,400 If Mobi used the average cost method instead of FIFO what would be the effect on inventory valuation and reported profit? A B C D Inventory valuation Increased Increased Decreased Decreased Reported profit Increased Decreased Increased Decreased (10 marks) Question 126 SALE OF GOODS AND LEISURE FACILITIES “Revenue is the gross inflow of economic benefits arising in the course of ordinary activities when those inflows result in increases is equity, other than increases relating to contributions from equity participants.” IAS 18 Revenue should be applied to revenue arising from the sale of goods, the rendering of services and the use by others of entity assets. Required: (a) State the criteria which must be met before revenue is recognised in respect of the sale of goods. (5 marks) (b) An entity provides sports and leisure facilities. It charges a fixed annual subscription, payable in advance, which entitles members to use most of the facilities of the entity (e.g. gym, swimming pool). Additional fees are payable for specific activities (e.g. sauna, squash courts) as used. Describe how the entity should recognise revenue from membership subscriptions and additional activities. (7 marks) (12 marks) Question 127 MCQs IAS 18 127.1 A company receives income from: (1) (2) (3) (4) 106 the sale of non-current assets; the provision of services to clients; surplus cash funds placed on deposit; property rentals. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) From which of these sources must revenue be recognised under IAS 18 “Revenue”? A B C D 127.2 To which source of revenue should the percentage of completion method be applied? A B C D 127.3 1, 2 and 3 only 1, 2 and 4 only 1, 3 and 4 only 2, 3 and 4 only Sale of goods Rendering of services Interest Royalties Bara sold 10 items of merchandise with a list price of $100 each to a customer on normal credit terms of 30 days interest-free credit. Bara offers a 20% trade discount on all such sales. 10 days after the sale the customer paid Bara $750, which was accepted in full and final settlement of the amount due. $40 of the amount received is in respect of sales tax collected by Bara on behalf of the tax authority. At what amount should Bara measure revenue from the sale of these items? A B C D 127.4 Which one of the following conditions must be met for revenue from the sale of goods to be recognised? A B C D 127.5 $710 $750 $760 $800 The amount of revenue is fixed All associated costs have been incurred It is certain that the goods will be paid for Significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred IAS 18 Revenue prescribes the accounting treatment for the following revenues: (1) (2) (3) (4) Royalty income Dividend income Revenue from the sale of goods Revenue from the rendering of services Which of these revenues can be recognised on an accrual basis in accordance with IFRS? A B C D 1, 2 and 3 only 1, 2 and 4 only 1, 3 and 4 only 2, 3 and 4 only (10 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 107 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 128 DEPRECIATION AND REVALUATION An entity has a head office and two warehouses, from which it conducts its business. The head office building and gardens are maintained to a high standard. During the year one of the warehouses was extended to provide additional storage space at a cost of $120,000 and $67,000 was spent on repairing storm damage to the roof of the other warehouse. The directors are considering including one of the warehouses in the statement of financial position at market value, which is substantially in excess of cost. Required: (a) Explain the factors to be taken into account when calculating depreciation on the head office. (5 marks) (b) Explain how the amounts spent on the warehouses during the year should be treated. (4 marks) (c) Comment on the acceptability of the directors’ proposal that the warehouse should be included at market value. (6 marks) (d) State the specific disclosures necessary when items of property, plant and equipment are stated at revalued amounts. (5 marks) (20 marks) Question 129 DIAMOND (IAS 16) Diamond is a trading company making up its accounts regularly to 31 December each year. At 1 January 2013 the following balances existed in the records of Diamond: $000 Land – cost 1,000 Buildings – cost 500 Aggregate depreciation charged on buildings to 31 December 2012 210 Office equipment – cost 40 Aggregate depreciation charged on office equipment to 31 December 2012 24 The company’s depreciation policies are as follows: Land – no depreciation Buildings – depreciation charged at 2% per annum on cost on the straight line basis. Office equipment – depreciation charged at 12½% per annum on the straight line basis. A full year’s depreciation is charged in the year of acquisition of all assets and none in the year of disposal. During the two years to 31 December 2014 the following transactions took place: (1) 108 Year ended 31 December 2013: (i) 10 June Office equipment purchased for $16,000. This equipment was to replace some old items which were given in part exchange. Their agreed part exchange value was $4,000. They had originally cost $8,000 and their carrying value was $1,000. The company paid the balance of $12,000 in cash. (ii) 8 October An extension was made to the building at a cost of $50,000. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (2) Year ended 31 December 2014: 1 March Office equipment which had cost $8,000 and with a written-down value of $2,000 was sold for $3,000. In preparing financial statements at 31 December 2014 it was decided to revalue the land upwards by $200,000 to reflect a recent survey. Required: (a) Write up the necessary ledger accounts to record these transactions for the TWO years ended 31 December 2014. (Separate cost (or valuation) and aggregate depreciation accounts are required; do not combine cost and depreciation in a single account.) (11 marks) (b) Explain the purpose of depreciation according to IAS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment”, and the factors that should be taken into account in assessing the amount of depreciation required each year. (5 marks) (16 marks) Question 130 MCQs IAS 16 130.1 IAS 16 “Property, Plant and Equipment” defines a number of terms with the meaning specified. For example, “the amount at which an asset is recognised after deducting any accumulated depreciation ...”. Which term does this define? A B C D 130.2 At what amount is a revalued asset included in the statement of financial position in accordance with IAS 16? A B C D 130.3 Carrying amount Depreciable amount Recoverable amount Residual value Fair value Market value Replacement value Revalued amount Which of the following statements concerning the revaluation of property, plant and equipment is correct? A B C D If any asset is revalued all assets must be revalued Revalued assets must be revalued annually Revaluations must be carried out by an independent valuer Fair value may be estimated if a market value cannot be determined The following information relates to items 130.4 and 130.5: On 1 January 2014 Amco acquired a building for $1,000,000. At 31 December 2014 management made the following assessments about the building as at that date: its useful life is 40 years from the date of acquisition; its residual value is expected to be $200,000; its fair value is $1,300,000. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 109 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 130.4 What is the carrying amount of the building at 31 December 2014 under the cost model? A B C D 130.5 $1,000,000 $980,000 $975,000 $780,000 What is the carrying amount of the building at 31 December 2014 and the depreciation charge for the year to 31 December under the revaluation model? A B C D Carrying amount $1,300,000 $1,300,000 $1,272,500 $1,267,500 Depreciation charge $Nil $20,000 $27,500 $32,500 (10 marks) Question 131 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT “Expenditure on research costs should be recognised as an expense when it is incurred … An intangible asset arising from development is recognised if, and only, if, an entity can demonstrate all of the following …” IAS 38 Intangible assets Required: (a) Explain why expenditure on research is treated differently from expenditure on development. (4 marks) (b) State the criteria to be demonstrated for expenditure on development to be recognised as an intangible asset. (6 marks) (c) An entity has incurred the following costs prior to commercial production of a new pollution filter for use on commercial vehicles: Marketing awareness campaign Patent royalty payable to inventor of filter Salaries of staff testing filter prototypes $50,000 $12,000 $38,500 State, with reasons, which costs should be included in the internally-generated intangible asset. (4 marks) (d) Describe how and when development expenditure should be amortised. (6 marks) (20 marks) Question 132 DEFER Your client, a limited liability company, wishes to defer expenditure on development activities where possible and for as long as possible. The finance director has asked for your advice on what procedures to set up in order to identify relevant expenditure and comply with best accounting practice. Required: Draft the contents of a letter to the finance director of the company which addresses his concerns. (10 marks) 110 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 133 MCQs IAS 38 133.1 IAS 38 provides examples of research and development activities, for example: (1) (2) (3) (4) formulating new products; testing pre-production prototypes; designing tools involving new technology; constructing a pilot plant. Which of these examples are development activities? A B C D 133.2 In what circumstance should straight-line amortisation be applied to an intangible asset? A B C D 133.3 1, 2 and 3 only 1, 2 and 4 only 1, 3 and 4 only 2, 3 and 4 only If a pattern of consumption cannot be determined reliably If its residual value is assumed to be zero If the amortisation expense will be included in the carrying amount of another asset If its useful life depends on the useful life of other assets which are amortised or depreciated on a straight-line basis A company has incurred the following costs in operating a pilot plant for the manufacture of a new product: (1) (2) (3) (4) amortisation of a licence granted to manufacture the product expenditure on material consumed in the operation of the plant costs incurred in training staff to operate equipment in the plant; depreciation of equipment in the pilot plant. Which of these examples are development activities? A B C D 133.4 1, 2 and 3 only 1, 2 and 4 only 1, 3 and 4 only 2, 3 and 4 only Which ONE of the following statements concerning the accounting treatment of research and development expenditure is true, according to IAS 38 “Intangible Assets”? A Development costs which have been recognised as an asset must be amortised over a period not exceeding five years. B Expenditure on development projects that has been capitalised must be amortised on a straight-line basis. C To decide whether development costs qualify for asset recognition, it is necessary to consider only technical feasibility and commercial viability. D Research expenditure, other than capital expenditure on research facilities, should be recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 111 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 133.5 Agar commenced a research and development project in 2011. $20,000 was expensed in 2011 and a further $30,000 in 2012. In 2013 the project was completed after incurring further expenditure of $40,000. The intangible asset created is a formula for a medical cure which was patented on 31 December 2013 for 10 years at an additional cost of $10,000. Management is of the opinion that the useful life of the formula is five years and that the patent could be sold now for an amount in excess of $100,000. What is the maximum amount at which the intangible asset can be carried in Agar’s statement of financial position for the year ended 31 December 2014? A B C D $40,000 $45,000 $80,000 $100,000 (10 marks) Question 134 ETERNITY Eternity is finalising its accounts for the year ended 31 December 2014. The following events have arisen since the year end and the financial director has asked you to comment on the final accounts: (1) At 31 December 2014 trade receivables included a figure of $250,000 in respect of Wico. On 8 March 2015, when the current debt was $200,000, Wico went into receivership. Recent correspondence with the receiver indicates that no amounts will be paid to unsecured creditors. (2) On 15 March 2015 Eternity sold its former head office building for $2.7 million. At the year end the building was unoccupied and carried at a value of $3.1 million. (3) Inventories at the year end included $650,000 of a new electric tricycle. In January 2015 the EC declared the tricycle to be unsafe and prohibited it from sale. An alternative market, in Bolivia, is being investigated, although the current price is expected to be cost less 30%. (4) Future, an overseas subsidiary was nationalised in February 2015. The overseas authorities have refused to pay any compensation. The net assets of Future have been valued at $200,000 at the year end. (5) Freak floods caused $150,000 damage to a branch of Eternity in January 2015. The branch was fully insured. (6) On 1 April 2015 Eternity announced a 1 for 1 rights issue aiming to raise $15 million. Required: Comment on the accounting treatment of the matters described above. (12 marks) Question 135 ACCOUNTING TREATMENTS You have been asked to advise on the appropriate accounting treatment for the following situations arising in the books of various companies. The year end in each case can be taken as 31 December 2014 and you should assume that the amounts involved are material in each case. (1) 112 At the year end there was a debit balance in the books of a company for $15,000, representing an estimate of the amount receivable from an insurance company for an accident claim. In February 2015, before the directors had agreed the final draft of the published accounts, the amount of the claim was finally settled as $18,600. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (2) A company has an item of equipment which cost $400,000 in 2011 and was expected to last for 10 years. At the beginning of the 2014 financial year the carrying amount was $280,000. It is now thought that the company will soon cease to make the product for which the equipment was specifically purchased. Its recoverable amount is only $80,000 at 31 December 2014. (3) On 30 November an entity entered into a legal action defending a claim for supplying faulty equipment. The company’s solicitors advise that there is a 20% probability that the claim will succeed. The amount of the claim is $500,000. (4) An item has been produced at a manufacturing cost of $1,800 against a customer’s order at an agreed price of $2,300. The item was in inventories at the year end awaiting delivery instructions. In January 2015 the customer was declared bankrupt and the most reasonable course of action seems to be to make a modification to the unit, costing approximately $300, which is expected to make it marketable with other customers at a price of about $1,900. (5) At 31 December a company has a total potential liability of $1 million for warranty work on contracts. Past experience shows that 10% of these costs are likely to be incurred, that 30% may possibly be incurred but that the remaining 60% is highly unlikely to be incurred. Required: For each of the above situations outline the accounting treatment you would recommend and give the reasoning of principles involved. The accounting treatment should refer to entries in the books and/or the year-end financial statements as appropriate. (12 marks) Question 136 FOUR EVENTS “An entity should adjust the amounts recognised in its financial statements to reflect adjusting events after the reporting period. “An entity should not prepare its financial statements on a going concern basis if management determined after the balances sheet date either that it intends to liquidate the entity or to cease trading, or that it has no realistic alternative but to do so.” (a) State, with reasons, which of the following events occurring after the reporting period provide additional evidence of conditions existing at the end of the reporting period: (b) bankruptcy of a customer who owed money to the entity at year end; flood damaging inventories held at year end; receipt of long term loan from bank; issue of credit note for goods sold before year end. (6 marks) On 18 July, a company discovers that significant inventories stored at a remote warehouse have never been included in the financial statements due to a repeated oversight. Required: Advise how these inventories should be treated and disclosed in the financial statements at 30 June. (5 marks) (c) Distinguish between an event after the reporting period and a contingent liability. (4 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 113 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (d) State the details to be disclosed in respect of contingent liabilities. (3 marks) (e) State the TWO circumstances in which IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” requires certain additional disclosures in respect of going concern. (2 marks) (20 marks) Question 137 MCQs IAS 37 137.1 Which of the following defines a provision in accordance with IAS 37? A B C D 137.2 A liability of uncertain timing or amount A possible obligation arising from past events that is of uncertain timing or amount An adjustment to the carrying amount of assets A present obligation which is not recognised An entity is required to measure a provision at the best estimate of the amount required to settle the obligation at the reporting date. Which one of the following estimates will give a best estimate when a provision involves a large population of items? A B C D 137.3 One which weights all possible outcomes according to their probabilities The mid-point of a discrete range of possible values The individual most likely outcome An amount higher or lower than the individual most likely outcome if other possible outcomes are mostly higher or lower Inspire is the defendant in a patent infringement lawsuit. Inspire’s lawyers believe the there is a 30% chance that the court will dismiss the case and Inspire will not have to make any payout. However, if the court rules in favour of the claimant, they believe that there is a 20% chance that Inspire will be required to pay damages of $200,000 (the amount sought by the claimant) and an 80% chance that damages will be $100,000 (the amount that was recently awarded by the same judge in a similar case). The court is expected to rule sometime in 2013 and there is no indication that the claimant will settle out of court. What is the best estimate of the provision for the lawsuit that should be recognised in Inspire’s statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 in accordance with IAS 37? A B C D 137.4 114 $Nil $100,000 $120,000 $200,000 At 31 December 2014 Oberon is pursuing a claim against an insurance company through legal processes. The court is expected to rule later in 2015. At the reporting date Oberon’s legal advisers believe there is a 70% chance that Oberon will win the case. Furthermore, they believe that there is a 20% chance that Oberon will be awarded $200,000 (the amount it is seeking) and an 80% chance of an award of $100,000 (the amount that was recently awarded by the same judge in a similar case). ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) How should this event be treated in Oberon’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014? A B C D As an asset measured at $200,000 As an asset measured at $100,000 As a contingent asset It should not be included in the financial statements (8 marks) Question 138 MCQs IAS 10 138.1 138.2 Which of the following material events occurring after the end of the reporting period are adjusting events? (1) (2) (3) (4) Sales of inventory for less than cost Payment received from a customer whose debt had been written off Sale of a subsidiary company A flood in the warehouse destroying inventory A B C D 1 and 2 2 and 3 3 and 4 1 and 4 On 15 March 2015 Fumi authorised for issue its financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014. On 10 March 2015 the entity’s factory and several items of equipment were damaged in an earthquake. The damage is estimated to cost $700,000 of which $450,000 is expected to be covered under insurance policies. How should this material event have been included in Fumi’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014? A B C D 138.3 Which of the following events between the balance sheet date and the date the financial statements are authorised for issue must be adjusted in the financial statements? A B C D 138.4 As a provision of $700,000 As a provision of $250,000 As a contingent liability of $700,000 and a contingent asset of $250,000 As a note disclosure of the event Declaration of ordinary dividends Decline in market value of investments Discovery of a fraud revealing that inventory had been stolen Announcement of a major restructuring On 15 March 2015 Ramin authorised for issue its annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014. On 10 March 2015 Ramin’s factory, equipment and inventory were damaged in an earthquake. The damage is uninsured and management has determined that Ramin is unable to continue trading. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 115 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK On what basis should Ramin’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2014 have been prepared? A On a going concern basis with a note disclosing the earthquake as a non-adjusting event B On a basis other than going concern with a statement of that fact and a note disclosing the earthquake as the reason C On a going concern basis with adjustments for the damage including write-downs of the assets D On a going concern basis with no reference to the earthquake as it is not an adjusting event (8 marks) Question 139 ANTIPODEAN The statements of financial position of Antipodean at the end of two consecutive financial years were: Non-current assets (carrying amount) Premises Equipment Motor vehicles 31 December 2014 $ $ 37,000 45,800 18,930 ______ Investments Current assets Inventory Trade receivables and prepayments Short-term investments Cash and bank balances 19,670 11,960 4,800 700 ______ 37,130 ________ 75,040 (6,500) 25,200 (15,130) ______ Non-current liabilities Interest-bearing borrowings Current liabilities Trade payables and accrued expenses 32,050 Bank overdraft 28,200 ______ 59,680 17,000 ______ 76,680 27,500 14,410 3,600 1,800 ______ 163,860 ———— Closing capital 47,310 ________ 123,990 ———— 67,940 4,000 15,300 (12,200) ______ 78,610 75,040 25,000 28,000 60,250 ________ 163,860 ———— 116 38,000 17,600 4,080 ______ 126,730 Total assets Capital and reserves Opening capital Capital introduced/(withdrawn) Profit/(loss) for year Drawings 101,730 25,000 _______ 31 December 2013 $ $ 20,950 – ______ 20,950 ________ 123,990 ———— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Profit for the year ended 31 December 2014 ($25,200) is after accounting for: $ Depreciation Premises Equipment Motor vehicles Profit on disposal of equipment Loss on disposal of motor vehicle Interest payable 1,000 3,000 3,000 430 740 3,000 The carrying amounts of the assets at the date of disposal were: $ 5,200 2,010 Equipment Motor vehicles Interest accrued at 31 December 2014 is $400. Required: Prepare a statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2014 in accordance with IAS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”. Assume that short-term investments are cash equivalents. (14 marks) Question 140 R2D2 The financial statements of R2D2 at 30 June were as follows: 2015 $ 2014 $ $ $ 22,000 (4,000) ——— 18,000 12,000 (1,000) ——— 11,000 5,000 (2,250) ——— 5,000 (2,000) ——— ASSETS Non-current assets Property cost Depreciation Plant and equipment Cost Depreciation Current assets Inventories Trade receivables Cash and cash equivalents 16,000 9,950 – ——— Total assets 2,750 ——— 20,750 25,950 ——— 46,700 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 11,000 2,700 1,300 ——— 3,000 ——— 14,000 15,000 ——— 29,000 ——— 117 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK $ $ $ $ EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Capital and reserves Equity capital Retained earnings Non-current liabilities Loan Current liabilities Operating overdraft Trade payables Income tax payable Accrued interest 11,000 8,000 1,800 700 ——— Total equity and liabilities 3,000 16,200 ——— 19,200 3,000 3,800 ——— 6,800 6,000 10,000 21,500 ——— 46,700 ——— – 11,000 1,000 200 ——— 12,200 ——— 29,000 ——— Statements of profit or loss (extracts) 2015 $ 15,400 (1,000) ——— 14,400 (2,000) ——— 12,400 ——— Operating profit Financing cost (Interest) Profit before tax Income tax expense Profit for the year 2014 $ 5,900 (1,400) ——— 4,500 (1,500) ——— 3,000 ——— Equipment with a carrying amount $250 was sold at the beginning of 2015 for $350. This equipment had originally cost $1,000. In recent years, no dividends have been paid. Required: Prepare a statement of cash flows, under the indirect method, for the year ended 30 June 2015. (18 marks) 118 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 141 MOMI The following are the summarised accounts of Momi at 31 December 2013 and 2014 respectively: 2013 $000 Non-current assets Plant and equipment Fixtures and fittings 2014 $000 $000 2,086 1,381 ——— 3,467 Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Short term investment Cash 1,292 713 1,050 197 ——— Total assets Capital and reserves Equity capital Share premium Retained earnings (Note) 3,252 ——— 6,719 ——— 2,103 1,296 ——— 3,399 1,952 1,486 600 512 ——— 4,200 800 431 ——— 5,431 Current liabilities Income tax payable Trade payables Dividends payable 257 899 132 ——— Total equity and liabilities 1,288 ——— 6,719 ——— $000 4,550 ——— 7,949 ——— 4,500 900 1,180 ——— 6,580 312 903 154 ——— 1,369 ——— 7,949 ——— Statement of profit or loss (extracts) for the year ended 31 December 2014 $000 1,381 (310) ——— 1,071 ——— Profit before taxation Income tax expense Profit for the year Note: Retained earnings $000 Balance at 1 January Profit for period Dividends – paid – payable 168 154 —— Balance at 31 December ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $000 431 1,071 (322) ——— 1,180 ——— 119 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK You are informed that: (1) plant and equipment with a carrying amount of $184,000 was disposed of for $203,000, whilst a new item of plant was purchased for $312,000; (2) fixtures and fittings with a carrying amount of $100,000 were disposed of for $95,000; depreciation on fixtures and fittings amounted to $351,000. Required: Prepare a statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2014 in accordance with IAS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”. (16 marks) Question 142 JANE The statements of financial position of Jane at 31 December 2014 and 2013 were as follows: Reference to notes Assets Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment Investments at cost 1 2 Current assets Inventory Trade and other receivables Cash Total assets Equity and liabilities Capital and reserves Issued capital Share premium Revaluation surplus Retained earnings Non-current liabilities: 10% Loan notes Current liabilities Trade and other payables Bank overdraft Dividends payable 3 4 5 6 Total equity and liabilities 120 Year ended 31 December 2014 2013 $000 $000 1,100 50 _____ 730 100 _____ 1,150 _____ 830 _____ 110 180 30 _____ 80 110 20 _____ 320 ______ 210 ______ 1,470 ——— 1,040 ——— 380 300 200 190 _____ 300 200 100 200 _____ 1,070 _____ 800 _____ 150 100 80 130 40 _____ 70 40 30 _____ 250 ______ 140 ______ 1,470 ——— 1,040 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Notes: (1) Property, plant and equipment: During the year property, plant and equipment with a carrying amount of $80,000 were sold for $60,000. The depreciation charge for the year on all property, plant and equipment held at the end of the year was $100,000. (2) Investments which cost $50,000 were sold during the year for $40,000. (3) Issued capital: Jane’s issued capital at 31 December 2013 consisted of 300,000 ordinary shares of $1 each. Another 80,000 shares were issued during 2014 at a price of $2·25 per share. (4) Revaluation surplus: Jane’s property was revalued upwards by $100,000 during the year. (5) 10% Loan notes: $50,000 of 10% loan notes was issued on 1 January 2014. All interest to 31 December 2014 has been paid. (6) Dividends: The dividends payable are on Jane’s equity share capital. No other dividends were paid. Required: Prepare Jane’s statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2014 complying with IAS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows” as far as possible. Ignore taxation. (20 marks) Question 143 C3P0 The statements of profit or loss and statements of financial position of C3P0 for two consecutive financial years are shown below: Statements of profit or loss Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Distribution and administration expenses Interest Profit for the year 2013 $ 200,000 (100,000) ––––––– 100,000 (50,000) ––––––– 50,000 (10,000) ––––––– 40,000 ––––––– 2014 $ 200,000 (120,000) ––––––– 80,000 (47,000) ––––––– 33,000 (13,000) ––––––– 20,000 ––––––– Only one dividend is declared each year which is paid in the following year. No sales of non-current assets have occurred during the relevant period. Ignore taxation. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 121 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statements of financial position 31 December 2013 Cost Accumulated Carrying depreciation amount $ $ $ Non-current assets Land Buildings Plant Investments Current assets Inventories Trade receivables Bank Cost $ 31 December 2014 Accumulated Carrying depreciation amount $ $ 43,000 50,000 10,000 _______ – 10,000 4,000 ______ 43,000 40,000 6,000 ______ 63,000 90,000 11,000 _______ – 11,000 5,000 ______ 63,000 79,000 6,000 _______ 103,000 _______ 14,000 ______ 89,000 164,000 _______ 16,000 ______ 148,000 50,000 55,000 40,000 3,000 ______ 98,000 ________ 80,000 65,000 50,000 – ______ 237,000 ———— Capital Issued shares of $1 each Share premium Revaluation surplus (land) Retained earnings 40,000 12,000 – 25,000 ______ Non-current liabilities 10% loan borrowings Current liabilities Trade payables Bank overdraft Dividend payable 77,000 343,000 ———— 50,000 14,000 20,000 25,000 ______ 100,000 40,000 – 20,000 ______ 60,000 ________ 237,000 ———— 115,000 ________ 109,000 150,000 60,000 4,000 20,000 ______ 84,000 ________ 343,000 ———— Required: Prepare a statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2014 using the direct method of IAS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”. (11 marks) 122 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 144 TIVOLI Tivoli manufactures brass tubas. You have been asked by a client to investigate the company with a view to a possible takeover and replacement of the product with plastic electronic tubas. You have managed to obtain copies of the last two years’ accounts (for the years ended 31 December 2014 and 2013). The statements of financial position and profit or loss for these years are set out below: Statements of financial position 2014 $000 $000 ASSETS Non-current assets Land and buildings Cost Depreciation 2,160 (180) ——— Plant and equipment Cost Depreciation 1,350 (450) ——— Motor vehicles Cost Depreciation 750 (360) ——— Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Cash and cash equivalents 1,980 1,500 (150) ——— 1,350 900 900 (300) ——— 600 390 ——— 3,270 262 180 115 —— Total assets 2013 $000 $000 600 (240) ——— 360 ——— 2,310 161 120 60 —— 557 ——— 3,827 ——— 341 ——— 2,651 ——— 2,100 95 ——— 2,195 1,500 36 ——— 1,536 900 240 450 360 EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Capital and reserves Share capital Ordinary shares of $1 each Retained earnings Non-current liabilities 10% debentures 8% redeemable preferred shares of $1 each Current liabilities Operating overdraft Trade payables Income tax payable Dividends payable 138 63 175 116 —— 78 36 111 80 —— 492 ——— 3,827 ——— Total equity and liabilities ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 305 ——— 2,651 ——— 123 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statements of profit or loss 2014 2013 $000 $000 $000 $000 4,500 3,750 (1,800) (1,200) ——— ——— 2,700 2,550 900 900 1,350 1,335 ——— (2,250) ——— (2,235) ——— ——— 450 315 (100) (80) ——— ——— 350 235 (175) (111) ——— ——— 175 124 ——— ——— Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Distribution costs Administrative expenses Operating profit Financing cost (interest) Profit before tax Income tax expense Profit after tax Notes (1) During 2014 some plant, which had cost $250,000 and had been depreciated by $180,000, was sold for $100,000. (2) Included in trade payables is a closing accrual for interest of $20,000 ($10,000 in 2013). (3) Included in trade payables is a supplier for plant purchases of $10,000. (4) The preferred shares were redeemed at the beginning of the year. (5) The company does not pay interim dividends. Required: Prepare a statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2014 using the indirect method. Your answer should comply as far as possible with the requirements of IAS 7 “Statement of Cash Flows”. Notes are not required. (15 marks) Question 145 MCQs IAS 7 145.1 124 Which of the following items might appear in a company’s cash flow statement? (1) (2) (3) (4) Disposal proceeds from the sale of a director’s car The theft of items of inventory Recovery of a debt previously written off Dividends received A B C D 1, 2 and 3 only 1, 2 and 4 only 1, 3 and 4 only 2, 3 and 4 only ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 145.2 Which one of the following would be classified under investing activities in a statement of cash flows prepared in accordance with IAS 7? A B C D 145.3 145.4 Repayment of a loan made to another company Repayment of a loan from a bank Proceeds from a new issue of shares Dividend payments to shareholders Which of the following items might appear in a company’s statement of cash flows? (1) (2) (3) (4) Proposed dividends Rights issue of shares Bonus issue of shares Repayment of loan A B C D 1 and 3 2 and 4 1 and 4 2 and 3 An extract from a cash flow statement prepared by a trainee accountant is shown below. Net profit before taxation Adjustment for: Interest expense Operating profit before working capital changes Decrease in inventories Increase in receivables Increase in payables Cash generated from operations $m 31 (6) ––– 25 4 (5) (7) ––– 17 ––– Another trainee has criticised it on the following grounds: (1) (2) (3) (4) Interest expense should have been added, not deducted Decrease in inventories should have been deducted, not added. Increase in receivables should have been added, not deducted. Increase in payables should have been added, not deducted Which of the criticisms are correct? A B C D 145.5 2 and 4 2 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 4 A draft cash flow statement contains the following calculation of net cash inflow from operating activities: $m Operating profit 38 Depreciation 6 Decrease in inventories (9) Decrease in trade and other receivables 15 Decrease in trade payables 12 ––– Net cash inflow from operating activities 62 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 125 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Assuming the narratives to be correct, what should be the net cash inflow from operating activities after correcting errors in the draft cash flow statement? A B C D $20 m $26 m $50 m $56 m (10 marks) Question 146 P & S P acquired 80% of the capital of S on 1 January 2014. At the year end 31 December 2014 the two companies have the following statements of financial position: P $ Investment in S Other assets Share capital Share premium Retained earnings 1 January 2014 Profit for year 2014 S $ 4,000 8,000 ——— 12,000 ——— $ 4,000 ——— 4,000 ——— 6,000 – 4,000 2,000 ——— $ 1,000 500 1,500 1,000 ——— 6,000 ——— 12,000 ——— 2,500 ——— 4,000 ——— Notes 1. Non-controlling interest is valued at fair value on acquisition, which was $1,000 on 1 January 2014. 2. There has been no change in S’s share capital during the year. Required: Prepare the consolidated statement of financial position of the P group as at 31 December 2014. (10 marks) 126 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 147 HAPPY AND SAD Happy acquired 90% of the share capital of Sad on 1 January 2011 when the balance on retained earnings was $10,000 and there was no revaluation surplus. Their respective statements of financial position as at 31 December 2014 are as follows: Non-current assets Tangible Investment in Sad Current assets Share capital ($1 ordinary shares) Revaluation surplus Retained earnings Current liabilities Happy $ Sad $ 135,000 30,000 ———— 165,000 57,000 ———— 222,000 ———— 60,000 – ———— 60,000 46,000 ———— 106,000 ———— 50,000 50,000 90,000 ———— 190,000 32,000 ———— 222,000 ———— 15,000 15,000 50,000 ———— 80,000 26,000 ———— 106,000 ———— Non-controlling interest is valued at fair value on acquisition. The market price of Sad’s shares are a good indicator of fair value. On 1 January 2011 the market price of Sad’s shares was $2.00. At the year end Sad is holding $2,000 of inventory purchased from Happy. Happy sells goods at cost plus 25%. Required: Prepare the consolidated statement of financial position of the Happy group as at 31 December 2014. (12 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 127 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 148 FAYE Statements of financial position at 31 December 2014 Assets Long-term assets Tangible assets Investments: Shares in Garbo at cost Current assets Equity and liabilities Capital and reserves Called up share capital ($1 ordinary shares) Share premium account Retained earnings Long-term liabilities 8% Debenture loans Current liabilities Faye $ Garbo $ 33,000 15,000 20,000 – 5,000 ——— 53,000 ——— 15,000 ——— 35,000 ——— 12,000 5,000 7,000 ——— 24,000 4,000 – 12,000 ——— 16,000 20,000 9,000 ——— 53,000 ——— 9,000 10,000 ——— 35,000 ——— On 1 January 2012 Faye acquired 3,000 shares in Garbo. At that date the balance on Garbo’s retained earnings was $8,000. The fair value of Garbo’s land on 1 January 2012 was $1,500 higher than its carrying value. Non-controlling interest is valued at fair value. On 1 January 2012 the fair value was measured at $5,000. Required: Prepare the consolidated statement of financial position of Faye as at 31 December 2014. (12 marks) 128 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 149 HONEY The following are summaries of the financial statements of Honey and its subsidiary, Sugar, for the year ended 30 June 2014: Statements of financial position Honey Sugar Assets $ $ Non-current assets Tangible assets 27,000 12,500 Investments: 2,000 ordinary shares in Sugar at cost 2,000 ——— ——— 29,000 12,500 Current assets 25,000 12,000 ——— ——— 54,000 24,500 ——— ——— Shareholders’ equity and liabilities Shareholders’ equity Called up share capital ($1 ordinary share) 20,000 3,000 Share premium account 6,000 – Retained earnings 9,000 14,000 ——— ——— 35,000 17,000 Non-current liabilities: 10% Debenture loan 12,000 – Current liabilities 7,000 7,500 ——— ——— 54,000 24,500 ——— ——— The fair value of non-controlling interest on acquisition was $1,000. Honey acquired its shares in Sugar more than five years ago when the balance on the retained earnings was $nil. There was no goodwill on acquisition. Statements of comprehensive income Honey $ 24,000 (9,000) ——— 15,000 (2,300) (1,500) (1,200) ——— 10,000 (3,000) ——— 7,000 ——— Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Distribution costs Administrative expenses Interest payable and similar charges Profit before taxation Income tax expense Profit for the year Sugar $ 30,000 (11,000) ——— 19,000 (1,300) (2,700) – ——— 15,000 (5,000) ——— 10,000 ——— Required: Prepare the consolidated statement of comprehensive income and the consolidated statement of financial position of Honey for the year ended 30 June 2014. (12 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 129 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Question 150 HUMPHREY The following are the statements of comprehensive income for the year ended 30 September 2014 of Humphrey and its subsidiary Stanley: Humphrey Stanley $000 $000 Sales 1,100 400 Cost of sales (600) (240) ——– —– Gross profit 500 160 Distribution costs (60) (50) Administration costs (65) (55) Investment income 20 5 Interest (25) (6) ——– —– Profit before tax 370 54 Taxation (160) (24) ——– —– Profit for the year 210 30 ——– —– The following information is relevant: (1) Humphrey acquired 80% of Stanley many years ago, when the reserves of that company were $5,000. (2) Total intra-group sales in the year amounted to $100,000, Humphrey selling to Stanley. (3) At the year end the statement of financial position of Stanley included inventory purchased from Humphrey. Humphrey had taken a profit of $2,000 on this inventory. (4) The investment income of Humphrey includes $16,000 in respect of a dividend paid by Stanley during the year. Required: Prepare a consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 30 September 2014. (10 marks) Question 151 HAPPY The following statements of comprehensive income were prepared for the year ended 31 March 2015 for Happy and its subsidiary, Sleepy: Happy Sleepy $ $ Revenue 303,600 217,700 Cost of sales (143,800) (102,200) ———– ———– Gross profit 159,800 115,500 Operating expenses (71,200) (51,300) Other income: Dividends receivable from quoted investments 2,800 1,200 ——— ——— Profit before tax 91,400 65,400 Income tax (46,200) (32,600) ——— ——— Profit for the year 45,200 32,800 ——— ——— On 30 November 2014 Happy acquired 75% of the issued ordinary capital of Sleepy. 130 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Profits of both companies are deemed to accrue evenly over the year. Required: (a) Prepare the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2015. (7 marks) (b) Explain the extent to which Sleepy’s results should be included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. (3 marks) (10 marks) Question 152 BING AND CROSBY The summarised statements of profit or loss of Bing and Crosby, for the year ended 31 October 2014, are provided below. Bing acquired 3,600,000 ordinary shares in Crosby for $5,250,000 on 1 November 2013 when the retained earnings of Crosby were $300,000. On the same date, Bing also acquired 40% of Crosby’s loan notes of $400,000. Statements of profit or loss for the year ended 31 October 2014 Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Distribution costs Administrative expenses Finance costs Income from Crosby: Loan note interest Dividends Profit before tax Income tax expense Profit for the year Bingo $000 9,600 (5,550) ––––– 4,050 (1,050) (1,650) – 10 150 ––––– 1,510 (600) ––––– 910 ––––– Crosby $000 3,900 (2,175) ––––– 1,725 (480) (735) (25) – – ––––– 485 (120) ––––– 365 ––––– The following information is also available: (1) Crosby’s total share capital consists of 6,000,000 ordinary shares of $1 each. (2) It is group policy to value the non-controlling interest at fair value. The fair value of the noncontrolling interest at the acquisition date was $3,200,000. (3) During the year ended 31 October 2014, Bing sold goods costing $200,000 to Crosby for $300,000. At 31 October 2014, 50% of these goods remained in Crosby’s inventory. Required: (a) Calculate the goodwill arising on the acquisition of Crosby. (b) Prepare the consolidated statement of profit or loss for Bing for the year ended 31 October 2014. (6 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (2 marks) 131 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (c) Define an “associate” relationship and give three examples that might demonstrate that such a relationship exists. (4 marks) (12 marks) Question 153 MCQs CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 153.1 X has a 40% shareholding in each of the following three companies: P: Q: R: X has the right to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of P. X has significant influence over the affairs of Q. X has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of R. Which of these companies are subsidiaries of X for financial reporting purposes? A B C D 153.2 P and R only Q and R only P and Q only P, Q and R Holder acquired 150,000 $1 ordinary shares in Sub on 1 March 2014 at a cost of $300,000. Sub’s retained earnings at 1 March 2014 were $36,000 and its issued ordinary share capital was $200,000. Non-controlling interest is valued at fair value on acquisition, which was $100,000. Sub’s retained earnings today have increased to $60,000. How much goodwill arises on consolidation? A B C D 153.3 $99,000 $123,000 $140,000 $164,000 Wolf acquired 80,000 $1 ordinary shares in Fox on 1 April 2014 at a cost of $177,000. Fox’s retained earnings at that date were $50,000 and its issued ordinary share capital was $100,000. Fair value of non-controlling interest on acquisition was $52,000 and the fair value of Fox’s land on acquisition was $10,000 higher than its carrying value. How much goodwill arises on consolidation? A B C D 153.4 $57,000 $67,000 $69,000 $79,000 Vaynor an incorporated entity acquired 40,000 ordinary shares in Yarlet some years ago. Extracts from the statements of financial position of the two companies as on 30 April 2015 were: Vaynor Yarlet $000 $000 Ordinary shares of $1 each 500 50 Retained earnings 90 70 At acquisition Yarlet had retained earnings of $30,000. Ignore goodwill. 132 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) What are the consolidated retained earnings of Vaynor on 30 April 2015? A B C D 153.5 $90,000 $122,000 $146,000 $160,000 During the year Frodo sold goods for a sales price of $168,000 to its wholly-owned subsidiary Bilbo. These goods were sold by Frodo at a mark-up of 50% on cost. On 31 December Bilbo still had $36,000 worth of these goods in inventory. What adjustment for unrealised profit should be made in Frodo’s consolidated financial statements? A B C D 153.6 $12,000 $18,000 $24,000 $36,000 Tomas owns 65% of the shares in Drew. Drew owes Tomas $5,000. Tomas has receivables of $300,000 and Drew has receivables of $130,000. What are the consolidated receivables for Tomas? A B C D $435,000 $425,000 $381,250 $379,500 (12 marks) Question 154 ALEX Artur has provided his son, Alex, with all the capital required in the setting up of a business on 1 April 2013 and its subsequent development. Alex has now produced the following summarised accounts as a basis for discussing the progress of the business with his father. Statements of profit or loss Year ended 31 March 2014 2015 $000 $000 100 140 (60) (90) —— —— 40 50 (32) (51) —— —— 8 (1) —— —— Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Less Expenses Profit/(loss) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 133 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statements of financial position Non-current assets Net current assets Inventory Trade receivables Bank balance/(overdraft) Less Trade payables Capital employed At 1 April 2013 $000 70 —— At 31 March 2014 $000 70 —— At 31 March 2015 $000 80 —— 5 – 13 (3) —— 15 —— 7 11 2 (5) —— 15 —— 8 24 (4) (8) —— 20 —— 85 —— 85 —— 100 —— Alex is keen for his father to increase the capital employed in the business and has drawn his father’s attention to the following matters revealed in the accounts. (1) A $15,000 increase in net capital employed can be linked with a $40,000 increase in revenue during the past year. (2) The rate of inventory turnover during the past year has been 12 as compared with 10 in the previous year. (3) The increase in fixed overheads last year is due to the renting of larger premises. However, these new premises would be adequate for a turnover of $200,000. Artur is not pleased with the results of his son’s business. Alex can easily obtain employment offering a salary of $10,000 per annum and Artur can obtain 10% from a bank deposit account. Required: (a) Calculate for each of the years ended 31 March 2014 and 2015 FOUR financial ratios which draw attention to matters which could give Artur cause for concern. State clearly the formula or basis for each ratio used. (8 marks) (b) Outline THREE reasons for closing the business and ONE reason in favour of its continuance. (4 marks) (12 marks) 134 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Question 155 SOLO You are given summarised results of Solo, an electrical engineering business, as follows: Statements of profit or loss Year ended 31 December 2014 2013 $000 $000 60,000 50,000 42,000 34,000 ––––––– ––––––– 18,000 16,000 15,500 13,000 ––––––– ––––––– 2,500 3,000 2,200 1,300 ––––––– ––––––– 300 1,700 350 600 ––––––– ––––––– (50) 1,100 ––––––– ––––––– Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Distribution and administration expenses Finance costs Profit before tax Income tax expense (Loss)/profit after tax Statements of financial position 31 December 2014 $000 $000 Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment Intangible 12,000 500 ______ Current assets Inventories Trade receivables Cash 14,000 16,000 500 ______ Equity Issued capital Share premium Revaluation surplus Retained earnings 12,500 30,500 ______ 31 December 2013 $000 $000 11,000 – ______ 13,000 15,000 500 ______ 43,000 ——— 1,900 3,300 2,000 6,750 ______ Long-term liabilities Interest-bearing borrowings Current liabilities Trade payables 13,950 11,000 28,500 ______ 39,500 ——— 1,900 3,300 2,000 8,400 ______ 14,600 6,000 5,500 23,050 ______ 19,400 ______ 43,000 ——— 39,500 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 135 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Required: (a) Calculate the following ratios for both years (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) (vi) (vii) (b) current ratio OR quick ratio; inventory turnover (days); receivables turnover (days); payables turnover (days); gross profit % OR net profit % (before taxation); return on equity; return on capital employed (ROCE) leverage (equity to assets). (14 marks) Comment on the liquidity and profitability of the company. (6 marks) (20 marks) Question 156 DARTH The following are the summarised accounts for Darth for the year ending 30 September 2014, together with comparative figures for the previous year: Statements of financial position 2013 $000 Tangible non-current assets – at cost less depreciation Current assets: Inventories Trade receivables Cash at bank $000 40,145 40,210 12,092 ______ Non-current liabilities: 10% debentures 32,604 2,473 1,785 ______ 92,447 ______ $000 12,700 50,455 43,370 5,790 ______ 99,615 ______ 97,442 ——— 112,315 ——— 9,920 30,820 ______ 9,920 40,080 ______ 40,740 19,840 50,000 19,840 36,862 ______ 97,442 ——— 136 $000 4,995 Equity Issued capital Retained earnings Current liabilities Trade payables Income tax Dividends payable 2014 37,230 3,260 1,985 ______ 42,475 ______ 112,315 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Summarised statements of profit or loss 2013 $000 486,300 ––––––– 17,238 1,984 ––––––– 15,254 5,734 ––––––– 9,520 ––––––– Revenue Operating profit Finance costs Profit before tax Income tax Profit after tax 2014 $000 583,900 ––––––– 20,670 1,984 ––––––– 18,686 7,026 ––––––– 11,660 ––––––– Required: (a) Calculate, for each year, TWO ratios for each of the following user groups, which are of particular significance to them: (i) (ii) (b) suppliers; internal management. (8 marks) Comment briefly on the changes, between the two years, in the ratios calculated in (a) above. (4 marks) (12 marks) Question 157 MCQs INTERPRETATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 157.1 Which of the following factors could cause a company’s gross profit percentage on sales to fall below the expected level? (1) Overstatement of the opening inventory valuation. (2) The incorrect inclusion in purchases of invoices relating to goods received from suppliers in the following period. (3) The incorrect inclusion in sales of invoices relating to goods despatched to customers in the following period. (4) Increased discounts received from suppliers. A B C D 1 and 2 1 and 3 2 and 4 3 and 4 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 137 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 157.2 A company’s statement of profit or loss for the year showed: Operating profit Loan note interest Profit for year $m 88 (8) ––– 80 ––– The company’s capital structure at the year end is: Ordinary share capital Share premium account Retained earnings 10% Loan notes $m 200 80 120 80 What is the company’s return on capital employed? A B C D 157.3 16⅔% 18⅓% 20% 22% The following is an extract from the statement of profit or loss of a business for the ended 30 September 2014: $000 $000 Revenue 54,000 Opening inventory 12,000 Purchases 36,000 less: Closing inventory 8,000 40,000 –––––– –––––– Gross profit 14,000 –––––– To the nearest day, how many days’ sales are held in the closing inventory? A B C D 157.4 138 54 61 73 81 Which of the following factors would cause a company’s gearing ratio to fall? (1) (2) (3) (4) A 1 for 1 bonus issue of ordinary shares. A 1 for 2 rights issue of ordinary shares. An issue of loan notes. An upward revaluation of land and buildings. A B C D 1 and 2 1 and 3 2 and 4 3 and 4 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 157.5 Which of the following statements about accounting ratios and their interpretation are correct? (1) A highly-geared company is less able to survive a downturn in profit than an ungeared company. (2) A high price earnings ratio usually indicates that the market expects the company’s profits to rise. (3) All companies should try to achieve a current ratio of 2:1. A B C D 1 and 2 only 1 and 3 only 2 and 3 only All three statements are correct (10 marks) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 139 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 140 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 1 MCQs CONTEXT OF FINANCIAL REPORTING Item Answer Justification 1.1 A Although some types of partnership may have a separate legal entity status in certain jurisdictions this is not a general feature. 1.2 B A partnership can usually raise more money than an individual. Risk of personal bankruptcy also arises in a partnership and all partners are jointly liable for all liabilities. There are few requirements for record-keeping for a sole trader (e.g. for tax purposes) and this is less onerous than would be needed in partnership (e.g. to determine profit share). 1.3 D Financial reporting concerns the presentation of financial statements including disclosure in accordance with a financial reporting framework. It is wider than accounting for transactions. 1.4 C Although a statement of cash flows is a financial statement (i.e. a report of historic cash flow activities) a cash flow forecast is a management tool (e.g. to project future finance requirements). 1.5 B Directors and management will have access to more information and on a timelier basis than is published. Answer 2 JAN BARTOK Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December $ Revenue Cost of sales Opening inventory Purchases $ 25,000 1,500 20,000 ——— 21,500 (3,000) ——— (18,500) ——— 6,500 Less: Closing inventory Gross profit Less: Expenses Administration Wages 1,000 800 ——— Profit for the year ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (1,800) ——— 4,700 ——— 1001 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statement of financial position at 31 December $ Tangible non-current assets Motor cars Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Cash in hand $ 2,800 3,000 5,000 100 ——— 8,100 ——— 10,900 ——— Total assets Capital account Capital at 1 January Retained earnings 5,000 4,700 ——— 9,700 (2,000) ——— 7,700 Less: Drawings Current liabilities Bank overdraft Trade payables 1,200 2,000 ——— 3,200 ——— 10,900 ——— Total capital and liabilities Answer 3 TOMAS MAXIM Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December $ Revenue Less: Returns Purchases Less: Closing inventory 16,100 (2,050) ——— (14,050) ——— 14,150 Gross profit Less: Expenses Salaries Rent Insurance General expenses 4,162 2,130 174 1,596 ——— Profit for the year 1002 $ 28,400 (200) ——— 28,200 (8,062) ——— 6,088 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Statement of financial position at 31 December $ Tangible non-current assets Motor van Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Cash (2,628 + 50) $ 1,700 2,050 5,060 2,678 ——— 9,788 ——— 11,488 ——— Total assets Capital account Capital introduced Retained earnings 4,100 6,088 ——— 10,188 (5,100) ——— 5,088 Less: Drawings Current liabilities Trade payables 6,400 ——— 11,488 ——— Answer 4 MCQs FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Item Answer Justification 4.1 B A non-current assets may be intangible. Land is not generally depreciable. An asset by definition must be controlled (which does not necessitate ownership). 4.2 C Drawings are an appropriation of profit – they are not a financial obligation. 4.3 B Leased land and investments are tangible assets. Royalty receipts are income. 4.4 A Closing inventory is not sold and so reduces cost of sales. 4.5 B Installation costs are incurred in putting the asset into first use. Servicing costs are revenue in nature. A manufacturer’s warranty is not a capital cost of an asset acquired (but rather a prepayment for future possible repair costs). As the cars are purchased for resale they are inventory items (i.e. revenue expenditure). 4.6 A Self-constructed assets are capitalised in the same way as if they had been purchased. The manager’s salary, etc is clearly a revenue expense (relating to day-to-day operations). Costs of repairs are expensed also. A market survey is a research cost which must be expensed when incurred because of the uncertainty of future economic benefits (more on this later). ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1003 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 5 MCQs ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS Item Answer Justification 5.1 A Not all procedures will be formal. An accounting system of itself does not ensure efficient operations (although a sound accounting system will be necessary to this objective). The prevention and detection of fraud and error is just one management objective (and so not the sole objective of a sound accounting system). Accounting records are just one aspect of an accounting system and may be manual. 5.2 B This is the objective concerning assets at an organisation level. (The other objectives are subsidiary internal control objectives which contribute to the organisational objective.) 5.3 D Whereas the journal is a book of original entry, ledgers and registers are additional, subsidiary records. 5.4 C A standing order is an instruction to a bank to make regular payments of fixed amount. A goods received note is found in a purchases system. A remittance advice may accompany a receipt from a customer or a payment to a supplier. A sales order, sales invoice, goods despatch note and customer statement are all relevant to a sales system. Answer 6 VICTOR BORISSOV (a) April transactions (1) Introduction of capital $ Cash (2) 10,000 ——— $ Capital Purchase of Atari $ Inventory Cash (3) 1,000 9,000 ——— 10,000 ——— $ Capital Purchase of Amstrad Inventory Cash 3,500 6,500 ——— 10,000 ——— $ Capital 10,000 ——— 10,000 ——— Sale of Atari $ Inventory Cash 1004 10,000 ——— 10,000 ——— $ (4) 10,000 ——— 2,500 8,000 ——— 10,500 ––—— $ Capital Profit 10,000 500 ——— 10,500 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (5) Rent payment $ Inventory Cash (6) 2,500 7,700 ——— 10,200 ——— $ Capital Profit Purchase of desk $ Tangible non-current assets Inventory Cash (7) 200 2,500 7,500 ——— 10,200 ——— $ Capital Profit Purchase of Compaq Tangible non-current assets Inventory Cash 200 6,500 3,500 ——— 10,200 ——— $ Capital Profit 10,000 200 ——— 10,200 ——— Sale of Amstrad $ Non-current assets Inventory Cash (9) 10,000 200 ——— 10,200 ——— $ (8) 10,000 200 ——— 10,200 ——— 200 4,000 6,750 ——— 10,950 ——— $ Capital Profit 10,000 950 ——— 10,950 ——— Drawings $ Non-current assets Inventory Cash 200 4,000 6,350 $ Capital Profit Less: Drawings ——— 10,550 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 10,000 950 ——— 10,950 (400) ——— 10,550 ——— 1005 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Accounting equation at 31 May $ Tangible non-current assets Inventory (Compaq and IBM) Cash (W) 200 9,600 850 $ Capital, 1 May Profit 10,550 700 ——— 11,250 (600) ——— 10,650 ——— Less: Drawings ——— 10,650 ——— WORKING Cash Balance at 1 May Cash receipts $(4,500 + 1,800) Less: Cash payments $(3,000 + 2,500 + 100 + 600 + 5,600) Balance at 31 May (c) $ 6,350 6,300 ——— 12,650 (11,800) ——— 850 ——— Statement of profit or loss for the month ended 31 May $ Revenue $(4,500 + 1,800) Opening inventory Purchases $(5,500 + 5,600) 4,000 11,100 ——— 15,100 (9,600) ——— Less: Closing inventory Gross profit Less: Telephone expense Profit for the period 1006 $ 6,300 (5,500) ——— 800 (100) ——— 700 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Statement of financial position at 31 May $ Tangible non-current assets Current assets Inventory Cash 9,600 850 ——— Total assets Capital account Capital at 1 May Add: Profit for the period $ 200 10,450 ——— 10,650 ——— 10,550 700 ——— 11,250 (600) ——— 10,650 ——— Less: Drawings Total capital Answer 7 MCQs DOUBLE ENTRY BOOKKEEPING PRINCIPLES Item Answer Justification 7.1 C Accruals concept underlies the basis of preparation of financial statements, not double entry bookkeeping principles. Bookkeeping is based on the concept of a separate business entity which may not be a separate legal entity (e.g. sole trader). 7.2 B Net assets are increased by the introduction of capital and making profit. Drawings are an appropriation of profit which reduce net assets. 7.3 B $ 5,000 2,700 (700) ——— 7,000 ——— Opening net assets Add: Profit (al fig) Less: Drawings Closing net assets 7.4 A Either 7,000 – 5,000 = 2,000 or 2,700 – 700 = 2,000 7.5 B Payments to owners of a business in their capacity as owners are appropriations (including salaries of partners). Drawings by sole traders are an appropriation of profit whether money or “in-kind” (e.g. goods). Interest payments are a finance cost to the business (i.e. an expense). (Interest paid to a partner for a loan to a partnership is also an expense as the partner receives it in the capacity of a finance provider.) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1007 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 8 ROMAN (a) Ledger accounts Cash a/c $ 1 Jan 31 Jan Capital a/c Sales a/c $ 350 300 15 Jan 23 Jan 31 Jan Purchases a/c Motor expenses a/c Balance c/d —— 650 —— 1 Feb 5 Feb 8 Feb 28 Feb Balance b/d Loan a/c (Denis) Sales a/c Sales a/c 1 Mar Balance b/d 410 300 150 300 ——— 1,160 ——— 7 Feb Purchases a/c 21 Feb Rent a/c 28 Feb Balance c/d 200 40 410 —— 650 —— 200 50 910 ——— 1,160 ——— 910 Capital a/c $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 410 —— 410 —— 28 Feb Balance c/d 610 —— 610 —— $ 1 Jan 31 Jan Cash a/c I & E a/c 350 60 —— 410 —— 1 Feb Balance b/d 28 Feb I & E a/c 410 200 —— 610 —— 1 Mar Balance b/d 610 Loan a/c $ 28 Feb Balance c/d 300 —— $ 5 Feb Cash a/c 1 Mar Balance b/d 1008 300 —— 300 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Motor expenses a/c $ 23 Jan Cash a/c 40 — $ 31 Jan I & E a/c 40 — Purchases a/c $ $ 15 Jan Cash a/c 200 —— 31 Jan Trading (or I & E) a/c 200 —— 7 Feb Cash a/c 200 —— 28 Feb Trading (or I & E) a/c 200 —— Rent a/c $ 21 Feb Cash a/c $ 50 — 28 Feb I & E a/c 50 — Sales a/c $ 31 Jan Trading (or I & E) a/c 300 —— 28 Feb Trading (or I & E) a/c 450 $ 31 Jan Cash a/c 300 —— 8 Feb Cash a/c 28 Feb Cash a/c 150 300 —— 450 —— —— 450 —— (b) List of account balances at 31 January and 28 February 31 January Dr Cr $ $ 410 350 – 40 200 – 300 —— —— 650 650 —— —— Cash Capital Loan Motor expenses Purchases Rent Revenue ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 28 February Dr Cr $ $ 910 410 300 – 200 50 450 ——— ——— 1,160 1,160 ——— ——— 1009 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (c) Statements of profit or loss for the months ended 31 January and 28 February 31 January $ 300 (200) —— 100 Revenue Less: Purchases Gross profit Less: Expenses Motor expenses Rent (40) (50) —— 200 —— —— 60 —— Profit for the period (d) 28 February $ 450 (200) —— 250 Statements of financial position as at 31 January and 28 February 31 January $ Current asset Cash Capital Capital b/f Introduced Add: Profit for month Capital c/f Non-current liability Loan 28 February $ 410 —— 910 —— – 350 60 —— 410 410 – 200 —— 610 – —— 300 —— 410 —— 910 —— Answer 9 PETR (a) Cash at bank a/c $ 5 Apr 8 Apr 20 Apr Capital a/c Loan a/c Revenue a/c 300 250 350 $ 7 Apr 15 Apr 28 Apr 29 Apr 30 Apr 30 Apr Purchases a/c Motor van a/c Rent a/c Loan a/c Drawings a/c Balance c/d —— 900 —— 1 May Balance b/d 1010 200 150 50 200 60 240 —— 900 —— 240 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Capital a/c $ 30 Apr 30 Apr Drawings a/c Balance c/d 60 440 —— 500 —— $ 5 Apr Bank a/c 30 Apr I & E a/c (profit) 1 May Balance b/d 300 200 —— 500 —— 440 Tutorial note: Because Petr is a sole trader there is no requirement to distinguish a fixed amount of capital introduced and retained earnings. However, separate accounts could be kept. Purchases a/c $ 7 Apr Bank a/c 200 —— $ 30 Apr Trading a/c 200 —— Loan a/c $ 29 Apr 30 Apr Bank a/c Balance c/d $ 200 50 —— 250 —— 8 Apr Bank a/c 250 —— 250 —— 1 May Balance b/d 50 Motor van a/c $ 15 Apr Bank a/c 150 —— 1 May Balance b/d $ 30 Apr Balance c/d 150 —— 150 Rent a/c $ 28 Apr Bank a/c 50 — $ 30 Apr I & E a/c 50 — Revenue a/c $ 30 Apr Trading a/c 350 —— $ 20 Apr Bank a/c ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 350 —— 1011 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Drawings a/c $ 30 Apr (b) Bank a/c 60 — $ 30 Apr Capital a/c List of account balances at 30 April Dr $ 240 Cash at bank Capital Purchases Loan Motor van Rent Revenue Drawings (c) 60 — Cr $ 300 200 50 150 50 350 60 —— 700 —— —— 700 —— Statement of profit or loss for the month ended 30 April $ Revenue Purchases Less: Closing inventory (see note) $ 350 200 (100) —— Cost of sales (100) —— 250 Gross profit Less: Expenses Rent (50) —— 200 —— Profit for the period Tutorial note: It should be noted that there is a final adjustment to the list of balances at this stage in respect of closing inventory. The double entry is a credit to cost of sales and a debit to the inventory account. The balance on the inventory account will then appear in the statement of financial position. 1012 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Statement of financial position as at 30 April $ Tangible non-current assets Motor van Current assets Inventory Cash $ 150 100 240 —— 340 —— 490 —— Total assets Capital account Introduced Add: Profit for the period 300 200 —— 500 (60) —— 440 Less: Drawings Current liabilities Loan 50 —— 490 —— Total capital and liabilities Answer 10 GRIGORY (a) Cash at bank a/c $ 1 Jan 4 Jan 13 Jan 20 Jan Capital a/c Loan a/c (Sergei) Revenue a/c Revenue a/c 5,000 1,000 300 500 $ 2 Jan 3 Jan 10 Jan 24 Jan 27 Jan 30 Jan 31 Jan Motor van a/c Purchases a/c Motor expenses a/c Storage expenses a/c Loan a/c Drawings a/c Balance c/d ——— 6,800 ——— 1 Feb Balance b/d 600 1,300 200 150 350 175 4,025 ——— 6,800 ——— 4,025 Capital a/c $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 5,000 ——— 5,000 ——— $ 1 Jan Bank a/c 1 Feb Balance b/d ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 5,000 ——— 5,000 ——— 5,000 1013 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Motor van a/c $ 2 Jan Bank a/c 1 Feb Balance b/d 600 —— $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 600 —— 600 Purchases a/c $ 3 Jan Bank a/c 1 Feb Balance b/d 1,300 ——— $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 1,300 ——— 1,300 Loan a/c $ 27 Jan 31 Jan Bank a/c Balance c/d 350 650 ——— 1,000 ——— $ 4 Jan Bank a/c 1,000 ——— 1,000 ——— 1 Feb Balance b/d 650 Motor van expenses a/c $ 10 Jan 1 Feb Bank a/c Balance b/d 200 —— $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 200 —— 200 Revenue a/c $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 800 $ 13 Jan 20 Jan Bank a/c Bank a/c —— 800 —— 1 Feb Balance b/d 300 500 —— 800 —— 800 Storage expenses a/c $ 24 Jan 1 Feb 1014 Bank a/c Balance b/d 150 —— $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 150 —— 150 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Drawings a/c $ 30 Jan 1 Feb (b) Bank a/c 175 —— Balance b/d $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 175 Trial balance at 31 January Dr $ 4,025 Cash at bank Capital Motor van Purchases Loan Motor van expenses Revenue Storage expenses Drawings (c) 175 —— Cr $ 5,000 600 1,300 650 200 800 150 175 ——— 6,450 ——— ——— 6,450 ——— Statement of profit or loss for the month ended 31 January $ Revenue Purchases Less: Closing inventory $ 800 1,300 (800) ——— Cost of goods sold (500) —— 300 Gross profit Less: Expenses Motor van expenses Storage expenses 200 150 —— Loss for the period ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (350) —— (50) —— 1015 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statement of financial position as at 31 January $ Tangible non-current assets Motor van Current assets Inventory Cash $ 600 800 4,025 ——— 4,825 ——— 5,425 ——— Total assets Capital account At 1 January Less: Loss for the period 5,000 (50) ——— 4,950 (175) ——— 4,775 Less: Drawings Current liability Loan 650 ——— 5,425 ——— Total capital and liabilities Answer 11 DANA (a) Cash at bank a/c $ 2 Mar Capital a/c 29 Mar Revenue a/c 525 450 $ 16 Mar Purchases a/c 24 Mar Sundry expenses a/c 31 Mar Balance c/d 300 60 615 —— 975 —— 8 Apr Purchases a/c 22 Apr Establishment costs a/c 30 Apr Balance c/d 300 75 1,365 —— 975 —— 1 Apr 6 Apr 9 Apr 30 Apr Balance b/d Loan a/c (Radok) Revenue a/c Revenue a/c 1 May Balance b/d 1016 615 450 225 450 ——— 1,740 ——— ——— 1,740 ——— 1,365 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Capital a/c $ $ 31 Mar Balance c/d 525 —— 2 Mar Bank a/c 525 —— 30 Apr 525 —— 1 Apr Balance b/d 525 —— 1 May Balance b/d 525 Balance c/d Loan a/c $ 30 Apr Balance c/d 450 —— $ 6 Apr Bank a/c 1 May Balance b/d 450 —— 450 Sundry expenses a/c $ 24 Mar Bank a/c $ 60 —— 31 Mar Balance c/d 60 —— 1 Mar Balance b/d 60 —— 30 Apr Balance c/d 60 —— 1 May Balance c/d 60 Purchases a/c $ 16 Mar Bank a/c 1 Apr 8 Apr 300 —— Balance b/d Bank a/c 300 300 —— 600 —— 1 May Balance b/d 600 $ 31 Mar Balance c/d 300 —— 30 Apr Balance c/d 600 —— 600 —— Establishment costs a/c $ 22 Apr Bank a/c 75 — 1 May Balance b/d $ 30 Apr Balance c/d 75 —— 75 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1017 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Revenue a/c $ 31 Mar Balance c/d 30 Apr 450 —— Balance c/d 1,125 ——— 1,125 ——— $ 29 Mar Bank a/c 1 Apr Balance b/d 9 Apr Bank a/c 30 Apr Bank a/c 1 May (b) 450 225 450 ——— 1,125 ——— Balance c/d 1,125 Trial balances at 31 March and 30 April $ 615 Cash at bank Capital Loan Sundry expenses Purchases Establishment costs Revenue 31 Mar $ 525 – 60 300 – —— 975 —— (c) 450 —— 450 —— 975 —— 30 Apr $ $ 1,365 525 450 60 600 75 1,125 ——— ——— 2,100 2,100 ——— ——— Statement of profit or loss for the two months ended 30 April $ Sales Less: Purchases Gross profit Less: Expenses Miscellaneous expenses Establishment costs 60 75 —— (135) —— 390 —— Profit for the period 1018 $ 1,125 (600) —— 525 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (d) Statements of financial position as at 31 March and 30 April Current assets Cash Capital introduced Capital b/f Add: Profit for month Non-current liabilities Loan 31 Mar $ 30 Apr $ 615 —— 1,365 ——— 525 – 90 —— 615 – 615 300 ——— 915 – —— 615 —— 450 ——— 1,365 ——— Answer 12 PATEL (a)(i) and (b) Cash at bank a/c $ 1 Jan 2 Jan 5 Jan Capital a/c Loan a/c Revenue a/c 10,000 4,000 3,000 $ 3 Jan 4 Jan 6 Jan 31 Jan Motor van a/c Purchases a/c Motor expenses a/c Balance c/d 900 2,300 250 13,550 ——— 17,000 ——— 1 Feb 2 Feb 3 Feb 4 Feb 28 Feb Loan a/c Drawings a/c Office equipment a/c Purchases a/c Balance c/d 200 300 160 3,500 12,590 ——— 16,750 ——— ——— 17,000 ——— 1 Feb 5 Feb Balance b/d Revenue a/c 13,550 3,200 ——— 16,750 ——— 1 Mar 2 Mar Balance b/d Revenue a/c 12,590 2,625 1 Mar Purchases a/c 2 Mar Rent a/c 31 Mar Balance c/d ——— 15,215 ——— 1 Apr Balance b/d 2,900 225 12,090 ——— 15,215 ——— 12,090 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1019 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Capital a/c $ $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 10,000 ——— 1 Jan 28 Feb Balance c/d 10,000 ——— 1 Feb Balance b/d 10,000 ——— 580 10,520 ——— 11,100 ——— 1 Mar Balance b/d 31 Mar I & E a/c 10,000 1,100 ——— 11,100 ——— 1 Apr Balance c/d 10,520 31 Mar Drawings a/c 31 Mar Balance c/d Bank a/c 10,000 ——— Loan a/c $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 4,000 ——— 1 Feb Bank a/c 28 Feb Balance c/d 200 3,800 ——— 4,000 ——— 31 Mar Balance c/d 3,800 ——— $ 2 Jan Bank a/c 4,000 ——— 4,000 ——— 1 Mar Balance b/d 3,800 ——— 1 Apr Balance b/d 3,800 Motor van a/c $ 3 Jan Bank a/c 900 —— 31 Jan Balance c/d 900 —— 1 Feb Balance b/d 900 —— 28 Feb Balance c/d 900 —— 1 Mar Balance b/d 900 —— 31 Mar Balance c/d 900 —— 1 Apr 1020 $ Balance b/d 900 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Purchases a/c $ 4 Jan Bank a/c 1 Feb 4 Feb Balance b/d Bank a/c $2,300 ——— 2,300 3,500 $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 6 Feb Drawings a/c 28 Feb Balance c/d 280 5,520 ——— 5,800 ——— 31 Mar I & E a/c 8,420 ——— 8,420 ——— ——— 5,800 ——— 1 Mar Balance b/d 1 Mar Bank a/c 5,520 2,900 ——— 8,420 ——— $2,300 —— Revenue a/c $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 3,000 ——— 28 Feb Balance c/d 6,200 ——— 6,200 ——— 31 Mar I & E a/c 8,825 ——— 8,825 ——— $ 5 Jan Bank a/c 3,000 ——— 1 Feb 5 Feb Balance b/d Bank a/c 3,000 3,200 ——— 6,200 ——— 1 Mar 2 Mar Balance b/d Bank a/c 6,200 2,625 ——— 8,825 ——— Motor expenses a/c $ $ 6 Jan Bank a/c 250 —— 31 Jan Balance c/d 250 —— 1 Feb Balance b/d 250 —— 28 Feb Balance c/d 250 —— 1 Mar Balance b/d 250 —— 31 Mar I & E a/c 250 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1021 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Drawings a/c $ 2 Feb 6 Feb Bank a/c Purchases a/c $ 300 280 —— 580 —— 1 Mar Balance b/d 580 —— 28 Feb Balance c/d 580 —— 580 —— 31 Mar Capital a/c 580 —— Office equipment a/c $ 3 Feb Bank a/c 1 Mar Balance b/d 1 Apr Balance b/d $ 160 —— 28 Feb Balance c/d 160 —— 160 —— 31 Mar Balance c/d 160 —— 160 Rent a/c $ 3 Mar Bank a/c 225 —— $ 31 Mar I & E a/c 225 —— (Trading and) Income and expenditure a/c $ 31 Mar Purchases a/c 8,420 † 31 Mar Balance c/d (gross profit) 1,575 * ——— 9,995 ——— 31 Mar Motor expenses a/c 250 31 Mar Rent a/c 225 31 Mar Transfer capital a/c (profit) 1,100 ——— 1,575 ——— $ 31 Mar Revenue a/c 31 Mar Transfer inventory 31 Mar Balance b/d 8,825 † 1,170 † ——— 9,995 ——— 1,575 * ——— 1,575 ——— † Alternatively may be recorded in a separate trading a/c and the gross profit transferred to the I & E a/c. * Balancing here can be omitted. 1022 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Inventory a/c $ 31 Mar Transfer I & E a/c 1 Apr Balance b/d $ 1,170 ——— 31 Mar Balance c/d 1,170 ——— 1,170 Tutorial note: Inventory only needs to be brought into the ledger a/cs at a period end when I & E a/cs are closed and profit for the period is determined. It was not specifically asked for but is shown for completeness. (ii) Trial balances Cash at bank Capital Loan Motor van Purchases Sales Motor expenses Drawings Office equipment Rent 31 January Dr Cr $ $ 13,550 10,000 4,000 900 2,300 3,000 250 28 February Dr Cr $ $ 12,590 10,000 3,800 900 5,520 6,200 250 580 160 31 March* Dr Cr $ $ 12,090 10,000 3,800 900 8,420 8,825 250 580 160 225 ——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ——— 17,000 17,000 20,000 20,000 22,625 22,625 ——— ——— ——— ——— ——— ——— * Extracted before ledger a/cs closed. (iii) Statements of profit or loss (cumulative) for the months ended Revenue Opening inventory Purchases Less: Closing inventory Gross profit Less: Expenses Motor expenses Rent 31 January 28 February 31 March $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,000 6,200 8,825 – – – 2,300 5,520 8,420 – (720) (1,170) ——— (2,300) ——— (4,800) ——— (7,250) ——— ——— ——— 700 1,400 1,575 (250) – ——— 450 ——— Profit/(loss) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (250) – ——— 1,150 ——— (250) (225) ——— 1,100 ——— 1023 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (iv) Statements of financial position 31 January $ $ Tangible non-current assets Motor van Office equipment Current assets Inventory Bank 28 February $ $ 900 – ——— 900 – 13,550 ——— Total assets Capital account At start of month Add: Retained earnings Less: Drawings Non-current liabilities Loan Current liabilities Loan 31 March $ $ 900 160 ——— 1,060 720 12,590 ——— 900 160 ——— 1,060 1,170 12,090 ——— 13,550 ——— 14,450 ——— 13,310 ——— 14,370 ——— 13,260 ——— 14,320 ——— 10,000 450 ——— 10,450 – ——— 10,450 10,000 1,150 ——— 11,150 (580) ——— 10,570 10,000 1,100 ——— 11,100 (580) ——— 10,520 2,800 2,600 2,600 1,200 ——— 14,450 ——— 1,200 ——— 14,370 ——— 1,200 ——— 14,320 ——— Tutorial note: With the exception of inventory (and retained earnings) all the amounts are as per the trial balance. Answer 13 BOHM Bank a/c $ 1 Jan 13 Jan 14 Jan 1024 Capital a/c Sales a/c Jovanovich’s a/c 5,000 300 250 ——— 5,550 ——— Balance b/d 2,650 ——— $ 5 Jan 10 Jan 14 Jan Fixtures and fittings a/c Dvorak’s a/c Balance c/d 2,000 900 2,650 ——— 5,550 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Capital a/c $ 14 Jan Balance c/d $ 5,000 ——— 1 Jan Bank a/c Balance b/d 5,000 ——— 5,000 Fixtures and fittings a/c $ 5 Jan Bank a/c Balance b/d $ 2,000 ——— 14 Jan Balance c/d 2,000 ——— 2,000 Purchases a/c $ 7 Jan Dvorak’s a/c $ 1,000 ——— 14 Jan Trading a/c 1,000 ——— Purchases returns a/c $ 14 Jan Trading a/c $ 100 —— 9 Jan Dvorak’s a/c 100 —— Tutorial note: Purchases returns may alternatively be credited to the purchases account and the net amount transferred to the trading a/c. Dvorak’s a/c $ 9 Jan 10 Jan Purchases returns a/c Bank a/c 100 900 ——— 1,000 ——— $ 7 Jan Purchases a/c 1,000 ——— 1,000 ——— Sales a/c $ 14 Jan Trading a/c 600 $ 11 Jan 13 Jan Jovanovich’s a/c Bank a/c —— 600 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 300 300 —— 600 —— 1025 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Sales returns a/c $ 12 Jan Jovanovich’s a/c $ 50 —— 14 Jan Trading a/c 50 —— Jovanovich’s a/c $ 11 Jan Sales a/c $ 300 12 Jan 14 Jan Sales returns a/c Bank a/c —— 300 —— 50 250 —— 300 —— Tutorial note: Sales returns may alternatively be debited to the sales revenue a/c and the net amount transferred to the trading a/c. Answer 14 IVAN TOMBS Bank a/c $ (1) (7) (14) $ Capital a/c 10,000 Sales a/c (cash sale to Greene) 1,000 Doyle’s a/c 100 (2) Purchases a/c (4) Rent a/c (5) Stationery a/c (8) Moore’s a/c (10) Stationery a/c (11) Motor expenses (12) Petros’s a/c (13) Drawings Balance c/d ——— 11,100 ——— Balance b/d 200 1,000 60 140 40 150 1,000 300 8,210 ——— 11,100 ——— 8,210 Capital a/c $ Balance c/d 10,000 ——— $ (1) Bank Balance b/d 1026 10,000 ——— 10,000 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Purchases a/c $ (2) (3) Bank a/c Moore’s a/c $ 200 400 —— 600 —— Trading a/c 600 —— 600 —— Moore’s a/c $ (8) Bank a/c Balance c/d $ 140 260 —— 400 —— (3) Purchases a/c 400 —— 400 —— Balance b/d 260 Rent a/c $ (4) Bank a/c $ 1,000 ——— I & E a/c 1,000 ——— Stationery a/c $ (5) Bank a/c (10) Bank a/c $ 60 40 —— 100 –— I & E a/c 100 —— 100 —— Petros’ a/c $ (12) Bank a/c Balance c/d 1,000 3,000 ——— 4,000 ——— $ (6) Van a/c 4,000 ——— 4,000 ——— Balance b/d ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 3,000 1027 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Van a/c $ (6) Petros’s a/c Balance b/d $ 4,000 ——— Balance c/d 4,000 ——— 4,000 Sales a/c $ Trading a/c $ 1,140 (7) Bank a/c (9) Doyle’s a/c ——— 1,140 ——— 1,000 140 ——— 1,140 ——— Doyle’s a/c $ (9) Sales a/c 140 $ (14) Bank a/c Balance c/d —— 140 –— Balance b/d 100 40 —— 140 —— 40 Motor expenses a/c $ (11) Bank a/c 150 —— $ I & E a/c 150 —— Drawings a/c $ (13) Bank a/c Balance b/d 1028 300 —— $ Balance c/d 300 —— 300 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 15 VIKTOR Bank a/c $ (1) (7) Capital a/c Sales a/c $ 1,000 420 (5) Rent a/c (3) Electricity (4) Motor car a/c (6) Drawings Balance c/d ——— 1,420 ——— Balance b/d 40 100 200 60 1,020 ——— 1,420 ——— 1,020 Capital a/c $ Drawings a/c Balance c/d 60 1,170 ——— 1,230 ——— $ Bank a/c Transfer I & E a/c (profit) Balance b/d 1,000 230 ——— 1,230 ——— 1,170 Purchases a/c $ (2) ABC 400 —— $ Trading a/c 400 —— ABC a/c $ Balance c/d 400 —— $ (2) Purchases a/c Balance b/d 400 —— 400 Tutorial note: Alternatively profit can be carried down in the I & E a/c or transferred to retained earnings or other “accumulated profit” a/c. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1029 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Sales a/c $ Trading a/c 770 $ (5) XYZ (7) Bank a/c —— 770 —— 350 420 —— 770 —— Electricity a/c $ (3) Bank a/c 100 —— $ I & E a/c 100 —— Rent a/c $ (3) Bank a/c 40 —— $ I & E a/c 40 —— Motor car a/c $ (4) Bank a/c 200 —— $ Balance c/d 200 —— XYZ a/c $ (5) Sales a/c Balance b/d 350 —— $ Balance c/d 350 —— 350 Drawings a/c $ (6) 1030 Bank a/c 60 —— $ Transfer to capital a/c 60 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Trading a/c $ Purchases Transfer I & E a/c (gross profit) 400 370 —— 770 —— $ Sales 770 —— 770 —— Income & expenditure a/c $ Electricity Rent Transfer capital a/c (profit) 100 40 230 —— 370 —— $ Transfer trading a/c 370 —— 370 —— Tutorial note: Requirement specified the accounts rather than the statement of profit or loss. Answer 16 ANGELO (a) Double entries $ (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Cash a/c Cr Capital a/c 5,000 5,000 Rent expense a/c Cr Cash a/c 300 Purchases a/c Cr Cash a/c 2,000 Cash a/c Cr Sales a/c 900 Motor vehicle a/c Cr Cash a/c 2,000 Purchases a/c Cr Cash a/c 1,500 Cash a/c Cr Sales a/c 2,250 300 2,000 900 2,000 1,500 2,250 Cash a/c Cr Rental income a/c 100 Purchases a/c Cr Trade payables a/c 1,000 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 100 1,000 1031 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK $ (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Dr Telephone a/c Cr Trade payables a/c $ 75 75 Cash a/c Trade receivables a/c Cr Sales a/c 300 1,500 1,800 Trade payables a/c Cr Cash a/c 500 Cash a/c Cr Trade receivables a/c 600 500 600 Trade payables a/c Cr Cash a/c 75 75 Cash a/c Cr Trade receivables a/c 475 Trade payables a/c Cr Cash a/c 300 475 300 Cash a/c Cr Sales a/c 1,800 1,800 (b), (c) & (e) Ledger accounts Cash a/c $ $ (1) (4) (7) (8) (11) (13) (15) (17) Capital Sales Sales Rental income Sales Receivables (Salvador) Receivables (Quinn) Sales 5,000 900 2,250 100 300 600 475 1,800 ______ (2) Rent expense (3) Purchases (Cézanne) (5) Motor vehicle (6) Purchases (Dali) (12) Payables (Bookworm) (14) Payables (telephone) (16) Payables (Bookworm) Balance c/d 11,425 ______ 11,425 ______ Balance b/d 300 2,000 2,000 1,500 500 75 300 4,750 ______ 4,750 Capital a/c $ Balance c/d 5,000 _____ $ (1) Cash 5,000 _____ 5,000 _____ Balance b/d 1032 5,000 _____ 5,000 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Rent expense a/c $ (2) Cash $ 300 ____ Balance c/d 300 ____ Balance b/d 300 300 ____ 300 ____ Transfer to I & E a/c 300 Purchases a/c $ (3) Cash (Cézanne) (6) Cash (Dali) (9) Payables (Bookworm) $ 2,000 1,500 1,000 _____ Balance c/d 4,500 _____ Balance b/d 4,500 4,500 _____ 4,500 _____ Transfer to I & E a/c 4,500 Sales a/c $ Balance c/d 6,750 _____ $ (4) (7) (11) (17) Cash Cash Cash/Receivables Cash 6,750 _____ Transfer to I & E a/c 6,750 900 2,250 1,800 1,800 _____ 6,750 _____ Balance b/d 6,750 Non-current asset (Van) a/c $ (5) Cash 2,000 _____ $ Balance c/d 2,000 _____ Balance b/d 2,000 _____ 2,000 _____ 2,000 Rental income a/c $ Balance c/d 100 ____ $ (8) Cash 100 ____ Transfer to I & E a/c 100 100 ____ 100 ___ Balance b/d ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 100 1033 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Trade receivables (total) a/c $ (11) Sales Balance b/d 1,500 $ (13) Cash (Salvador) (15) Cash (Quinn) Balance c/d _____ 600 475 425 _____ 1,500 _____ 1,500 _____ 425 Trade payables (total) a/c $ (12) Cash (Bookworm) (14) Cash (Telephone) (16) Cash (Bookworm) Balance c/d 500 75 300 200 _____ $ (9) (10) Purchases (El Greco) Telephone 1,000 75 _____ 1,075 _____ 1,075 _____ Balance b/d 200 Telephone a/c $ (10) Trade payables 75 ___ $ Balance c/d 75 ___ Balance b/d 75 75 ___ 75 ___ Transfer to I & E a/c 75 (Trading and) Income and expenditure a/c $ Purchases Rent expense Telephone Balance (= Profit) 4,500 300 75 1,975 _____ $ Sales Rental income _____ 6,850 _____ 1034 6,750 100 6,850 _____ ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (d) List of account balances Dr $ 4,750 Cash Capital Rent expense Purchases Sales (Revenue) Non-current asset Rental income Trade receivables Trade payables Telephone (f) Cr $ 5,000 300 4,500 6,750 2,000 100 425 200 75 ______ ______ 12,050 ——— 12,050 ——— Statement of profit or loss Sales Less: $ 6,750 Cost of goods sold Purchases 4,500 ______ Gross profit Sundry income 2,250 100 _____ 2,350 Less: Other expenses Rent Telephone 300 75 ____ 375 ——— 1,975 ——— Profit for the period ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1035 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statement of financial position $ Non-current assets Van $ 2,000 Current assets Trade receivables Cash 425 4,750 ______ 5,175 ——— 7,175 ——— Total assets $ Capital Profit for the year 5,000 1,975 _____ Proprietor’s interest Current liabilities Trade payables 6,975 200 ——— 7,175 ——— Total equity and liabilities Answer 17 STEFAN (a) Bank a/c $ 1 Nov Capital a/c 12 Nov Sales a/c 29 Nov A’s a/c 3,000 400 400 $ 7 Nov 23 Nov 25 Nov 28 Nov 30 Nov Fixtures and fittings a/c Drawings a/c Y’s a/c X’s a/c Balance c/d ——— 3,800 ——— 1 Dec Balance b/d 560 100 300 400 2,440 ——— 3,800 ——— 2,440 Purchases a/c $ 3 Nov X’s a/c 5 Nov Y’s a/c 1 Dec Balance b/d 1036 400 350 —— 750 —— $ 30 Nov Drawings a/c 30 Nov Balance c/d 20 730 —— 750 —— 730 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) X’s a/c $ 28 Nov Bank a/c $ 400 —— 3 Nov Purchases a/c 400 —— Y’s a/c $ 25 Nov Bank a/c 30 Nov Balance c/d $ 300 50 —— 350 —— 5 Nov Purchases a/c 350 —— 350 —— 1 Dec Balance b/d 50 Fixtures and fittings a/c $ 7 Nov Bank a/c $ 560 —— 1 Dec Balance b/d 30 Nov Balance c/d 560 —— 560 Sales a/c $ 30 Nov Balance c/d $ 900 —— 900 —— 8 Nov A’s a/c 12 Nov Bank a/c 1 Dec Balance b/d 500 400 —— 900 —— 900 A’s a/c $ 8 Nov Sales a/c 500 $ 29 Nov Bank a/c 30 Nov Balance c/d —— 500 —— 1 Dec Balance b/d 400 100 —— 500 —— 100 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1037 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Drawings a/c $ 23 Nov Bank a/c 30 Nov Purchases a/c 100 20 —— 120 —— 1 Dec Balance b/d 120 $ 30 Nov Balance c/d 120 —— 120 —— Capital a/c $ $ 1 Nov Bank a/c 30 Nov Balance c/d 3,000 3,000 ——— 3,000 ——— ——— 3,000 ——— 1 Dec Balance b/d (b) Trial balance at 30 November Dr $ 2,440 Cash at bank Capital Purchases Trade payables (Y) Fixtures and fittings Sales Trade receivables (A) Drawings (c) 3,000 3,000 730 50 560 900 100 120 ——— 3,950 ——— ——— 3,950 ——— Statement of profit or loss for the month ended 30 November $ Sales Purchases Less: Closing inventory 730 (250) —— Gross profit 1038 Cr $ $ 900 (480) —— 420 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Statement of financial position at 30 November $ Non-current assets Fixtures and fittings Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Cash $ 560 250 100 2,440 ——— 2,790 ——— 3,350 ——— Total assets Capital account Capital introduced Add: Profit for the month 3,000 420 ——— 3,420 (120) ——— 3,300 Less: Drawings Current liabilities Trade payables 50 ——— 3,350 ——— Total capital and liabilities Answer 18 R RYBIN (a) Bank a/c $ 1 Dec Capital a/c 31 Dec Didnko’s a/c 31 Dec Sales a/c 5,000 600 100 $ 1 Dec 7 Dec 10 Dec 10 Dec 20 Dec 31 Dec 31 Dec 31 Dec 31 Dec 31 Dec Fixtures and fittings a/c Rent a/c Electricity Motor van a/c Stationery a/c Agladze’ a/c Buczak’s a/c Office equipment a/c Drawings a/c Balance c/d ——— 5,700 ——— 1 Jan Balance b/d 1,000 40 150 1,500 200 400 300 250 100 1,760 ——— 5,700 ——— 1,760 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1039 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Agladze’s a/c $ 31 Dec Bank a/c 400 —— $ 9 Dec Purchases a/c 400 —— Buczak’s a/c $ 31 Dec Bank a/c 300 —— $ 13 Dec Purchases a/c 300 —— Coke’s a/c $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 140 —— $ 20 Dec Purchases a/c 1 Jan Balance b/d 140 —— 140 Didnko’s a/c $ 10 Dec Sales a/c 600 —— $ 31 Dec Bank a/c 600 —— Drawings a/c $ 31 Dec Bank a/c 1 Jan Balance b/d 100 —— $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 100 —— 100 Ergo’s a/c $ 14 Dec Sales a/c 1 Jan Balance b/d 800 —— $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 800 —— 800 Electricity a/c $ 10 Dec Bank a/c 1 Jan 1040 Balance b/d 150 —— $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 150 —— 150 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Office equipment a/c $ 31 Dec Bank a/c 1 Jan $ 250 —— Balance b/d 31 Dec Balance c/d 250 —— 250 Fixtures and fittings a/c $ 1 Dec Bank a/c 1 Jan Balance b/d $ 1,000 ——— 31 Dec Balance c/d 1,000 ——— 1,000 Fesan’s a/c $ 29 Dec Sales a/c 1 Jan $ 300 —— Balance b/d 31 Dec Balance c/d 300 —— 300 Motor van a/c $ 10 Dec Bank a/c 1 Dec Balance b/d $ 1,500 ——— 31 Dec Balance c/d 1,500 ——— 1,500 Purchases a/c $ 9 Dec Agladze’s a/c 13 Dec Buczak’s a/c 20 Dec Coke’s a/c 1 Jan $ 400 300 140 —— 840 —— Balance b/d 31 Dec Balance c/d 840 —— 840 —— 840 Rent a/c $ 7 Dec Bank a/c 1 Jan 40 —— Balance b/d $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 40 —— 40 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1041 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Sales a/c $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 1,800 ——— 1,800 ——— $ 10 Dec 14 Dec 29 Dec 31 Dec Didnko’s a/c Ergo’s a/c Fesan’s a/c Bank a/c 1 Jan Balance b/d 600 800 300 100 ——— 1,800 –—— 1,800 Stationery a/c $ 20 Dec Bank a/c 1 Jan 200 —— Balance b/d $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 200 —— 200 Capital a/c $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 5,000 ——— $ 1 Dec Bank a/c 1 Jan (b) Balance b/d 5,000 Trial balance at 31 December Dr $ 1,760 Cash at bank Capital Drawings Coke Ergo Electricity Office equipment Fixtures and fittings Fesan Motor van Purchases Rent Sales Stationery 1042 5,000 ——— Cr $ 5,000 100 140 800 150 250 1,000 300 1,500 840 40 1,800 200 ——— 6,940 ——— ——— 6,940 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (c) Statement of profit or loss for the month ended 31 December $ Revenue Purchases Less: Closing inventory $ 1,800 840 (150) —— Cost of sales (690) ——— 1,110 Gross profit Less: Expenses Electricity Rent Stationery 150 40 200 —— Profit for the period (390) ——— 720 ——— Statement of financial position at 31 December $ Non-current assets Fixtures and fittings Office equipment Motor van $ 1,000 250 1,500 ——— 2,750 Current assets Inventory Trade receivables (800 + 300) Cash in hand 150 1,100 1,760 ——— 3,010 ——— 5,760 ——— Total assets Capital account Capital introduced Profit for month 5,000 720 ——— 5,720 (100) ——— 5,620 Less: Drawings Current liabilities Trade payable 140 ——— 5,760 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1043 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 19 NIXON (a) Bank a/c $ 1 Jan 7 Jan 11 Jan 21 Jan 23 Jan 28 Jan 31 Jan Balance b/d Smith’s a/c Sales a/c Sales a/c Harvey’s a/c Sales a/c Sales a/c 343 18 64 110 25 84 30 $ 5 Jan 9 Jan 14 Jan 14 Jan 15 Jan 20 Jan 21 Jan 23 Jan 28 Jan 31 Jan Wages a/c Max’s a/c Wages a/c Purchases a/c Rich’s a/c Fixtures and fittings a/c Wages a/c Office expenses a/c Wages a/c Balance c/d —— 674 —— 1 Feb Balance b/d 12 21 14 75 162 32 17 3 15 323 —— 674 —— 323 Capital a/c $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 1,091 ——— 1,091 ——— $ 1 Jan 31 Jan Balance b/d I & E a/c 1,049 42 ——— 1,091 ——— 1 Feb Balance b/d 1,091 Fixtures and fittings a/c $ 1044 1 Jan 20 Jan Balance b/d Bank a/c 198 32 —— 230 —— 1 Feb Balance b/d 230 $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 230 —— 230 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Sales a/c $ 31 Jan Trading a/c 412 $ 2 Jan 11 Jan 21 Jan 28 Jan 31 Jan Harvey’s a/c Bank a/c Bank a/c Bank a/c Bank a/c —— 412 —— 124 64 110 84 30 —— 412 —— Wages a/c $ 5 Jan 14 Jan 21 Jan 28 Jan Bank a/c Bank a/c Bank a/c Bank a/c 12 14 17 15 —— 58 —— $ 31 Jan I & E a/c 58 —— 58 —— Purchases a/c $ 5 Jan 14 Jan Rich’s a/c Bank a/c 150 75 —— 225 —— $ 31 Jan Trading a/c 225 —— 225 —— Office expenses a/c $ 23 Jan Bank a/c 3 — $ 31 Jan I & E a/c 3 — Receivables – Smith’s a/c $ 1 Jan Balance b/d 18 — $ 7 Jan Bank a/c ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 18 — 1045 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Receivables – Harvey’s a/c $ 1 Jan 2 Jan Balance b/d Sales a/c 39 124 —— 163 —— 1 Feb Balance b/d 138 $ 23 Jan 31 Jan Bank a/c Balance c/d 25 138 —— 163 —— Receivables – Moon’s a/c $ 1 Jan Balance b/d 26 —– 1 Feb Balance b/d 26 $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 26 —— Payables – Rich’s a/c $ 15 Jan Bank a/c 162 $ 1 Jan 5 Jan Balance b/d Purchases a/c —— 162 —— 12 150 —— 162 —— Payables – Max’s a/c $ 9 Jan Bank a/c 21 —— $ 1 Jan Balance b/d 21 —— Inventory a/c $ 1046 $ 1 Jan Balance b/d 458 —— 31 Jan Trading a/c 458 —— 31 Jan Trading a/c 374 —— 31 Jan Balance c/d 374 —— 1 Feb Balance b/d 374 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (b) Trial balance (extracted before the ledger accounts were closed) Dr $ 323 Cash at bank Capital Fixtures and fittings Sales Wages Purchases Office expenses Receivables Harvey Moon Inventory (c) Cr $ 1,049 230 412 58 225 3 138 26 458 ——— 1,461 ——— ——— 1,461 ——— Statement of profit or loss for the month ended 31 January $ Revenue Opening inventory Purchases $ 412 458 225 —— 683 (374) —— Less: Closing inventory Cost of goods sold (309) —— 103 Gross profit Less: Expenses Wages Office expenses 58 3 —— Profit for the period ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (61) —— 42 —— 1047 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statement of financial position at 31 January $ Non-current assets Fixtures and fittings Current assets Inventory Trade receivables (138 + 26) Cash $ 230 374 164 323 —— Capital account At 1 January Add: Profit for the period 861 ——— 1,091 ——— 1,049 42 ——— 1,091 ——— Answer 20 MCQs LEDGER ACCOUNTING Item Answer Justification 20.1 C 20.2 A Purchases will be reduced to reflect the removal of goods (at cost). No sale is recognised. Double-entries are not made to the inventory account for transactions involving goods. Inventory is effectively unsold purchases and dealt with as a periodend adjustment (see later). 20.3 B A bank account may be overdrawn and hence a liability. Sales revenue is an income item which is closed to the income and expenditure account (so does not have a balance) which in turn is closed with a transfer to retained earnings (so does not have a balance). The balance on the inventory account at the end of the year must represent an asset (i.e. debit balance). 20.4 D Of the errors suggested only a transposition error will create a difference between credit and debit entries. 20.5 B Errors of omission are not detected by the trial balance. It can be extracted at any time. It does not prove the arithmetic accuracy of the books (e.g. as well as omissions there could be compensating errors). Financial statements cannot be prepared directly from a trial balance as further adjustments will be required. Answer 21 DAMIEN Discounts a/c $ Discount allowed to Felix (3% $500) $ 15 Discount received from suppliers (5% $260 – settlement only) I & E a/c —— 15 —— 13 2 —— 15 —— Tutorial note: Total net expense to I & E as result of discounts = $2. 1048 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 22 RICARDO Revenue a/c $ 27 Jun Trading a/c $ 28,500 ——— 28,500 ——— 2 Jun 14 Jun 20 Jun 24 Jun Claire – receivable a/c Hywel – receivable a/c Cash a/c Mandy – receivable a/c 8,500 9,000 6,000 5,000 ——— 28,500 ——— Sales returns $ 22 Jun Claire – receivable $ 1,000 ——— 27 Jun Trading a/c 1,000 ——— Tutorial note: Sales returns may alternatively be debited to the sales revenue a/c. Purchases a/c 13 Jun 21 Jun Georgina – payable a/c Andrew – payable a/c $ 12,000 4,500 ——— 16,500 ——— $ 27 Jun Trading a/c 16,500 ——— 16,500 ——— Cash a/c 20 Jun 24 Jun 25 Jun Sales a/c Claire – receivable Hywel – receivable Bal b/d $ 6,000 7,125 9,000 ——— 22,125 ——— 25 Jun 27 Jun 27 Jun Georgina – payable Andrew – payable Balance c/d $ 11,160 4,410 6,555 ——— 22,125 ——— 6,555 Discounts allowed a/c 24 Jun Claire – receivable $ 375 —— 375 —— 27 Jun I & E a/c ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 375 —— 375 —— 1049 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Discounts received a/c $ 27 Jun I & E a/c 930 —— 930 —— 25 Jun 27 Jun Georgina – payable Andrew – payable $ 840 90 —— 930 —— Claire – receivable a/c 2 Jun Sales a/c $ 8,500 22 Jun 24 Jun 24 Jun Sales returns Cash a/c Discounts allowed a/c ——— 8,500 ——— $ 1,000 7,125 375 ——— 8,500 ——— Hywel – receivable a/c 14 Jun Sales a/c $ 9,000 ——— 25 Jun Cash a/c $ 9,000 ——— Mandy – receivable a/c 24 Jun Sales a/c Balance b/d $ 5,000 ——— 27 Jun Balance c/d $ 5,000 ——— 5,000 Georgina – payable a/c $ 25 Jun 25 Jun Cash a/c Discounts received a/c 11,160 840 ——— 12,000 ——— $ 13 Jun Purchases a/c 12,000 ——— 12,000 ——— Andrew – payable a/c $ 27 Jun 27 Jun 1050 Cash a/c Discounts received a/c 4,410 90 ——— 4,500 ——— $ 21 Jun Purchases a/c 4,500 ——— 4,500 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Trial balance at 27 June Dr $ Revenue Purchases Cash Sales returns Mandy – receivable Discounts allowed Discounts received Cr $ 28,500 16,500 6,555 1,000 5,000 930 375 ——— 29,430 ——— ——— 29,430 ——— Answer 23 MCQs CREDIT TRANSACTIONS Item Answer Justification 23.1 C 23.2 A A settlement discount is given for prompt payment so it is not recognised until payment is received (when the discount allowed is recognised as expense). When a trade discount is given a sale is recorded at the net amount. 23.3 A Both purchases and trade payables will be reduced initially. Only if the goods had been paid for will there be a subsequent recording of a cash refund received (or a subsequent payment to the same supplier may be reduced accordingly). Answer 24 DINO (a) Water usage a/c $ 30.4.2014 Cash 1,000 _____ $ I & E a/c (W1) 31.12.2014 Balance c/d 1,000 _____ 1.1.2015 1.6.2015 Balance b/d Cash 250 1,600 _____ 1,000 _____ 31.1.2015 I & E a/c Balance c/d (W2) 1,850 _____ 1.1.2016 Balance b/d 750 250 _____ 1450 400 _____ 1,850 _____ 400 denotes balancing figure. WORKINGS (1) (2) Expense for period 1.4 – 31.12.2014: 9/12 1,000 = $750 3 months prepaid: 3/12 1,600 = $400 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1051 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Water usage a/c $ $ 750 _____ 31.12.2014 Balance c/d I & E a/c 750 _____ 750 _____ 31.3.2015 Cash 31.12.2015 Balance c/d 750 † _____ 1.1.2015 1,000 1,200 _____ Balance b/d I & E a/c 750 1,450 † _____ 2,200 _____ 2,200 _____ 1.1.2016 Balance b/d 1,200 † Tutorial note: The I & E a/c charges must be the same as determined in (a)! Answer 25 A CREW Stationery a/c $ 31 Dec Balance per TB $ 560 31 Dec 31 Dec I & E a/c Balance c/d —— 560 —— 1 Jan Balance b/d 545 15 —— 560 —— 15 Rent a/c $ 31 Dec Balance per TB 31 Dec Balance c/d $ 900 300 ——— 1,200 ——— 31 Dec I & E a/c 1,200 ——— 1,200 ——— 1 Jan Balance b/d 300 Rates a/c 31 Dec Balance per TB $ 380 31 Dec 31 Dec I & E a/c Balance c/d —— 380 —— 1 Jan Balance b/d 1052 $ 310 70 —— 380 —— 70 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Lighting and heating a/c 31 Dec Balance per TB 31 Dec Balance c/d $ 590 15 —— 605 —— 31 Dec I & E a/c $ 605 —— 605 —— 1 Jan Balance b/d 15 Insurance a/c 31 Dec Balance per TB $ 260 31 Dec 31 Dec I & E a/c Balance c/d —— 260 —— 1 Jan Balance b/d $ 190 70 —— 260 —— 70 Wages and salaries a/c 31 Dec Balance per TB $ 2,970 ——— 31 Dec I & E a/c $ 2,970 ——— Tutorial note: As an alternative to c/d on the individual expense a/cs they may be transferred to prepayment & accrued expense ledger a/cs as follows: Prepayments a/c $ 31 Dec Stationery 31 Dec Rates 31 Dec Insurance 1 Jan Balance b/d 15 70 70 —— 155 —— $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 155 —— 155 —— 155 Accrued expenses a/c $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 315 —— 315 —— $ 31 Dec 31 Dec 1 Jan Rent Light and heat Balance b/d ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 300 15 —— 315 —— 315 1053 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 26 TOMASZ (a) Trial balance at 31 March Dr $ Capital Cash at bank (W) Motor van Trade payable A Trade receivable B Rent Purchases Revenue Drawings Motor running expenses Cr $ 5,000 4,100 600 200 300 350 2,000 3,000 500 350 ——— 8,200 ——— ——— 8,200 ——— WORKING Bank a/c $ Balance b/d Revenue a/c 4,200 3,000 $ Purchases a/c Drawings a/c Motor running expenses a/c Rent a/c Balance c/d ——— 7,200 ——— (b) Statement of profit or loss for the three months ended 31 March $ Revenue Purchases Less: Closing inventory 2,000 (700) ——— Gross profit Less: Expenses Motor running expenses Rent (350 – 150) 350 200 ——— Profit for the period 1054 2,000 500 350 250 4,100 ——— 7,200 ——— $ 3,000 (1,300) ——— 1,700 (550) ——— 1,150 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Statement of financial position at 31 March $ Non-current assets Motor van Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Prepayment Cash $ 600 700 300 150 4,100 ——— 5,250 ——— 5,850 ——— Total assets Capital account At 1 January Add: Profit for the period 5,000 1,150 ——— 6,150 (500) ——— 5,650 Less: Drawings Current liabilities Trade payables 200 ——— 5,850 ——— Total capital and liabilities Answer 27 PUSHKOVA Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 April 2014 $ Revenue Opening inventory Purchases $ 18,955 3,776 12,556 ——— 16,332 (4,998) ——— Less: Closing inventory Cost of sales (11,334) ——— 7,621 Gross profit Less: Expenses Insurance Lighting and heating Motor expenses Packing expenses Rates Rent Salaries Sundry expenses 111 665 720 276 100 480 2,447 141 ——— Profit for the year ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (4,940) ——— 2,681 ——— 1055 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statement of financial position at 30 April 2014 $ Non-current assets Fixtures and fittings Motor vehicles 600 2,400 ——— 3,000 Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Prepayments ($20 + $35) Bank Cash 4,998 4,577 55 3,876 120 ——— 13,626 ——— 16,626 ——— Total assets Capital account Opening capital Add: Profit for year $ 12,844 2,681 ——— 15,525 (2,050) ——— 13,475 Less: Drawings Current liabilities Trade payables Accrued expenses ($56 + $24 + $26) 3,045 106 ——— Total capital and liabilities 1056 $ 3,151 ——— 16,626 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 28 SCORCESE Profit or loss $ Income Per question Less: Received in advance $ 37,550 Statement of financial position Prepaid Accrued Deferred expense expense income $ $ $ (4,300) ——— 33,250 ——— Expenses Wholesaler Per question Add: Accrual Butcher Per question Add: Accrual 3,945 292 ——— 4,237 4,261 431 ——— 4,692 Building supplier Per question 4,300 292 431 814 Electricity Per question Add: Accrual (2/3 220) 935 147 ——— Gas Per question Less: Prepayment 566 (34) ——— Wages Per question Add: Accrual 1,150 42 ——— 147 1,082 34 532 42 1,192 ——— 12,549 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com —— 34 —— —— 912 —— ——— 4,300 ——— 1057 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 29 TOLSTOY Road tax and insurance a/c 2014 1 Jan 1 Apr 1 May 1 Jul 2015 1 Jan $ Balance b/d Bank a/c Bank a/c Bank a/c 1,140 840 3,540 560 ——— 6,080 ——— Balance b/d 2014 I & E a/c 31 Dec Balance c/d (W1) $ 4,410 (al) 1,670 ——— 6,080 ——— 1,670 Prepayment a/c * 2014 $ 31 Dec Road tax & insurance 2015 1 Jan Balance b/d 1,670 ——— 1,670 2014 31 Dec Balance c/d 2015 1 Jan Road tax & insurance (reversal of prepayment) $ 1,670 ——— 1,670 WORKINGS (1) Prepayment at the end of the year Motor tax on six vans paid 1 April (3/12 $840) Insurance of ten vans paid 1 May (4/12 $3,540) Motor tax on four vans paid 1 July (6/12 $560) $ 210 1,180 280 ——— 1,670 ——— PROOF (not necessary) Charge for the year $ 1,140 630 2,360 280 ——— 4,410 ——— Prepayment Motor tax (9/12 $840) Insurance (8/12 $3,540) Motor tax (6/12 $560) Tutorial note: Alternative the balance c/d and balance b/d can be shown as a transfer to and from a prepayment a/c which would be presented as *. 1058 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 30 HAERTEL Tutorial note: Although daunting there is only one missing figure for each a/c. As long as the amounts given are posted to the correct sides, the right answer will follow. This principle, of using T a/cs to determine missing information, will be encountered frequently in your studies. (a) Rental income a/c 2014 $ 2014 1 Jan Accrued income reversal 34,200 I & E a/c (al fig) 241,200 31 Dec Transfer Deferred income 15,300 ———— 290,700 ———— 2015 1 Jan Accrued income reversal 40,500 (b) $ 1 Jan Deferred income reversal Cash a/c 31 Dec Transfer Accrued income 2015 1 Jan Deferred income reversal 20,700 229,500 40,500 ———— 290,700 ———— 15,300 Interest expense a/c 2014 $ 1 Jan Prepayment reversal Bank a/c (al fig) 31 Dec Transfer Accrued expenses 2015 1 Jan Prepayment reversal 2014 3,500 57,400 $ 1 Jan Accrual reversal I & E a/c 31 Dec Transfer Prepayments 7,000 ——— 67,900 ——— 5,600 9,800 52,500 5,600 ——— 67,900 ——— 2015 1 Jan Accrual reversal 7,000 Tutorial note: The other side of the entries that are reversals and transfers would be to accruals/prepayments accounts. These are not shown as they are not asked for and unnecessary to arrive at a solution. Consider that under the “traditional” method, where separate accounts for the accruals/prepayments are not required, the entries that are shown in this solution as “reversals” and “transfers” would simply be the balances brought forward and carried forward, respectively. Answer 31 MCQs ACCRUALS AND PREPAYMENTS Item Answer Justification 31.1 B Rent a/c $ Cash 300 Cash 400 Cash 400 Closing accrual (3 months $100) 300 ——— 1,400 ——— $ Accrual reversed I & E a/c ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 200 1,200 ——— 1,400 ——— 1059 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 31.2 D Rates a/c $ 31.3 $ Prepayment reversed Cash Cash 150 350 350 —— 850 —— I & E a/c Closing prepayment (3/6 $350) A Insurance a/c $ 31.4 180 600 —— 780 —— C Electricity a/c I & E a/c Closing prepayment (4/12 $600) $ 2,072 307 ——— 2,379 ——— 31.5 D 175 —— 850 —— $ Prepayment reversed Cash Debits (per Q) Closing accrual 675 580 200 —— 780 —— $ Credits (per Q) I & E a/c Closing prepayment (2/3 $180) 375 1,884 120 ——— 2,379 ——— Rental income $ Accrued income reversed (or b/d) 1,050 I & E a/c (al fig) 37,350 Deferred income (or c/d) 1,800 ——— 40,200 ——— $ Deferred income reversed (or b/d) 1,950 Cash received 36,900 Accrued income (or c/d) 1,350 ——— 40,200 ——— 31.6 A I & E a/c = 12/18 $3,600 = $2,400 3 31.7 C 2 $600 received 31 October in advance for 3 months to 31 January 2 $200 = $400 deferred income (income received “belonging” to the next accounting period). /18 $3,600 = $600 prepaid $600 received 31 January in arrears for 3 months to 31 January $400 accrued income (earned but not received) at 31 December. 31.8 1060 D $600 3 4 = $7,200 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 32 ROOKIE (a)(i) Machinery a/c $ $ 1.1.2014 Cash (or payable) 10,000 ______ 31.12.2014 Balance c/d 10,000 _____ 1.1.2015 Balance b/d 10,000 _____ 31.12.2015 Balance c/d 10,000 _____ 1.1.2016 Balance b/d 10,000 (ii) Accumulated depreciation a/c $ 31.12.2014 Balance c/d $ 1,150 _____ (W1) Depreciation expense 1.1.2015 31.12.2015 Balance c/d 2,300 _____ Balance b/d Depreciation expense 2,300 _____ 1,150 1,150 _____ 2,300 _____ 1.1.2016 (iii) 1,150 _____ Balance b/d 2,300 Depreciation expense a/c $ $ Accumulated depreciation a/c 1,150 _____ 31.12 2014 To I & E a/c 1,150 _____ Accumulated depreciation a/c 1,150 _____ 31.12 2015 To I & E a/c 1,150 _____ WORKING $[10,000 – 800] ÷ 8 = $1,150 (b) Presentation in statements of financial position End of reporting period 31.12.2014 31.12.2015 Cost $ 10,000 10,000 Depreciation $ (1,150) (2,300) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com Carrying value $ 8,850 7,700 1061 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 33 ALEXANDER (a) Straight line method Depreciation charge per annum = Cost of asset - Scrap value Estimated useful life = 800 70 4 = $182.50, i.e. $183 Tutorial note: Depreciation is an accounting estimate therefore rounding is acceptable. Greater accuracy is unnecessary and should be avoided. (b) Reducing balance method Depreciation charge is Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 $800 45% $(800 – 360) 45% $(800 – (360 + 198)) 45% $(800 – (360 + 198 + 109)) 45% = = = = $360 $198 $109 $60 Answer 34 UDOT (a) Machinery a/c $ 2012 20 Jan 1062 Cash a/c 4,200 ——— 2013 1 Jan 17 Apr Balance b/d Cash a/c 4,200 5,000 ——— 9,200 ——— 2014 1 Jan 11 Jul Balance b/d Cash a/c 9,200 3,500 ——— 12,700 ——— 2015 1 Jan Balance b/d 12,700 2012 31 Dec Balance c/d $ 4,200 ——— 2013 31 Dec Balance c/d 9,200 ——— 9,200 ——— 2014 31 Dec Balance c/d 12,700 ——— 12,700 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Accumulated depreciation a/c $ 2012 31 Dec Balance c/d 1,050 ——— 2013 31 Dec Balance c/d 3,337 ——— 3,337 ——— 2014 31 Dec Balance c/d 6,203 ——— 6,203 ——— 31 Dec Depreciation expense a/c (W1) 2013 1 Jan Balance b/d 31 Dec Depreciation expense a/c (W2) 2014 1 Jan Balance b/d 31 Dec Depreciation expense a/c (W3) 2015 1 Jan (b) $ 2012 1,050 ——— 1,050 2,287 ——— 3,337 ——— 3,337 2,866 ——— 6,203 ——— Balance b/d 6,203 Statement of financial position at 31 December (extracts) Tangible non-current assets 2012 Machinery 2013 Machinery 2014 Machinery Cost Depreciation $ $ Carrying value $ 4,200 _____ 1,050 _____ 3,150 _____ 9,200 _____ 3,337 _____ 5,863 _____ 12,700 _____ 6,203 _____ 6,497 _____ WORKINGS (1) 2012 depreciation $4,200 25% (2) $1,050 ——— 2013 depreciation $ 1,500 787 ——— 2,287 ——— $5,000 30% $(4,200 – 1,050) 25% ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1063 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (3) 2014 depreciation $ 1,225 1,050 591 ——— 2,866 ——— $3,500 35% $(5,000 – 1,500) 30% $(4,200 – 1,050 – 787) 25% Answer 35 POPOV Plant a/c $ 2014 1 Jan Balance b/d 5,000 $ 2014 1 Jul 31 Dec Disposal a/c Balance c/d ——— 5,000 ——— 2,000 3,000 ——— 5,000 ——— 2015 1 Jan Balance b/d 3,000 Accumulated depreciation a/c $ 2014 31 Dec Disposal a/c Balance c/d 600 2,700 ——— 3,300 ——— $ 2014 1 Jan 31 Dec Balance b/d I & E a/c (charge for year) 3,000 300 ——— 3,300 ——— 2015 1 Jan Balance b/d 2,700 Disposal a/c $ 2014 1 Jul Plant a/c 31 Dec I & E a/c (profit on disposal) 2,000 100 ——— 2,100 ——— $ 2014 1 Jul 31 Dec Bank a/c Depreciation a/c (W) 1,500 600 ——— 2,100 ——— WORKING Three years’ depreciation: 3 × 10% × $2,000 = $600 Tutorial note: In the statement of profit or loss the profit on disposal may be off-set against the depreciation expense (as it represents a previous over allowance). 1064 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 36 REUTHER Vehicle a/c 2012 Cash 2013 Balance b/d Cash 2014 Balance b/d Disposals (allowance) Cash (al fig) 2015 Balance b/d Disposals (allowance) Cash (al fig) 2016 Balance b/d $ 372,000 ———— 372,000 108,600 ———— 480,600 ———— 480,600 18,000 21,600 ———— 520,200 ———— 483,000 48,000 267,000 ———— 798,000 ———— 2012 Balance c/d 2013 Balance c/d 2014 Disposals Balance c/d 2015 Disposals Balance c/d $ 372,000 ———— 480,600 ———— 480,600 ———— 37,200 483,000 ———— 520,200 ———— 279,000 519,000 ———— 798,000 ———— 519,000 Accumulated depreciation a/c 2012 Balance c/d 2013 Balance c/d 2014 Disposals Balance c/d 2015 Disposals Balance c/d $ 93,000 ———— 213,150 ———— 213,150 ———— 18,600 315,300 ———— 333,900 ———— 209,250 235,800 ———— 445,050 ———— 2012 Depreciation a/c (25% $372,000) 2013 Balance b/d Depreciation a/c (25% $480,600) 2014 Balance b/d Depreciation a/c (25% $483,000) 2015 Balance b/d Depreciation a/c (25% $519,000) 2016 Balance b/d ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 93,000 ———— 93,000 120,150 ———— 213,150 ———— 213,150 120,750 ———— 333,900 ———— 315,300 129,750 ———— 445,050 ———— 235,800 1065 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Depreciation a/c $ 2012 Charge for depreciation 93,000 ——— 2013 $ 2012 I & E a/c 93,000 ——— 2013 Charge for depreciation 120,150 ———— 2014 I & E a/c 120,150 ———— 2014 Charge for depreciation 120,750 ———— 2015 I & E a/c 120,750 ———— 2015 Charge for depreciation 129,750 ———— I & E a/c 129,750 ———— Disposals a/c $ 2014 Vehicle a/c 37,200 $ 2014 Accumulated depreciation (W1) Vehicle a/c (allowance against car) Loss on disposal ——— 37,200 ——— 2015 18,600 18,000 600 ——— 37,200 ——— 2015 Vehicle a/c 279,000 Accumulated depreciation (W2) Vehicle a/c (allowance) Loss on disposal ———— 279,000 ———— 209,250 48,000 21,750 ———— 279,000 ———— WORKINGS (1) Depreciation on 2014 disposals 2 years @ 25% $37,200 = $18,600 (2) Depreciation on 2015 disposals 3 years @ 25% $279,000 = $209,250 1066 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 37 MCQs DEPRECIATION AND DISPOSALS Item Answer Justification 37.1 A Annual depreciation (straight line) = $50,000 $4,550 = $9,090 5 Time apportioned charge (rounded) = 5/12 $9,090 = $3,788 (rounded) 37.2 D Non-current asset cost a/c $000 Balance b/d Purchase (al fig) 143 49 —— 192 —— $000 Disposals Balance c/d 16 176 —— 192 —— Accumulated depreciation a/c $000 Disposals Balance c/d 37.3 10 34 —— 44 —— C Machine 2 $ 90,000 60,000 ——— 30,000 ——— 80,000 120,000 ——— (40,000) ——— Profit/(loss) on sale A Balance b/d Depreciation (al fig) Machine 1 $ Selling price Carrying value (al fig) 37.4 $000 Total $ 180,000 Plant a/c (at carrying amount) $ Balance b/d Additions 21 23 —— 44 —— 261,000 512,000 $ Disposals (al fig) Depreciation charge Balance c/d ———— 773,000 ———— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 160,000 143,000 470,000 ———— 773,000 ———— 1067 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Disposal a/c $ Carrying value 160,000 $ Loss on disposal Proceeds (al fig) ———— 160,000 ———— 37.5 D 107,000 53,000 ———— 160,000 ———— Non-current assets (at carrying amount) $ Balance b/d Purchases 110,000 25,000 $ Depreciation Disposals Balance c/d ———— 135,000 ———— 37.6 A 30,000 15,000 90,000 ———— 135,000 ———— Disposals a/c $ Asset cost 10,000 $ Asset – accumulated depreciation Trade-in (proceeds) Underallowance for depreciation ——— 10,000 ——— 37.7 D Disposals a/c $ Asset cost Overallowance 3,000 222 $ Asset – accumulated depreciation (W) Sale proceeds (al fig) ——— 3,222 ——— 1068 5,000 3,500 1,500 ——— 10,000 ——— 1,358 1,864 ——— 3,222 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) $ Asset cost – 1 October 2011 Depreciation three months to 31 December 2011 Depreciation 1 January to 31 December 2012 Depreciation 1 January to 31 December 2013 Depreciation six months 1 January to 30 June 2014 Carrying value at 30 June 2014 37.8 Accumulated depreciation $ 3,000 (150) ——— 2,850 (570) ——— 2,280 (456) ——— 1,824 (182) ——— 1,642 ——— A 150 570 456 182 ——— 1,358 ——— $ 150,000 (60,000) 30,000 (20,000) 8,750 _______ Cost b/fwd Accumulated depreciation b/fwd Cost of additions Cost of disposals Depreciation eliminated on disposals (W) 108,750 _______ 25% $108,750 = 27,188 ______ WORKING Cost Depreciation 2012 25% $ 20,000 (5,000) ______ 2013 25% 15,000 (3,750) ______ 11,250 ______ 2014 – none as year of disposal ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com Depreciation $ 5,000 3,750 _____ 8,750 _____ 1069 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 37.9 A $ 20,000 (8,750) ______ Cost Less: Accumulated depreciation 37.10 Carrying amount Less: Proceeds 11,250 (18,000) ______ Profit/(loss) on sale 6,750 ______ C Plant and equipment (carrying value) $ Bal b/fwd $ 10,951 Depreciation on assets disposed of (W1) Additions (al fig) ($825 100/75) 2,188 Cost of assets disposed of 5,000 Depreciation on assets b/fwd (W2) 2,035 Depreciation on additions ($1,100 – $825) Bal c/fwd 1,100 –––––– 14,239 –––––– 275 6,929 –––––– 14,239 –––––– WORKINGS (1) Cost Depreciation 31 May 2013 31 May 2014 (2) Depreciation $ 1,250 938 –––––– 2,188 –––––– Depreciation on assets b/fwd at 1 June 2014 Carrying amount b/fwd Less: Carrying amount of assets sold 1070 $ 5,000 (1,250) –––––– 3,750 (938) –––––– 2,812 –––––– 10,951 (2,812) –––––– 8,139 25% 2,035 –––––– –––––– ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 38 KROL (a) Irrecoverable debts expense a/c $ 31 Dec Trade receivables a/c 31 Dec Allowance (b) 115 50 —— 165 —— $ 31 Dec I & E a/c 165 —— 165 —— Allowance for receivables a/c $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 2,725 (W) 5% 136 —— 136 —— $ 1 Jan Balance b/d 31 Dec Debts expense a/c 86 50 —— 136 —— WORKING Trade receivables a/c $ 31 Dec Balance c/d 2,840 $ 31 Dec Debt expense 31 Dec Balance c/d ——— 2,840 ——— 1 Jan Balance b/d 115 2,725 ——— 2,840 ——— 2,725 Tutorial note: Although a “T” a/c looks excessive as a working it is a good technique to remember the double entries and to deal with complicated questions. Answer 39 HYUNDAI (a) Irrecoverable debts expense a/c $ 31 Dec Trade receivables a/c 31 Dec I & E a/c 55 32 —— 87 —— $ 31 Dec Allowance a/c ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 87 —— 87 —— 1071 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Allowance for receivables a/c $ 31 Dec Debts expense a/c 87 31 Dec Balance c/d $(2,440 – 55) 5% $ 1 Jan Balance b/d 206 119 —— 206 —— —— 206 —— Tutorial note: Remember that the irrecoverable debt expense for a year can be “negative”; in the event of a reduction in the allowance required (as illustrated here), or if there is a significant recovery of amounts previously written off or allowed for. Answer 40 DINUL Journal Dr $ Year 1 Irrecoverable debts expense a/c Trade receivables a/c Cr $ 1,000 1,000 Irrecoverable debts written off during the year Irrecoverable debts expense a/c Allowance for trade receivables a/c 265 265 Increase in allowance (to 7.5% of $15,000) I & E a/c Irrecoverable debts expense a/c 1,265 1,265 Write off of irrecoverable debts expense Year 2 Irrecoverable debts expense a/c Trade receivables a/c 1,100 1,100 Irrecoverable debts written off at 31 December Allowance for trade receivables a/c Irrecoverable debts expense a/c 180 180 Reduction in allowance (to 7.5% of $12,600) I & E a/c Irrecoverable debts expense a/c 920 920 Debts written off to I & E 1072 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Irrecoverable debts expense a/c $ Year 1 Debts written off 31 Dec Allowance Year 2 31 Dec Trade receivables a/c $ 1,000 265 ——— 1,265 ——— 31 Dec 1,100 31 Dec 31 Dec I & E a/c (al) 1,265 ——— 1,265 ——— Allowance I & E a/c (al) ——— 1,100 ——— 180 920 ——— 1,100 ——— Allowance a/c $ Year 1 31 Dec Balance c/d ($15,000 7.5%) 1,125 ——— 1,125 ——— $ 1 Jan 31 Dec Balance b/d Debts expense a/c (al) 860 265 ——— 1,125 ——— Year 2 31 Dec Debts expense a/c (al) 31 Dec Balance c/d $(13,700 – 1,100) 7.5% 180 1 Jan Balance b/d 945 ——— 1,125 ——— 1,125 ——— 1,125 ——— Tutorial note: See how the “T” a/cs work out the charge to I & E by incorporating the movement on the allowance account. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1073 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 41 PUSHKIN (a) Allowance for trade receivables a/c $ 2012 31 Dec Debts expense (al) Balance c/d 250 9,750 ——— 10,000 ——— 2013 $ 2012 1 Jan Balance b/d 10,000 ——— 10,000 ——— 2013 31 Dec Debts expense a/c Balance c/d 750 9,000 ——— 9,750 ——— 2014 1 Jan Balance b/d 9,750 ——— 9,750 ——— 2014 31 Dec Balance c/d 15,750 ——— 15,750 ——— 1 Jan Balance b/d 31 Dec Debts expense a/c 9,000 6,750 ——— 15,750 ——— 2015 1 Jan Balance b/d 15,750 Irrecoverable debts expense a/c $ 2012 31 Dec Trade receivables a/c 1,860 2012 31 Dec Allowance I & E a/c (al) ——— 1,860 ——— 2013 250 1,610 ——— 1,860 ——— 2013 31 Dec Trade receivables a/c 1,020 31 Dec Allowance I & E a/c (al) ——— 1,020 ——— 2014 31 Dec Trade receivables a/c Allowance 1074 $ 750 270 ——— 1,020 ——— 2014 6,020 6,750 ——— 12,770 ——— 31 Dec I & E a/c (al) 12,770 ——— 12,770 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (b) Statement of financial position at 31 December (extracts) 2012 $ Current assets Trade receivables Less: Allowance for trade receivables 2013 $ 2014 $ 195,000 150,000 210,000 9,750 9,000 15,750 ———— ———— ———— 185,250 141,000 194,250 ———— ———— ———— Answer 42 INK PRODUCTS (a) Allowance required $40,000 $20,000 $15,000 (b) @ 2% @ 5% @ 10% = = = $ 800 1,000 1,500 –––––– 3,300 –––––– Trade receivables allowance a/c $ 31.3.2015 Balance c/d $ 1.4.2014 Balance b/d (2) Debts expense (al) 3,300 _____ 3,300 _____ 1,100 2,200 _____ 3,300 _____ 1.4.2015 Balance b/d (per (a)) 3,300 Answer 43 ADAM Allowance for trade receivables a/c $ 31.3.2013 Balance c/d (W1) 365 ___ $ (2) Debts expense 365 ___ 31.3.2014 Balance c/d (W2) 530 ___ 365 ___ 1.4.2013 (2) Balance b/d Debts expense 530 ___ (2) Debt expense 31.3.2015 Balance c/d (W3) 155 () 375 ___ 365 () ___ 365 165 () ___ 530 ___ 1.4.2014 Balance b/d 530 ___ 530 ___ 530 ___ 1.4.2015 Balance b/d ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 375 1075 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Irrecoverable debt expense a/c $ (1) (2) Write off – Forsythe Allowance a/c $ 200 365 ____ 31.3.2013 To I & E a/c ____ 565 ____ (1) (3) (2) Write off – Collins Write off – Ludlum Allowance a/c 240 60 165 ____ 565 ____ 31.3.2014 To I & E a/c 465 ____ 31.3.2015 To I & E a/c 205 ____ 565 465 ____ 465 ____ (3) Collins (CB receipt) (2) Allowance a/c 205 ____ 50 155 ____ 205 ____ Tutorial note: When Adam receives $50 from Collins there will be no balance on Collins’ a/c against which to allocate it so it has been credited to the expense a/c. Alternatively, if Adam credited the $50 to the trade receivables a/c the debt would have to be reinstated i.e: Dr Trade receivables Cr Irrecoverable debt expense WORKINGS (1) Allowance required 31.3.2013 Specific allowance (Ludlum): General allowance: ½ × $100 5% × $6,300 = = $ 50 315 ___ 365 ___ (2) Allowance required 31.3.2014 Specific allowance (Le Carré) General allowance: ½ × $400 5% × $6,600 = = $ 200 330 ___ 530 ___ (3) Allowance required 31.3.2015 General allowance: 5% × $7,500 = $ 375 ___ Tutorial note: The Q does not expressly state what happened to Le Carré. However, since “there are no debts requiring specific allowance”, presumably Le Carré’s debt (if any) is considered good. 1076 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 44 STRAK (a) Trade receivables a/c $ 1 Jul 2013 Balance b/d Sales $ 50,000 480,000 ———— 530,000 ———— Cash 432,000 Irrecoverable debts 6,000 30 Jun 2014 Balance c/d 92,000 ———— 530,000 ———— 1 Jul 2014 Balance b/d 92,000 Sales 550,000 Debt “reinstated” 600 ———— 642,600 ———— Cash 560,600 Irrecoverable debts 2,000 30 Jun 2015 Balance c/d 80,000 ———— 642,600 ———— 1 Jul 2015 Balance b/d 80,000 Tutorial note: If cash received in 2014/15 had not included the debt recovered (i.e. if the recovery had been recognised when it was received) the double entry would be: Dr Cash Cr (b) Irrecoverable debt expense Trade receivables allowance a/c $ 30 Jun 2014 Balance c/d (W2) 4,600 ——— 4,600 ——— 30 Jun 2015 30 Jun 2015 Debts expense (al) 600 Balance c/d (W3) 4,000 ——— 4,600 ——— $ 1 Jul 2013 Balance b/d (W1) 30 Jun 2014 Debts expense (al) 1 Jul 2014 Balance b/d 2,500 2,100 ——— 4,600 ——— 4,600 ——— 4,600 ——— 1 Jul 2015 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com Balance b/d 4,000 1077 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (c) Irrecoverable debts expense a/c $ 30 Jun 2014 Trade receivables (write off) Allowance (increase) Trade receivables (write off) $ 30 Jun 2014 I & E a/c 8,100 6,000 2,100 ——— 8,100 ——— 2,000 ——— 8,100 ——— Trade receivables recovery 30 Jun 2015 Allowance (reduction) 30 Jun 2015 I & E a/c ——— 2,000 ——— 600 600 800 ——— 2,000 ——— WORKINGS (1) (2) (3) Allowance at 30 June 2013 = 5% $50,000 = $2,500 Allowance at 30 June 2014 = 5% $92,000 = $4,600 Allowance at 30 June 2015 = 5% $80,000 = $4,000 Answer 45 FREDERIK (a) Trade receivables a/c $ 2014 1 Apr Balance b/d 2015 31 Mar Sales a/c 40,000 195,600 $ 2014 2 Jan Irrecoverable debts (Lean) 31 Mar Bank a/c Debts expense Balance c/d ———— 235,600 ———— 1 Apr Balance b/d 4,000 192,300 3,200 36,100 ———— 235,600 ———— 36,100 Allowance a/c 2014 $ 2014 31 Mar Irrecoverable debts Balance c/d (7½% $36,100) 292 1 Apr $ Balance b/d (7½% $40,000) 2,708 ——— 3,000 ——— 3,000 ——— 3,000 ——— 2015 1 Apr 1078 Balance b/d 2,708 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Tutorial note: In this case the allowance is simply a percentage of the balance on the trade receivables a/c (i.e. a general allowance). Irrecoverable debts expense a/c $ 2015 2 Jan Receivables a/c (Lean) 31 Mar Receivables a/c $ 2015 4,000 3,200 ——— 7,200 ——— 31 Mar Allowance a/c I & E a/c 292 6,908 ——— 7,200 ——— Sales a/c $ 2015 31 Mar Trading a/c $ 2015 283,400 31 Mar Receivables a/c Bank a/c 195,600 87,800 ——— 283,400 ——— ——— 283,400 ——— Bank a/c (extract) $ 2015 31 Mar Sales a/c Receivables a/c (b) 87,800 192,300 Statement of financial position at 31 March 2015 (extract) Current assets Trade receivables Less: Allowance $ $ 36,100 (2,708) ——— 33,392 Answer 46 MCQs RECEIVABLES AND PAYABLES Item Answer Justification 46.1 A Charges to I & E account $ Irrecoverable debts written off in year Irrecoverable debt recovered Decrease in allowance $(1,000 – 900) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 600 (80) (100) —— 420 —— 1079 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 46.2 D Allowance for receivables $ Irrecoverable debt a/c Balance c/d ($16,000 5%) 1,200 800 ——— 2,000 ——— $ Balance b/d 2,000 ——— 2,000 ——— Therefore $1,200 increase in profit. 46.3 C Receivables $ Balance b/d 150,000 $ Irrecoverable debt expense Balance c/d ———— 150,000 ———— Balance b/d 3,500 146,500 ———— 150,000 ———— 146,500 Allowance for receivables $ Balance c/d (5% 146,500) 7,325 ——— 7,325 ——— $ Balance b/d Irrecoverable debt expense Balance b/d 46.4 B 7,325 Receivables $ Per TB 1,000 6,325 ——— 7,325 ——— 122,000 $ Debt write off Balance c/d ———— 122,000 –——— 2,000 120,000 ———— 122,000 ———— Receivables allowance $ Receivables Irrecoverable debt expense Balance c/d (W) 1080 2,000 196 2,784 ——— 4,980 ——— $ Balance b/d (2,000 + 2,980) 4,980 ——— 4,980 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Irrecoverable debt expense $ I & E a/c 196 —— $ Allowance 196 —— WORKING Specific allowance General allowance = $(120,000 – 1,600) 1% 46.5 B = = 1,600 1,184 —— 2,784 —— Receivables a/c $ Balance b/d Sales Debt reinstated 46.6 A $ 10,000 Receipts 100,000 Discounts allowed 2,000 Balance c/f ———— 112,000 ———— Irrecoverable debts a/c $ I & E a/c 900 $ Decrease in allowance Irrecoverable debt recovered —— 900 —— Profit (before irrecoverable debts) B Irrecoverable debts a/c $ Written off Increase in allowance 600 300 —— 900 —— $ 5,000 (900) ——— 4,100 ——— Profit (after irrecoverable debts) Irrecoverable debts – increase profit 46.7 90,000 1,800 20,200 ———— 112,000 ———— 8,563 26,839 ——— 35,402 ——— $ Irrecoverable debts recovered I & E a/c (balancing amount) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 4,262 31,140 ——— 35,402 ——— 1081 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Allowance for receivables a/c $ Balance c/d (3% $1,181,970) 35,459 ——— 35,459 ——— $ Balance b/d Irrecoverable debts a/c (al) 8,620 26,839 ——— 35,459 ——— Receivables a/c $ Balance b/d Sales Irrecoverable debt recovered 463,271 5,943,271 4,262 ————— 6,410,804 ————— 46.8 C $ Cash 5,217,000 Irrecoverable debts written off 8,563 Discounts allowed 3,271 Balance c/d 1,181,970 ————— 6,410,804 ————— Receivable ledger control a/c $ Balance b/d Revenue Irrecoverable debts recovered 5,000 100,000 1,000 $ Receipts Discounts allowed Irrecoverable debts (w/o) Balance c/d ———— 106,000 ———— 70,000 800 500 34,700 ———— 106,000 ———— Answer 47 C3P0 Trading account For the six months to 30 June $ Revenue ((1,500 @ 7.40) + (750 @ 8.00)) Opening inventory Purchases (3,000 @ 6.30) 3,150 18,900 ______ 22,050 (7,875) ______ Closing inventory (1,250 @ 6.30) Gross profit 1082 $ 17,100 (14,175) ______ 2,925 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 48 OGAY (a) Inventory a/c $ 2013 31 Dec Trading a/c 5,000 ——— 2014 $ 2013 31 Dec Balance c/d 5,000 ——— 2014 1 Jan Balance b/d 31 Dec Trading a/c 5,000 7,500 ——— 12,500 ——— 31 Dec Trading a/c 31 Dec Balance c/d 5,000 7,500 ——— 12,500 ——— 2015 1 Jan Balance b/d 7,500 Purchases a/c $ 2013 Cash/Payables 75,000 ——— 2014 $ 2013 31 Dec Trading a/c 75,000 ——— 2014 Cash/Payables 110,000 ——— 31 Dec Trading a/c 110,000 ——— Revenue a/c $ 2013 31 Dec Trading a/c 120,000 ——— 2014 31 Dec Trading a/c (b) $ 2013 Cash/receivables 120,000 ——— Cash/receivables 155,000 ——— 2014 155,000 ——— Trading accounts for the year ended 31 December 2013 $ $ Revenue Opening inventory Purchases Less: Closing inventory 31 December 2014 $ $ 120,000 155,000 – 75,000 ______ 5,000 110,000 _______ 75,000 (5,000) ______ 115,000 7,500 _______ Cost of goods sold 70,000 ______ 107,500 ______ Gross profit 50,000 ——— 47,500 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1083 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 49 ALES Stock valuation at 31 December All items must be valued at the lower of cost or net realisable value (NRV). $ 80 110 5 11 ___ ABC (at cost) DEF (at NRV) GHI (at NRV) JKL (at NRV) Carrying value at 31 December 206 ___ Answer 50 PERIOD-END ADJUSTMENTS (a) Artur Gas a/c $ Cash 31.12.2014 Accrued expense a/c 420 100 —— 520 —— $ 31.12.2014 I & E a/c 1.1.2015 Cash 138 —— 138 —— 31.12.2015 520 —— 520 —— Accrued expense (“reversal”) I & E a/c 100 38 —— 138 —— Tutorial note: Alternatively the accrual can simply be c/d and b/d on the expense a/c – in which case the liability account for the statement of financial position which follows is not required. Accrued expenses a/c $ 31.12.2014 Balance c/d 1.1.2015 Gas a/c (“reversal”) $ 100 —— 31.12.2014 Gas a/c 100 —— 100 —— 1.1.2015 100 —— Balance b/d Income and expenditure account extracts Less: Expenses Gas 1084 2015 $ 2014 $ 38 520 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (b) Physical count Inventory a/c $ 2014 1.1 31.12 2015 1.1 Balance b/d From trading a/c Balance b/d 10,000 11,800 ——— 21,800 ——— $ 2014 To trading a/c 31.12 Balance c/d (W) 10,000 11,800 ——— 21,800 ——— 11,800 Trading (and income and expenditure) a/c $ Opening inventory Purchases Gross profit c/d 10,000 58,000 13,800 ——— 81,800 ——— $ Sales Closing inventory 70,000 11,800 ——— 81,800 ——— Trading account for the year ended 31 December 2014 $ Revenue Cost of sales Opening inventory Purchases Closing inventory (W) $ 70,000 10,000 58,000 (11,800) ——— (56,200) ——— 13,800 ——— Gross profit WORKING Inventory at 7 January 2015 Less: Deliveries Add back Sales at cost ($6,000 80%) Inventory at 31 December 2014 $ 15,000 (8,000) 4,800 ——— 11,800 ——— Tutorial note: Closing inventory must be valued based on actual physical inventory. In this case it is “rolled-back” from a physical count after the reporting period. It is inappropriate to calculate gross profit based on the profit margin and calculate closing inventory as the balancing figure. Actual inventory will be less because it is subject to physical loss that is not counted (e.g. due to damage or theft). ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1085 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (c) Felix Annual depreciation = $10,000 ($50,000 ÷ 5) Therefore, four years’ accumulated depreciation = $40,000. Journals $ Dr Disposals a/c Cr Cost a/c 50,000 Dr Accumulated depreciation a/c Cr Disposals a/c 40,000 Dr Cost of new car Cr Disposals a/c 15,000 Dr Cost of new car Cr Cash 50,000 $ 40,000 Carrying value of old car 15,000 Deemed proceeds 50,000 50,000 Dr Disposals a/c Cr I & E a/c 5,000 5,000 Profit on disposal Disposals a/c $ Cost I & E a/c (profit) (d) 50,000 5,000 ——— 55,000 ——— $ Accumulated depreciation Cost of new car 40,000 15,000 ——— 55,000 ——— Hnychuk Motor vehicle cost a/c $ 2014 1.1 1.7 Cash (Peugeots) Cash 240,000 60,000 ——— 300,000 ——— 2015 1.1. Balance b/d 220,000 Part exchange (Peugeots) Cash (Peugeots) Cash (Audi) 1086 100,000 80,000 80,000 ——— 480,000 ——— 2014 Disposals (crash) 31.12 Balance c/d $ 80,000 220,000 ——— 300,000 ——— 2015 Disposals 220,000 Disposals 260,000 ——— 480,000 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Accumulated depreciation $ 2014 31.12 $ 2014 Balance c/d 55,000 ——— 55,000 ——— Disposals 55,000 ——— 55,000 ——— 2015 2015 1.1 Depreciation (25% $220,000) Balance b/d 55,000 ——— 55,000 ——— 55,000 ——— 55,000 ——— Depreciation expense a/c 2014 (same for 2015) Accumulated depreciation $ 55,000 ——— 55,000 ——— $ 2014 I & E a/c 55,000 ——— 55,000 ——— Disposals a/c $ 2014 Cost (Peugeot) 80,000 $ 2014 31.12 Cash (insurance) I & E a/c (loss) 2015 Account depreciation 55,000 Part exchange (Peugeots) 100,000 Cash (Felix) 50,000 Cash 150,000 Loss on disposals 125,000 ——— 480,000 ——— ——— 80,000 ——— 2015 Cost 220,000 Cost 260,000 ——— 480,000 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 65,000 15,000 ——— 80,000 ——— 1087 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (e) Lopez Trade receivables $ 2013 Sales revenue 200,000 $ 2013 Cash receipts Debt expense (w/o) 31.12 Balance c/d ———— 200,000 ———— 2014 1.1 2015 1.1 Balance b/d Sales revenue Debt expense (Ludmila) 42,000 300,000 4,000 ———— 346,000 ———— Balance b/d Sales revenue 62,500 500,000 2014 Cash receipts Debt expense (w/o) 31.12 Balance c/d 2015 Cash receipts Cash (Chokin) 31.12 Balance c/d ———— 562,500 ———— 2016 1.1 Balance b/d 150,000 8,000 42,000 ———— 200,000 ———— 280,000 3,500 (2) 62,500 ———— 346,000 ———— 400,000 6,000 (3) 156,500 ———— 562,500 ———— 156,500 Tutorial notes: 1088 (1) If the receipt from Ludmila was not included in the $280,000 but had been recognised as a receipt from a customer with whom Lopez is no longer trading, it could have been credited directly to the irrecoverable debt expense a/c (as a recovery). (2) It is unnecessary to adjust the write-off of Jozef’s balance against the allowance a/c just because it had previously been allowed for. The allowance previously made is effectively “released” to the expense a/c because it is no longer required. (3) Because Chokin’s debt has only been allowed for but not written off it would be wrong to make a “reinstatement” adjustment. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Irrecoverable debt expense a/c $ 2013 Trade receivables (Ludmila) Allowance 2014 Trade receivables (Jozef) Allowance 2013 8,000 5,425 ——— 13,425 ——— 3,500 2,095 ——— 5,595 ——— 2015 Allowance $ 51,000 ——— 31.12 I & E a/c 13,425 ——— 13,425 ——— 2014 Trade receivables (Ludmila) 31.12 I & E a/c 4,000 1,595 ——— 5,595 ——— 2015 31.12 I & E a/c 51,000 ——— Allowance a/c $ 2013 31.12 Balance c/d (W1) 5,425 ——— 2014 31.12 Balance c/d (W2) 7,520 $ 2013 Irrecoverable debt expense 5,425 ——— 2014 1.1 Balance b/d Irrecoverable debt expense 5,425 2,095 ——— 7,520 ——— ——— 7,520 ——— 2015 31.12 Balance c/d (W3) 58,520 ——— 58,520 ——— 2015 1.1 Balance b/d Irrecoverable debt expense 7,520 51,000 ——— 58,520 ——— WORKINGS (1) Allowances year 1 Specific (Jozef) General 5% $(42,000 – 3,500) (2) $ 3,500 1,925 —— 5,425 —— Allowances year 2 Specific (Chokin) (50% 6,000) General 8% $(62,500 – 6,000) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 3,000 4,520 —— 7,520 —— 1089 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (3) Allowances year 3 $ Specific (Paulo) General 8% ($156,500 – 50,000) 50,000 8,520 ——— 58,520 ——— Statement of financial position (extracts) 31 December 2013 2014 2015 $ $ $ 42,000 62,500 156,500 (5,425) (7,520) (58,520) ——— ——— ——– 36,575 54,980 97,980 ——— ——— ——– Trade receivables Less: Allowance for trade receivables Answer 51 MCQs INVENTORY Item Answer Justification 51.1 B A full physical count may only be necessary where a stock-checking system is not effective. 51.2 C Inventory found increases assets. Profit must be increased also (as cost of goods sold is reduced). 51.3 A Closing inventory has been undervalued therefore Dr Inventory (asset in the statement of financial position). Understating inventory overstates cost of goods sold and therefore understates profit. 51.4 D Purchases understated Closing inventory (trading account) understated Trade payables understated Inventory (asset) understated No net effect on cost of sales and profit Answer 52 A SMIT (a) Books of prime entry CASH BOOK RECEIPTS Receivables Cash ledger sales $ $ Date Narrative Total $ 1.7 10.8 25.8 26.8 14.9 16.9 18.9 19.9 Smit Daulton Cash Dewberry Daulton Cash Daulton Blanche 4,000 400 120 120 400 310 265 1,000 ____ ____ ____ 6,615 —— 1,185 —— 430 —— 1090 Capital $ Loan $ Discounts allowed $ 4,000 400 20 120 120 400 310 265 35 ____ 1,000 ____ ___ 4,000 —— 1,000 —— —— 55 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) CASH BOOK PAYMENTS Date Narrative Total $ 8.7 17.7 21.7 24.7 31.7 5.8 14.8 27.8 12.9 26.9 26.9 30.9 Van Wages Purchases Wages Wages Dijon Wages Wages Wages Wages Noir Rent Total 2,600 40 360 48 40 670 60 60 60 60 2,040 400 ____ 6,438 —— Payable ledger $ Cash purchases $ Wages Non-current Rent asset $ $ $ Discounts received $ 2,600 40 360 48 40 670 30 60 60 60 60 2,040 160 ____ ____ ____ ____ 2,710 —— 360 —— 368 —— 2,600 —— 400 ___ ___ 400 190 —— —— SALES DAY BOOK Date Customer Invoice $ 23.7 4.8 5.9 20.9 Daulton Dewberry Daulton Daulton 420 150 700 1,350 ____ 2,620 —— PURCHASES DAY BOOK Date Supplier Invoice $ 10.7 18.8 Dijon Noir 700 2,200 ____ 2,900 —— JOURNAL Dr Irrecoverable debt expense a/c Cr Trade receivables ledger control a/c $30 $30 Being Dewberry’s irrecoverable debt written off. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1091 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Memorandum ledgers Receivables ledger accounts Daulton $ 23.7 5.9 20.9 SDB SDB SDB 420 700 1,350 $ 10.8 –––––– 400 20 400 265 35 1,350 –––––– 2,470 ——— 2,470 ——— 14.9 18.9 30.9 1.10 Balance b/d CB receipt Discount allowed CB receipt CB receipt Discount allowed Balance c/d 1,350 Dewberry $ 4.8 SDB 150 $ 26.8 28.9 CB receipt Irrecoverable debt write-off –––– 120 30 –––– 150 —— 150 —— Payables ledger accounts Dijon $ 5.8 CB payment Discount received 670 30 –––– $ 10.7 PDB 700 –––– 700 —— 700 —— Noir $ 26.9 CB payment Discount received 2,040 160 –––––– $ 18.8 PDB –––––– 2,200 ——— 2,200 ——— 1092 2,200 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 53 REBECCA (a) Purchases day book (PDB) Date 2 Jan 9 Jan 17 Jan 19 Jan 27 Jan Narrative Invoice no Total $ 37 73 61 62 81 —— 314 —— Credit note no Total $ 12 6 — 18 — Jones Isaac Henry Mary David Purchases returns day book (PRDB) Date 12 Jan 21 Jan Narrative Isaac Mary Sales day book (SDB) Date 7 Jan 11 Jan 13 Jan 22 Jan 31 Jan Narrative Invoice no Total $ 40 31 43 20 37 —— 171 —— Credit note no Total $ 7 13 —— 20 —— Smith Allan Wood Gilass Wall Sales returns day book (SRDB) Date 12 Jan 17 Jan Narrative Smith Wood ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1093 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Purchases a/c $ 31 Jan Jan PDB $ 314 Purchases returns a/c $ $ 31 Jan Jan PRDB 18 Sales a/c $ $ 31 Jan Jan SDB 171 Sales returns a/c $ 31 Jan (c) Jan SRDB $ 20 Payables ledger (memorandum) Jones $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 37 — $ 2 Jan PDB 37 — 1 Feb Balance b/d 37 Isaac $ 12 Jan 31 Jan PRDB Balance c/d 12 61 — 73 — $ 9 Jan PDB 73 — 73 — 1 Feb Balance b/d 61 Henry $ 31 Jan 1094 Balance c/d 61 — $ 17 Jan PDB 61 — 1 Feb Balance b/d 61 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Mary $ 21 Jan 31 Jan PRDB Balance c/d 6 56 — 62 — $ 19 Jan PDB 62 — 62 — 1 Feb Balance b/d 56 David $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 81 — $ 27 Jan PDB 81 — 1 Feb Balance b/d 81 Receivables ledger (memorandum) Smith $ 7 Jan SDB 40 $ 12 Jan 21 Jan SRDB Balance c/d — 40 — 1 Feb Balance b/d 7 33 — 40 — 33 Allan $ 11 Jan 1 Feb SDB 31 — Balance b/d 31 $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 31 — Wood $ 13 Jan Sales SDB 43 $ 17 Jan 31 Jan SRDB Balance c/d — 43 — 1 Feb Balance b/d 13 30 — 43 — 30 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1095 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Gilass $ 22 Jan 1 Feb SDB 20 — Balance b/d 20 $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 20 — Wall $ 31 Jan 1 Feb SDB 37 — Balance b/d 37 (d) $ 31 Jan Balance c/d 37 — Payables ledger control a/c $ Jan 31 Jan PRDB Balance c/d 18 296 —— 314 —— $ Jan PDB 314 —— 314 —— 1 Feb Balance b/d 296 Receivables ledger control a/c $ Jan SDB 171 $ Jan 31 Jan SRDB Balance c/d —— 171 —— 1 Feb 1096 Balance b/d 20 151 —— 171 —— 151 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 54 WOODEN TOPS (a) Sales day book Date Particulars 1 Mar Collins Hogg Rob Plod Mop Jip May Park Wood 7 Mar 24 Mar (b) Total $ 280 740 724 444 390 1,284 284 324 560 ——— 5,030 ——— Invoice no Total $ 720 124 380 120 290 614 270 324 560 ——— 3,402 ——— Purchases day book Date Particulars 3 Mar Tiny Micks Greene Top Micks Ede Micks Top Fish 9 Mar 17 Mar (c) Invoice no Cash book Receipts Date 6 Mar 29 Mar Particulars Total $ 400 600 444 124 ——— 1,568 ——— A Hogg P Rob P Plodd P Rob ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com Receipts from debtors $ 400 600 444 124 ——— 1,568 ——— 1097 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Payments (d) Date Particulars 14 Mar V Micks R Ede Total $ 124 400 —— 524 —— Payments to suppliers $ 124 400 —— 524 —— At the end of March total purchases of $3,402 will be debited to the purchases a/c and credited to the payables ledger control a/c in the general ledger. The individual invoices will be credited to the individual supplier’s accounts. Total sales of $5,030 will be credited to the sales a/c and debited to the receivables ledger control a/c in the general ledger. The individual sales invoices will be debited to the individual customer’s accounts. Total payments of $524 will be credited to the cash a/c and debited to the payables ledger control a/c. The individual payments will be debited to the individual supplier’s accounts. Total receipts of $1,568 will be debited to the cash a/c and credited to the receivables ledger control a/c. The individual receipts will be credited to the individual customer’s accounts. Answer 55 RUBENS Payables ledger control a/c $ Purchase returns (PRDB total) Discounts received (total of discount column in CPB) Cash Balance c/d 198 $ Balance b/d Purchases (PDB total) 169 3,716 6,415 ——— 10,498 ——— ——— 10,498 ——— Balance b/d 1098 7,470 3,028 6,415 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 56 ZONE Receivables ledger control a/c $ Balance b/d Credit sales $ 14,968 148,580 Sales returns Cash Discounts allowed Irrecoverable debts written off Balance c/d ———— 163,548 ———— Balance b/d 2,508 110,568 1,824 224 48,424 ———— 163,548 ———— 48,424 Payables ledger control a/c $ Purchases returns Cash Discounts received Balance c/d $ 20,426 56,546 864 76,432 ———— 154,268 ———— Balance b/d Purchases 54,010 100,258 ———— 154,268 ———— Balance b/d 76,432 Answer 57 HASTINGS & CO (a) Payables ledger control a/c $ 2014 1.1 Balance b/d Cash Purchases returns a/c Discounts received a/c Receivables ledger control a/c (contra) 56 47,028 202 867 31.12 Balance c/d (al fig) 5,478 ——— 53,706 ——— 2014 1.1 Balance b/d Purchases a/c (PDB total) $ 5,926 47,713 75 2015 1.1 Balance b/d 67 31.12 Balance c/d 2015 1.1 Balance b/d ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 67 ——— 53,706 ——— 5,478 1099 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Receivables ledger control a/c $ 2014 1.1 Balance b/d Sales a/c (total from SDB) Legal expenses a/c 31.12 Balance c/d 2014 10,268 71,504 28 101 ——— 81,901 ——— 2015 1.1 Balance b/d 9,841 $ 1.1 Balance b/d Bank a/c Irrecoverable debts a/c Sales returns a/c (SRDB total) Discounts allowed a/c (total of discount column in CB) Payables ledger control a/c (contra) Allowances a/c 134 69,872 96 31.12 Balance c/d (al fig) 9,841 ——— 81,901 ——— 2015 1.1 Balance b/d 358 1,435 75 90 101 Answer 58 ZENKEROVA Cash a/c $ Balance b/d Sales – cash Cash re credit sales (al fig) 200 4,500 7,350 $ Expenses Bankings Drawings Balance c/d ——— 12,050 ——— Balance b/d 1,500 8,000 2,450 100 ——— 12,050 ——— 100 Receivables control a/c $ Balance b/d Credit sales 920 7,500 $ Cash received Discounts allowed Debts written off Balance c/d ——— 8,420 ——— Balance b/d 1100 7,350 140 90 840 ——— 8,420 ——— 840 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 59 RANKINE (a) Purchases day book Date 1 Apr 2 Apr Description Invoice no Total $ Thrush Hawk 700 950 ——— 1,650 ——— Sales day book Date 1 May 2 May 6 Jun Description Invoice no Total $ Wasp Ant Ant 850 660 770 ——— 2,280 ——— Purchases returns day book Date 1 Jun Description Credit note no Total Thrush $50 —— Sales returns day book Date 4 Jun (b) Description Credit note no Total Ant $80 —— Cash receipts book Date 3 Apr 3 May 4 May 5 Jun Details Bank Receivables Cash Sundry ledger sales $ $ $ $ 600 600 580 580 1,000 1,000 500 500 ——— ——— —— ——— 2,680 1,080 600 1,000 ——— ——— —— ——— Cash sales Ant Capital Wasp ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1101 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Cash payments book (c) Date Details 4 Apr 5 May 2 Jun 3 Jun 7 Jun 8 Jun Thrush Hawk Rent Drawings Light and heat Cash purchases Bank Payables Cash Rent ledger purchases $ $ $ $ 600 600 950 950 300 300 500 100 175 175 ——— ——— —— —— 2,625 1,550 175 300 ——— ——— —— —— Drawings Light and heat $ $ 500 100 —— 500 —— —— 100 —— General ledger Tutorial note: For completeness these accounts have been closed at the end of the period. The trial balance in (g) is extracted before the accounts are closed. Fixtures and fittings a/c $ 1 Apr Balance b/d 400 —— 1 Jul Balance b/d 400 $ 30 Jun Balance c/d 400 —— Sales a/c $ 30 Jun Trading a/c 2,880 ——— 2,880 ——— $ 3 Apr Cash sales 30 Jun Sales (SDB) 600 2,280 ——— 2,880 ——— Purchases a/c $ 8 Jun 30 Jun Cash purchases Purchases (PDB) 175 1,650 ——— 1,825 ——— $ 30 Jun Trading a/c 1,825 ——— 1,825 ——— Purchases returns a/c $ $ 30 Jun 30 Jun 1102 Trading a/c 50 —— Credit purchases returns (PRDB) 50 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Sales returns a/c $ 30 Jun Credit sales returns (SRDB) $ 80 — 30 Jun Trading a/c 80 — Rent a/c $ 2 Jun CPB 300 —— $ 30 Jun I & E a/c 300 —— Drawings a/c $ 3 Jun CPB 500 —— $ 30 Jun Capital a/c 500 —— Light and heat a/c $ 7 Jun CPB 100 —— $ 30 Jun I & E a/c 100 —— Capital a/c $ 30 Jun 30 Jun Drawings a/c Balance c/d 500 2,925 ——— 3,425 ——— $ 1 Apr Balance b/d 4 Apr Cash 30 Jun I & E a/c * 1 Jul Balance b/d 2,100 1,000 325 ——— 3,425 ——— 2,925 * from completed statement of profit or loss (part (h)). (d) Receivables ledger control a/c $ 30 Jun SDB 2,280 $ 30 Jun SRDB CRB Balance c/d ——— 2,280 ——— 1 Jul Balance b/d 80 1,080 1,120 ——— 2,280 ——— 1,120 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1103 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Payables ledger control a/c $ 30 Jun CPB PRDB Balance c/d 1,550 50 50 ——— 1,650 ——— $ 30 Jun Balance b/d 50 Cash control a/c $ (f) 1,650 ——— 1,650 ——— 1 Jul (e) PDB 1 Apr 30 Jun Balance b/d CRB 200 2,680 ——— 2,880 ——— 1 Jul Balance b/d 255 $ 30 Jun CPB Balance c/d 2,625 255 ——— 2,880 ——— Payables ledger (memorandum) Thrush a/c $ 4 Apr CPB Jun PRDB 30 Jun Balance c/d 600 50 50 —— 700 —— $ 1 Apr PDB 700 —— 700 —— 1 Jul Balance b/d 50 Hawk a/c $ 5 May 1104 CPB 950 —— $ 2 Apr PDB 950 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Receivables ledger (memorandum) Wasp a/c $ 1 May SDB $ 850 5 Jun 30 Jun CRB Balance c/d 500 350 —— 850 —— —— 850 —— 1 Jul Balance b/d 350 Ant a/c $ 2 May 6 Jun SDB SDB 660 770 $ 3 May CRB 4 Jun SRDB 30 Jun Balance c/d 580 80 770 ——— 1,430 ——— ——— 1,430 ——— 1 Jul (g) Balance b/d 770 Trial balance at 30 June Dr $ 255 400 1,500 Cash Fixtures and fittings Inventory Capital Sales Purchases Purchases returns Sales returns Rent Drawings Light and heat Trade payables Trade receivables Cr $ 3,100 2,880 1,825 50 80 300 500 100 50 1,120 ——— 6,080 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com ——— 6,080 ——— 1105 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (h) Statement of profit or loss for the three months ended 30 June $ $ $ 2,880 (80) ——— 2,800 Sales revenue Less: Sales revenue returns Opening inventory Purchases Less: Purchase returns 1,500 1,825 (50) ——— Less: Closing inventory Cost of goods sold Gross profit Less: Expenses Rent Light and heat 1,775 ——— 3,275 (1,200) ——— 300 100 —— Profit for the period (2,075) ——— 725 (400) ——— 325 ——— Tutorial note: Separate disclosure of returns is NOT a requirement and it suffices to record sales and purchases net of returns in financial accounts. (i) Statement of financial position at 30 June $ Non-current assets: Fixtures and fittings Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Cash 1,200 1,120 255 ——— Capital account Capital at 1 April Add: Cash introduced Profit for the period 2,575 ——— 2,975 ——— 2,100 1,000 325 ——— 3,425 (500) ——— 2,925 50 ——— 2,975 ——— Less: Drawings Current liabilities: Trade payables Total capital and liabilities 1106 $ 400 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 60 HENRY WILLIAMS (a) Cash receipts and payments books Receipts Feb 1 5 17 19 26 Capital introduced T Crown W Wilson Cash sales T Crown Discount Bank Capital $ $ $ 500 77 200 92 100 —— 969 —— 500 3 —— 3 —— Cash sales Receivables ledger $ $ 77 200 92 —— 500 —— —— 92 —— 100 —— 377 —— Payments – see next page (b) Sales day book Date 2 Feb 4 Feb 9 Feb 16 Feb 22 Feb Details Invoice no T Crown W Wilson L Robinson W Wilson T Crown Total $ 80 100 170 180 130 —— 660 —— Purchases day book Date 1 Feb 10 Feb 14 Feb 18 Feb 23 Feb Details Invoice no W Martin F Pearson W Martin H Wood W Martin Total $ 250 130 150 75 240 —— 845 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1107 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Payments Feb 1 2 3 6 8 11 12 13 14 20 21 24 25 27 28 28 28 Fittings Drawings W Martin Wages Purchases W Martin Carriage Wages Purchases Wages H Wood Purchases W Martin Wages Lighting Rent Drawings Discounts Bank Purchases Wages Carriage Lighting Rent $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 5 3 —— 8 —— 40 20 150 7 30 95 2 7 40 7 72 73 200 7 5 8 15 —— 778 —— Payables ledger $ Fixtures $ Drawings $ 40 20 150 7 30 95 2 7 40 7 72 73 200 7 5 8 —— 143 —— —— 28 —— 1108 —— 2 —— —— 5 —— —— 8 —— —— 517 —— —— 40 —— 15 —— 35 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (c) General ledger Tutorial note: As the question specifically stated that the accounts were not to be closed, they have merely been balanced Capital a/c $ 28 Feb Balance c/d $ 500 —— Feb CRB 1 Mar Balance b/d 500 —— 500 Carriage a/c $ Feb CPB 2 — 1 Mar Balance b/d 2 $ 28 Feb Balance c/d 2 — Drawings a/c $ Feb CPB 35 — 1 Mar Balance b/d 35 $ 28 Feb Balance c/d 35 — Discounts allowed a/c $ Feb CRB 3 — 1 Mar Balance b/d 3 $ 28 Feb Balance c/d 3 — Discounts received a/c $ 28 Feb Balance c/d 8 — $ Feb CPB 8 — 1 Mar Balance b/d 8 Fixtures a/c $ Feb 1 Mar CPB 40 — Balance b/d 40 $ 28 Feb Balance c/d ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 40 — 1109 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Lighting a/c $ Feb CPB 1 Mar Balance b/d 5 — $ 28 Feb Balance c/d 5 — 5 Purchases a/c $ Feb 1 Mar CPB PDB Balance b/d 143 845 —— 988 —— $ 28 Feb Balance c/d 988 —— 988 —— 988 Rent a/c $ Feb CPB 1 Mar Balance b/d 8 — $ 28 Feb Balance c/d 8 — 8 Sales a/c $ 28 Feb Balance c/d $ Feb CRB SDB 1 Mar Balance b/d 752 —— 752 —— 92 660 —— 752 —— 752 Wages a/c $ 1110 Feb CPB 28 — 1 Mar Balance b/d 28 $ 28 Feb Balance c/d 28 — ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Payables ledger control a/c $ Feb 28 Feb CPB Discounts received Balance c/d $ 517 8 320 —— 845 —— Feb PDB 845 —— 845 —— 1 Mar Balance b/d 320 Receivables ledger control a/c $ Feb SDB 660 $ Feb CRB Discounts allowed 28 Feb Balance c/d —— 660 —— 1 Mar Balance b/d 377 3 280 —— 660 —— 280 Cash control a/c $ 28 Feb Receipts 969 $ 28 Feb Payments Balance c/d —— 969 —— 1 Mar Balance b/d 778 191 —— 969 —— 191 Receivables ledger (memorandum) T Crown $ 2 Feb 22 Feb SDB SDB 80 130 $ 5 Feb 5 Feb 26 Feb 28 Feb CRB Discount allowed CRB Balance c/d —— 210 —— 1 Mar Balance b/d 77 3 100 30 —— 210 —— 30 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1111 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK W Wilson $ 4 Feb 16 Feb SDB SDB 100 180 —— 280 —— 1 Mar Balance b/d $ 17 Feb CRB 28 Feb Balance c/d 200 80 —— 280 —— 80 L Robinson $ 9 Feb SDB 1 Mar Balance b/d 170 —— $ 28 Feb Balance c/d 170 —— 170 Payables ledger (memorandum) W Martin $ 3 Feb 11 Feb 11 Feb 25 Feb 28 Feb CPB CPB Discount received CPB Balance c/d 150 95 5 200 190 —— 640 —— $ 1 Feb PDB 14 Feb PDB 23 Feb PDB 250 150 240 —— 640 —— 1 Mar Balance b/d 190 F Pearson $ 28 Feb Balance c/d 130 —— $ 10 Feb PDB 1 Mar Balance b/d 130 —— 130 H Wood $ 21 Feb 1112 CPB Discount received 72 3 —— 75 —— $ 18 Feb PDB 75 —— 75 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (d) List of general ledger account balance at 28 February Dr $ Capital Carriage Drawings Discounts allowed Discounts received Fixtures Lighting Purchases Rent Sales Wages Trade payables Trade receivables Cash at bank 2 35 3 8 40 5 988 8 752 28 320 280 191 ——— 1,580 ——— Receivables ledger balances T Crown W Wilson L Robinson ——— 1,580 ——— Payables ledger balances $ (e) Cr $ 500 30 80 170 —— 280 —— $ W Martin F Pearson H Wood 190 130 – —— 320 —— Statement of profit or loss for the month ended 28 February $ Revenue Purchases Less: Closing inventory 988 (325) —— Gross profit Less: Expenses Wages Carriage Lighting Discounts (net) $(3 – 8) Rent Profit for the period ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 28 2 5 (5) 8 —— $ 752 (663) —— 89 (38) —— 51 —— 1113 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statement of financial position at 28 February $ Non-current assets: Fixtures Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Cash at bank 325 280 191 —— Total assets $ 40 796 —— 836 —— $ Capital account Capital introduced Add: Profit for month 500 51 —— 551 (35) —— 516 320 —— 836 —— Less: Drawings Current liabilities: Trade payables Total capital and liabilities Answer 61 MCQs BOOKS OF PRIME ENTRY AND CONTROL ACCOUNTS Item Answer Justification 61.1 C 61.2 C 61.3 B Both the personal account in the receivables ledger plus the double entry posted from the totals must be corrected. Receivables $000 Balance b/d Credit sales 84 432 $000 Cash received Irrecoverable debts written off Discounts allowed Balance c/d —— 516 —— 1114 380 10 9 117 —— 516 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 61.4 B Payables $000 Cash paid Credit notes Discounts received Balance c/d 61.5 D 490 11 8 201 —— 710 —— $000 Balance b/d Credit purchases —— 710 —— Receivables ledger control a/c $ Balance b/f Sales Dishonoured cheques 100,000 402,010 75 $ Discounts allowed Cash Sales returns Balance c/f ——— 502,085 ——— 61.6 B Balance b/d Sales Irrecoverable debt recovered 63,158 550,000 542 $ Sales returns Cash Discount allowed Debts written off Cash Contras Balance c/d ———— 613,700 ———— A 6,000 514,268 12,790 4,100 542 4,000 72,000 ———— 613,700 ———— Payables ledger control a/c $ Purchase returns Cash Discounts received Contras Balance c/d 404 212,050 20,401 269,230 ——— 502,085 ——— Receivables ledger control a/c $ 61.7 180 530 4,000 258,100 5,900 4,000 36,000 ———— 308,000 ———— $ Balance b/d Purchases ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 32,000 276,000 ———— 308,000 ———— 1115 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 61.8 A Allowance a/c $ Balance c/d (5% $72,000) 3,600 ——— 3,600 ——— $ Balance b/d Irrecoverable debt a/c 3,158 442 ——— 3,600 ——— Irrecoverable debts expense a/c $ Receivables (w/o) Allowance 61.9 A 4,100 442 ——— 4,542 ——— $ Irrecoverable debt recovered I & E a/c Cash book $ Receivables Plant sale proceeds Balance c/d 61.10 A 25,000 20,000 10,000 ——— 55,000 ——— $ Balance b/d Payables 40,000 15,000 ——— 55,000 ——— Receivables a/c $ Balance b/d Sales 40,000 36,000 $ Sales returns Discounts Cash Irrecoverable debts Balance c/d ——— 76,000 ——— 3,000 3,000 25,000 3,000 42,000 ——— 76,000 ——— $ 42,000 (6,000) ——— 36,000 ——— Trade receivables Less: Allowance Net receivables 1116 542 4,000 ——— 4,542 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) 61.11 B Receivables ledger control a/c $ 1.1 Balance b/fwd Credit sales 289,376 626,575 $ Cash Irrecoverable debt expense Returns Discounts allowed 31.12. Balance c/fwd _______ 795,373 9,550 7,000 12,956 91,072 _______ 915,951 _______ 915,951 _______ Answer 62 BRABANTIA (a) Payables ledger control a/c $ Cash (2) Contra – receivables ledger (3) 31.12 Balance c/d 1,800 1,386 100,000 ———— 103,186 ———— $ 31.12 Balance b/d PDB undercast (1) 97,186 6,000 ———— 103,186 ———— 1.1 Balance b/d (b) 100,000 Reconciliation with list of balances $ 96,238 (80) 3,842 ——— 100,000 ——— Total per list of balances Debit balance extracted as a credit (4) (2 40) Balance omitted (5) Adjusted balance per control account Tutorial note: It is always very reassuring in an exam to be able to see that you have got the right answer. However, you may not always be given the total of the list of balances – see the next question! Answer 63 TARTUFO (a) Receivables ledger control a/c $ Balance b/d 30,434 $ SDB overcast (2) Contra with payables ledger (4) Balance c/d ——— 30,434 ——— Balance b/d 3,950 620 25,864 ——— 30,434 ——— 25,864 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1117 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Payables ledger control a/c $ Contra with receivables ledger (4) 620 Transposition error (5) 180 Purchases returns (6) 340 Balance c/d 17,600 ——— 18,740 ——— $ Balance b/d 18,740 ——— 18,740 ——— Balance b/d (b) 17,600 Individual balances $ 25,904 (40) ——— 25,864 ——— Receivables ledger (extracted total) (al fig) Discount allowed (3) Corrected balance (as per control account) $ Payables ledger (extracted total) (al fig) Add: Credit balances omitted (1) Less: Debit balance omitted (1) Discount allowed (3) 72 40 —— Corrected balance (as per control account) $ 16,398 1,314 (112) ——— 17,600 ——— Answer 64 RACY (a) Payables ledger control a/c $ 30.6.2015 Cash Discounts received Balance c/d 322,000 8,000 40,000 ———— 370,000 ———— $ 1.7.2014 Balance b/d Purchases ———— 370,000 ———— 1.7.2015 Balance b/d 1118 30,000 340,000 40,000 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (b) Statement reconciling the balance per the list of balances to the ledger control account balance $ $ Total per suppliers listing 39,800 1,500 Add: Goods omitted from Roy’s account (1) Discounts allowed debited to payables’ ledger not credited to debtors’ ledger (2) 500 David’s account omitted (3) 2,000 Error in posting to Piax account (6) 50 ——— 4,050 ——— 43,850 3,500 Less: Discounts received omitted (4) Cash paid to Freddie’s account posted to wrong side ($50 2) (5) 100 Cheque paid to James omitted (5) 250 ——— (3,850) ——— Balance per payables ledger control account 40,000 ——— Answer 65 TELETUBBY (a) Statement reconciling the receivables ledger listing to the corrected receivable ledger control account balance $ $ Balance per receivables ledger listing 22,620 Add: Debt reinstated due to dishonoured cheque (5) 527 Customer balance omitted (7) 521 —— 1,048 Less: Payables ledger contra (3) Credit balance listed as a debit balance ($316 2) (4) Balance per receivables ledger control account (W1) (b) 681 632 —— (1,313) ——— 22,355 ——— Statement reconciling the payables ledger listing to the corrected payables ledger control account balance $ Balance per payables ledger listing 21,805 27 Add: Credit balance wrongly listed $(96 – 69) (4) Less: Receivables ledger contra (3) (681) ——— Balance per payables ledger control account (W2) 21,151 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1119 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK WORKINGS (1) Receivables ledger control a/c $ Balance b/d Cash (dishonoured cheque) (5) Cash (payments) (6) 38,076 527 24,586 $ Sales returns a/c (1) Purchase returns a/c (1) Cash (undercasting) (2) Cash (receipts) (6) Balance c/d ——— 63,189 ——— Balance b/d (2) 7,164 5,328 1,000 27,342 22,355 ——— 63,189 ——— 22,355 Payables ledger control a/c $ Sales returns a/c (1) Purchase returns a/c (1) Cash (payments) (6) Balance c/d 7,164 5,328 24,586 21,151 ——— 58,229 ——— $ Balance b/d Cash (receipts) (6) 30,887 27,342 ——— 58,229 ——— Balance b/d 21,151 Answer 66 ROBIN & CO (a) Receivables ledger control a/c $ 30 Sep Balance b/d Discounts allowed (4) (Wren) 3,800 25 ——— 3,825 ——— 1 Oct (b) Balance b/d $ 30 Sep Irrecoverable debts a/c (2) 400 Payables ledger control a/c (5) 70 Discount allowed (6) 140 Balance c/d 3,215 ——— 3,825 ——— 3,215 List of receivables ledger balances Original total (al fig) Add: Debit balances previously omitted (1) Less: Item posted twice to Sparrow’s account (3) Amended total per receivables ledger control account 1120 $ 3,362 103 ——— 3,465 (250) ——— 3,215 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 67 SHOWERS (a) Trade receivables ledger control a/c $ 2014 31 Oct Balance as originally extracted Omission of sales (1) Cheque dishonoured (12) 12,550 850 300 ——— 13,700 ——— 1 Nov Balance b/f (b) $ 2014 31 Oct Omission of discounts allowed (4) 100 Contra with payables ledger (6) 400 Irrecoverable debt (7) 500 Returns inwards omitted (10) 200 Balance c/f 12,500 ——— 13,700 ——— 12,500 Trade receivables ledger – Balances at 31 October 2014 $ Total as originally extracted Add Balance omitted (2) Undercasting of balance (5) Less 300 200 —— Cash received – correction of transposition (3) Cash received – incorrectly debited ( 2) (8) Discounts received – entered in a customer’s account (9) Error in crediting cash received $(80 – 8) 180 500 50 72 —— Amended trade receivables ledger account balance at 31 October 2014 $ 12,802 500 ——— 13,302 (802) ——— 12,500 ——— Answer 68 HUBERT (a) Sales ledger control a/c $ Balance per trial balance 9,650 $ (3) Discount allowed (5) Credit note outstanding Corrected balance c/d ——— 9,650 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 671 17 8,962 ——— 9,650 ——— 1121 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Purchase ledger control a/c $ (1) Overstatement of purchases day book input total (4) Payment mis-input (6) Discounts received Corrected balance c/d 3,600 260 280 3,384 ——— 7,524 ——— $ Balances per trial balance (2) Debit balance written off 7,496 28 ——— 7,524 ——— List out of individual ledger balances Sales ledger $ $ – + Balances as originally extracted (3) Discount allowed (4) Payment mis-classified (5) Credit note outstanding (7i) Balance omitted (7i) Balance omitted (7ii) Balance wrongly extracted (7iii) Overcast on Hoppo’s a/c 9,617 3,556 671 260 17 54 69 88 90 —— 778 Totals as amended (agreeing with control accounts) (b) Purchase ledger $ $ – + ——— 9,740 (778) ——— 8,962 ——— —— 260 ——— 3,644 (260) ——— 3,384 ——— $ – $ + Amendments to profit for the six months to 31 August Profit (per manual draft accounts) (1) Overstatement of PDB total (2) Debit balance written off (3) Discount allowed – August (4) Payment mis-classified (5) Credit note due (5) Write-down of inventory (6) Discount received 4,322 3,600 28 671 260 17 12 —— 728 Profit as revised 280 ——— 8,462 (728) ——— 7,734 ——— Tutorial note: Adjustment to profit statements are covered in detail in the session on suspense a/cs. 1122 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 69 MCQs CONTROL ACCOUNT RECONCILIATIONS Item Answer Justification 69.1 D Credit receivables ledger control account $900 to reduce amounts due so the figure is in line with the list of balances. 69.2 D As an allowance does not reduce receivables, crediting receivables with all cash received, including that from debts against which an allowance has already been made, is correct. 69.3 C $ 19,579 Balance per purchase ledger Less: Discounts received (not recorded in the purchase ledger) (3,110) ______ 16,469 ______ There is no need to adjust for the contra entry as that has already been deducted in the payables ledger. 69.4 D Option A could partially explain the difference, but is insufficient, in itself, at $1,125. Option B increases the size of the difference and is, therefore, incorrect. Option C will narrow the difference but, again, cannot account for it in itself. Option D provides a full explanation by reducing the list of balances by $2,250 through correcting the treatment of a debit balance of $1,125. Answer 70 TALANT Cash book $ $ 1 Oct 10 Oct 17 Oct 28 Oct 28 Oct 31 Oct Balance b/d Ambrosia Bertram Crisp Dividend (PPI) ____ 476 285 367 52 370 280 2,415 ____ 4,245 —— 4,245 —— 2,250 508 626 735 126 Balance b/d 2 Oct 14 Oct 19 Oct 28 Oct 28 Oct 28 Oct 31 Oct Grenadine Holly Ivan Charges Richmond DC Building Society Balance c/d 2,415 Bank statement reconciliation (as at 31 October) $ Balance per bank statement Add: (1) Outstanding deposit Less: (2) Unpresented cheque 2,047 735 (367) ____ Revised balance per the cash book 2,415 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1123 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 71 PRINGLE Bank reconciliation statement at 30 June $ 1,550 210 ——— 1,760 (260) ——— 1,500 ——— Balance per bank statement Add: Uncleared deposits Less: Unpresented cheques (70 + 90 + 100) Balance per cash account Answer 72 WHITE Bank reconciliation statement at 30 November $ Balance per bank statement Add: Uncleared deposits (40 + 60) 6 100 —— 106 (122) —— (16) o/d —— Less: Unpresented cheques (20 + 32 + 70) Balance per cash account Answer 73 GORBACHEV (a) Cash a/c $ Balance b/d Interest on deposit a/c 204 18 $ Standing order Bank charges Balance c/d —— 222 —— Balance b/d (b) 173 Bank reconciliation statement at 31 March $ 2,618 723 ——— 3,341 (3,168) ——— 173 ——— Balance per bank statement Add: Outstanding deposits Less: Unpresented cheques Balance per cash account 1124 35 14 173 —— 222 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 74 JOVANOVICH (a) Cash a/c $ Balance b/d Undercast cash a/c Balance c/d 1,660 200 344 ——— 2,204 ——— $ Transposition error Dishonoured cheque Bank charges Standing orders Balance b/d (b) 1,800 220 24 160 ——— 2,204 ——— 344 Bank reconciliation statement at 30 June $ (450) 626 —— 176 (520) —— (344) o/d —— Balance per bank statement Add : Uncleared deposits Less: Unpresented cheques Balance per cash account Answer 75 NORTH STAR CO (a) Cash a/c $ Balance b/d Error in b/d balance 1,920 126 ——— 2,046 ——— Balance b/d $ Bank charges 70 Cheque drawn – shown as receipt 188 Cheque “refer to drawer” 36 Balance c/d 1,752 ——— 2,046 ——— 1,752 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1125 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Bank reconciliation statement $ Balance per bank statement Add: Uncleared deposits Bank error $ (248) 3,084 144 ——— Less: Unpresented cheques 428 740 60 —— Balance per cash account 3,228 ——— 2,980 (1,228) ——— 1,752 ——— Answer 76 DEALERS (a) Cash a/c $ Cheque entered twice Traders’ credits Balance c/d 94 341 1,325 ——— 1,760 ——— $ Balance b/d Undercast error in page c/f Standing order Bank charges Dishonoured cheque Balance b/d (b) 1,325 Bank reconciliation statement at 30 April 2015 $ 2,149 698 ——— 2,847 (1,560) ——— 1,287 (2,612) ——— (1,325) ——— Balance per bank statement Add: Uncleared deposits Less: Cheque credited in error by bank Less: Unpresented cheques (al fig) Balance per cash account (overdraft) 1126 1,062 450 91 57 100 ——— 1,760 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 77 GENEVA (a) Cash a/c $ Dividends received Cheque drawn correction (66 – 6) Overstatement of opening balance Balance c/d 62 60 50 642 —— 814 —— $ Balance b/d Bank charges Cheque receipt correction (2 × 22) Dishonoured cheque Balance b/d (b) 554 136 44 80 —— 814 —— 642 Bank reconciliation statement at 31 December $ Balance per bank statement Add: Uncleared deposits/lodgements Cheque debited in error by bank Less: Unpresented cheques Balance per cash account (overdraft) 762 25 —— $ (1,162) 787 ——— (375) (267) ——— (642) ——— Answer 78 MCQs BANK RECONCILIATIONS Item Answer Justification 78.1 A There are only two items which create timing difference between when they are recorded in the cash book and when they are recorded by the bank – unpresented cheques and outstanding lodgements. 78.2 A Only timing differences and bank errors are reconciling items. The cash book must be adjusted for all other items. 78.3 D Receipts paid in to the bank before the year end, clearing the bank after the year end. 78.4 A Cheque payments drawn before the year end, clearing the bank after the year end. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1127 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 79 YULIA (a) Journal entries Dr $ H Malkov’s a/c A Malkov’s a/c Cr $ 120 120 (1) Correction of posting to incorrect personal a/c A Harkal’s a/c Suspense a/c 54 54 (2) Correction of posting to wrong side of personal a/c Revenue a/c Disposal a/c 190 190 (3) Correction of error of principle – sales proceeds of plant previously posted to revenue a/c D Herman’s a/c Suspense a/c 108 108 (4) Correction of posting $12 rather than $120 Suspense a/c Revenue a/c 200 200 (5) Correction of undercast of sales day book Suspense a/c Rent payable a/c 30 30 (6) Amount of accrued expense not brought forward on the a/c Petty cash a/c (not posted) Suspense a/c 12 12 (7) Balance omitted from trial balance (b) Suspense a/c $ Revenue a/c (5) Rent payable a/c (6) 200 30 $ Difference on TB A Harkal’s a/c (2) D Herman’s a/c (4) Petty cash a/c (7) —— 230 —— 1128 56 54 108 12 —— 230 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 80 OGRE Suspense a/c $ Balance b/d Light and heat a/c (3) Customer’s a/c (4) 940 840 180 ——— 1,960 ——— $ Sales returns a/c (1) Discounts received a/c (5) Discounts allowed a/c (5) 90 890 980 ——— 1,960 ——— Answer 81 GROAN (a) Journal entries Dr $ Suspense a/c Purchases a/c Cr $ 200 200 (1) Correction of overcast of purchase day book Telephone a/c Suspense a/c 99 99 (2) Correction of posting to the wrong side of the telephone a/c Suspense a/c Discounts a/c 1,240 1,240 (3) Correction of posting to the wrong side of the discounts a/c Titus’s a/c Trite’s a/c 310 310 (4) Correction of posting to incorrect personal a/c Salaries a/c Suspense a/c 1,210 1,210 (5) Correction of posting to the wrong side of the salaries a/c Bouncer’s a/c Bank a/c 55 55 (6) Reversal of a cash receipt entry on dishonouring of the cheque ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1129 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Suspense a/c $ Purchases a/c (1) Discounts a/c (3) 200 1,240 $ Telephone a/c (2) Salaries a/c (5) Original difference (al fig) 99 1,210 131 ——— 1,440 ——— ——— 1,440 ——— Answer 82 BLACKWATER TRANSPORT Dr $ Discounts allowed Customer a/c (1) 12 12 Agreed treatment of outstanding balance on customer’s a/c Purchase returns Suspense a/c (2) 200 200 Correction of overstatement of total returns Subscriptions Cash at bank (3(i)) Cr $ 140 140 Direct debit not previously posted Supplier a/c Cash at bank 180 180 (3 (ii)) Correction of transposition error Cash at bank (W2) Suspense a/c 80 80 (3 (iv)) Correction of addition error in the cash a/c Suspense a/c Irrecoverable debts (4) 326 326 Posting of irrecoverable debt recovered only entered in the cash book Receivables per trial balance Suspense a/c (5) 360 360 Inclusion of account receivable balance omitted when trial balance taken Suspense a/c Customer a/c (6) 1130 20 20 Correction of misposting of allowance to customer ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) WORKINGS (1) Bank reconciliation at 31 January $ 240 (654) —— (414) o/d —— Balance per bank statement Less: Unpresented cheques (3 (iii)) Balance per cash account (2) Cash a/c $ Addition error (al fig) 80 Adjusted balance c/d (W1) 414 —— 494 —— $ Balance per trial balance Subscriptions a/c (3(i)) Supplier’s a/c (3(ii)) 174 140 180 —— 494 —— Answer 83 SMETENA NEWSAGENTS (a) Journal entries Dr $ Suspense a/c Purchases a/c Cr $ 180 180 (2) Correction of amount posted to purchases a/c arising from transposition error Income & expenditure a/c (closing inventory) Inventory per statement of financial position 2,000 2,000 (3) Correction of overcasting of inventory-sheets Suspense a/c Cash a/c 590 590 (4) Correction of overstatement of cash in hand Fixtures and fittings a/c Suspense a/c 4,600 4,600 (5) Correction of omission from the trial balance of fixtures and fittings (see tutorial note) Interest a/c (I& E) Accrued expenses a/c 1,200 1,200 (6) Accrual for interest due on loan not yet provided for ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1131 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Tutorial note: There is no double-entry correction to be made in the fixtures and fitting account itself – only in correcting the trial balance (which has omitted the balance). An alternative approach is to say that there is no double entry and instead to present the suspense a/c with the “correct” difference on the suspense a/c which would be $770 Dr (i.e. $3,830 Cr – $4,600 Dr). (b) Suspense a/c $ Difference in TB Purchases (2) Cash in TB (4) (c) 3,830 180 590 ——— 4,600 ——— $ Fixtures and fittings omitted from TB (5) ——— 4,600 ——— Statement of financial position at 31 December $ Non-current assets Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Cash $ $ 76,808 16,826 26,216 110 ——— 43,152 ——— 119,960 ——— Total assets Opening capital Add: Profit (W) 50,224 15,380 ——— 65,604 (8,260) ——— 57,344 Less: Drawings Non-current liabilities Loan – L Franks 20,000 Current liabilities Bank overdraft Trade payables Accrued expenses 14,634 26,782 1,200 ——— Total capital and liabilities 1132 4,600 42,616 ——— 119,960 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) WORKING Adjustment to profit $ + Profit per draft statement of financial position Less: Overstated closing inventory (3) Interest on loan a/c (6) Add: Overstated purchases (2) $ – $ 18,400 2,000 1,200 ——— 3,200 180 —— (3,020) ——— 15,380 ——— Answer 84 ALPHA (a) Journal entries Dr $ Rent a/c (or I & E a/c) Receivables ledger control a/c Cr $ 500 500 (1) Correction of posting to the receivables ledger control a/c Payables ledger control a/c Receivables ledger control a/c 1,500 1,500 (2) Contra between the receivables & payables ledger control a/cs Discounts allowed a/c (or I & E a/c) Receivables ledger control a/c 750 750 (3) Inclusion of discounts allowed in the a/cs Receivables ledger control a/c Suspense a/c 3,220 3,220 (4) Posting to the receivables ledger control a/c of cash to clear a credit balance on the receivables ledger Telephone a/c (or I & E a/c) Suspense a/c 1,460 1,460 (5) Posting of a payment to the telephone a/c ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1133 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Dr $ Sales a/c (or I & E a/c) Receivables ledger control a/c Cr $ 250 250 (6) Correction of the overcast of the sales day book Receivables ledger control a/c Suspense a/c 2,500 2,500 (7) Correction of a double posting of cash sales Bank charges a/c (or I & E a/c) Bank a/c 2,120 2,120 (8) Inclusion of bank charges in the a/cs (b) Statement of adjusted retained earnings $ Per trial balance Less: Rent Discounts allowed Telephone Sales revenue Bank charges 500 750 1,460 250 2,120 ——— Adjusted retained earnings (c) (5,080) ——— 9,920 ——— Corrected list of account balances Dr $ 70,000 Non-current assets at cost Accumulated depreciation Share capital Retained earnings (part (b)) Inventory at cost Receivables (W) Payables $(7,200 – 1,500) Balance at bank $(1,740– 2,120) 1134 $ 15,000 Cr $ 46,500 40,000 9,920 16,000 16,500 5,700 380 ———— ———— 102,500 102,500 ———— ———— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (d) Statement of financial position at 30 June 2015 Cost Depreciation $ $ $ 70,000 46,500 23,500 ——— ——— Tangible non-current assets Current assets Inventory Trade receivables (W) 16,000 16,500 ——— 32,500 ——— 56,000 ——— Total assets Capital and reserves Share capital Retained earnings 40,000 9,920 ——— 49,920 Current liabilities Bank overdraft Trade payables 380 5,700 ——— Total equity and liabilities 6,080 ——— 56,000 ——— WORKING Receivables ledger control account $ Per list of balances Less: Rent Contra Discounts allowed SDB overcast 500 1,500 750 250 ——— Add: Cheque Cash sales 3,220 2,500 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 13,780 (3,000) ——— 10,780 5,720 ——— 16,500 ——— 1135 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK The suspense a/c is shown below for completeness. Suspense a/c $ TB difference 7,180 $ RLCa/c (4) Telephone expense RLCa/c (7) 3,220 1,460 2,500 ——— 7,180 ——— ——— 7,180 ——— Answer 85 COSY COMFORTS No Details Dr $ (1) Accrual for discount allowed to customers Discount allowed 72.13 Cr $ 72.13 Reduction in accrual for discount (2(i)) Irrecoverable debts Trade receivables 64.80 64.80 Irrecoverable debts written off (2(ii)) Bank Irrecoverable debts 21.44 21.44 Receipt of debt previously written off as irrecoverable (3) Trade receivables Discount allowed 3.20 3.20 Correction of amount of discount allowed to customer (4% 80) (4(i)) Prepayments Insurance 22.45 22.45 Prepayment of insurance (4(ii)) Electricity Accrued expenses 36.71 36.71 Electricity accrual 1136 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) No Details Dr $ (5) Cash Unclaimed wages (liability) Cr $ 126.55 126.55 Unclaimed wage arrears to be banked (6) Wages Salaries Accrued expenses 464.12 301.70 765.82 Wages and salaries accrued (7(i)) Repairs and renewals Premises 5,000.00 5,000.00 Repairs incorrectly capitalised (7(ii)) Accumulated depreciation Depreciation (I & E a/c) 100.00 100.00 Elimination of depreciation charged on incorrectly capitalised repairs (8) Trade payables Trade receivables 163.04 163.04 Purchase ledger contra with sales ledger Answer 86 RAFAL JAFFA (a) Control and suspense accounts Sales ledger control $ (j) Per trial balance Y – excess amount written off 110,172 200 $ (c) (g) Contra purchase ledger Cash book error Balance c/d ———— 110,372 ———— Balance c/d 700 100 109,572 ———— 110,372 ———— 109,572 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1137 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Purchase ledger control $ (c) (g) (h) Contra sales ledger PDB invoice error PDB overcast Balance c/d $ 700 198 1,000 76,368 ——— 78,266 ——— Per trial balance 78,266 ——— 78,266 ——— Balance b/d 76,368 Suspense $ (k) Per trial balance Insurance Balance b/d (b) $ 2,315 90 ——— 2,405 ——— (i) Bank balance Balance c/d 2,400 5 ——— 2,405 ——— 5 Ledger reconciliations Sales ledger list of balances Dr $ 111,111 Per listing (c) Contra purchase ledger X (d) H Patel – correction (e) Allowance (g) Cash book error (j) Customer Y – excess amount written off 600 300 100 200 ———— ——— 111,911 2,334 (2,334) ———— 109,577 (109,572) ——— 5 ——— Revised net total Per control account Difference 1138 Cr $ 1,234 700 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Purchase ledger list of balances Dr $ 1,111 700 Per listing (c) Contra sales ledger X (d) M Patel – error (e) PDB invoice error 600 198 ——— 2,009 Revised net total Per control account Difference (c) Cr $ 77,777 ——— 78,377 (2,009) ——— 76,368 (76,368) ——— Nil ——— Comment The purchase ledger control account now reconciles to the list of balances. However, there is a difference of $5 between the balance on the sales ledger control account and the revised net balances extracted from the sales ledger. There is also a $5 balance remaining on suspense account. This would suggest that the remaining trial balance error is to be found in the sales ledger control account. The entries in this account should be rechecked. Answer 87 XYZ Corrected statement of financial position at 30 September 2014 Cost Depreciation $ $ Carrying value $ ASSETS Non-current assets Plant Vehicles 150,000 90,000 25,000 15,000 ———– ———– 175,000 105,000 ———– ———– Current assets Inventories Trade receivables Less: Allowance 60,000 10,000 ——— 70,000 12,000 20,000 (2,000) ——— 18,000 500 ——— Cash 30,500 ——— 100,500 ——— Total assets ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1139 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES Capital and reserves Capital Profit for the year (W1) $ 20,000 63,500 ——— 83,500 (10,000) ——— 73,500 Less: Drawings Non-current liabilities Loan 5,000 Current liabilities Trade payables 22,000 ——— 100,500 ——— WORKINGS (1) Adjustment to profit for the year $ Balance per draft statement of financial position Add (5) Understatement of sales owing to transposition error (6) Motor vehicle debited in error (7) Drawings incorrectly debited (8) Discounts received debited instead of being credited ( 2) 900 5,000 10,000 ——— Less (1) Receivables allowance incorrectly credited to net profit (2) Increase in the receivables allowance (10% of trade debtors at 30 September 2014) (8) Discounts allowed credited instead of being debited ( 2) (9) Loan incorrectly credited 200 2,000 5,000 ——— (9,000) ——— 63,500 ——— Suspense a/c $ (3) (5) (8) (10) 1140 3,000 18,900 ——— 72,500 1,800 Adjusted profit for the year (2) $ 53,600 Depreciation omitted $(5,000 + 30,000) Sales omitted Discounts received Trade payables omitted 35,000 900 3,000 10,000 ——— 48,900 ——— $ Original balance (4) Inventories omitted (8) Discounts allowed 44,900 2,000 2,000 ——— 48,900 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 88 CND (a) Correcting entries (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) Dr $ Capital a/c Loan a/c X Marking guide Cr $ 10,000 Bank loan a/c Accrued expenses a/c Bank charges a/c Bank overdraft a/c Depreciation of non-current assets a/c Disposals a/c Non-current assets a/c Disposals a/c Gain on sale a/c Wages and salaries a/c (6,088 + 1,766) Payments of personal tax a/c Payments of social security a/c, etc Taxation & social security payable a/c 1,064 1 7,854 5,988 1,766 1½ 100 1,000 Suspense a/c Purchases a/c 1 11,879 Trade receivables a/c Irrecoverable debts recovered a/c Bank overdraft a/c Insurance a/c 1,000 1,064 2,000 Advertising a/c Repairs and maintenance a/c 1 10,943 936 Irrecoverable debts a/c Trade receivables a/c Packing materials a/c Suspense a/c 458 1,000 10,260 240 Suspense a/c Postage, telephone and stationery a/c 1 458 Trade payables a/c Discounts allowed a/c Trade receivables a/c Discount received a/c Sales returns a/c Purchases returns a/c Suspense a/c 10,000 10,240 260 1½ 2,000 1 1,000 1 1,260 1 9 1 76 1 124 1 36 1 630 630 9 76 124 36 297 297 1 ___ 16 ___ ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1141 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Trial balance at 31 December Dr $ Capital account $(110 – 10) Retained earnings at 1 January Bank loan $(30,458 – 458) Loan account – X Trade receivables$ (77,240 – 10,240 – 2,000 + 1,000) Trade payables $(60,260 – 10,260) Cash in hand Bank overdraft $(5,036 + 1,000 – 36) Inventories at 1 January Non-current assets at cost $(161,879 – 11,879) Accumulated depreciation at 31 December Depreciation for the year Purchases $(300,297 – 297) Revenues Returns Discounts allowed $(9,760 + 240) Discounts received $(6,740 + 260) Wages and salaries (gross) $(15,146 + 7,854) Taxation on wages and salares payable $(900 + 100) Rent and insurance $(18,036 – 36) Postage, telephone and stationery $(3,009 – 9) Repairs and maintenance $(2,124 – 124) Advertising $(4,876 + 124) Packing materials $(924 + 76) Motor expenses Sundry expenses Debenture interest Bank charges Irrecoverable debts Irrecoverable debts recovered Accrued expenses $(6,478 + 458) Surplus on asset disposal $(2,000 – (11,879 – 10,943)) Cr $ 100,000 50,000 30,000 10,000 66,000 50,000 1,000 6,000 108,000 150,000 50,000 15,000 300,000 5,000 10,000 400,000 4,000 ¼ each Dr/Cr 7,000 23,000 1,000 18,000 3,000 2,000 5,000 1,000 2,000 1,000 4,000 1,000 2,000 max 8 1,000 6,936 1,064 ———– ———– 717,000 717,000 ———– ———– WORKING Suspense a/c $ Original balance (10) Stationery transposition error (14) Purchases transposition error 1142 1,030 9 $ (9) Goods returned misposting (11) Materials payment omitted 297 ——— 1,336 ——— 1,260 76 ——— 1,336 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com ½ each Dr/Cr entry max 2 ___ 10 ___ STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 89 MCQs SUSPENSE ACCOUNTS Item Answer Justification 89.1 D Because the company does not maintain control accounts the individual customers’ accounts have been debited with $500 more than has been credited to sales. Therefore sales must be credited with $500. As there is no option offered to debit a suspense a/c also it must be assumed that the error has been discovered before creating a suspense a/c. 89.2 C Knight’s a/c should have been debited $100 so debit now 2 $100 = $200 to correct. 89.3 C Reversal of incorrect posting to discounts received. 89.4 A K Chess’s a/c has not yet been credited (A or D). K Checker’s a/c should not have been credited therefore debit. 89.5 A This is simply a mis-posting of the right amount to the wrong a/c so has no bearing on the suspense a/c. Tutorial note: As there is no mention of the credit side of the entry it should be assumed that it has been correctly posted to payables/cash. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1143 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 90 JOLANTA (a) List of account balances at 31 December 2014 Dr $ Trade payables Allowance for irrecoverable trade receivables Revenue Opening inventory Leasehold premises at cost Accumulated amortisation to 31 December 2014 (9,000 + 9,000) Delivery vans at cost Accumulated depreciation to 31 December 2014 (15,600 + 2,000) Purchases Carriage outwards Trade receivables Loan advanced by Joanna Returns inwards Returns outwards Rent Salesmen’s salaries and commission Interest on loan Vehicle running expenses Bank overdraft Carriage inwards Accountancy and audit Trade discounts received Light and heat General expenses Capital account Irrecoverable debts account Amortisation of leasehold for 2014 Depreciation of delivery vans for 2014 1144 Cr $ 14,500 1,200 93,200 14,300 45,000 18,000 21,600 17,600 51,400 350 35,700 4,100 1,050 950 2,550 8,200 250 3,650 21,100 2,150 1,600 400 1,300 900 30,000 50 9,000 2,000 ——–— ——–— 201,050 201,050 ——–— ———– ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (b) Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 $ $ Revenue Less: Returns inwards Opening inventory Purchases (51,400 – 400) Less: Returns outwards $ 93,200 (1,050) ——— 92,150 14,300 51,000 (950) ——— 50,050 2,150 ——— 66,500 (15,200) ——— (51,300) ——— 40,850 Carriage inwards Less: Closing inventory Gross profit Less: Expenses Establishment costs Rent Light and heat Amortisation Administration and general costs Accountancy and audit General expenses Selling and distribution costs Carriage outwards Salesmen’s salaries and commission Vehicle running expenses Depreciation on vans Financial costs Loan interest Irrecoverable debts Profit for the year 2,550 1,300 9,000 ——— 12,850 1,600 900 ——— 2,500 350 8,200 3,650 2,000 ——— 14,200 250 50 ——— 350 ——— (29,850) ——— 11,000 ——— Tutorial note: It is worth noting that in relation to the “function of expense” method IAS 1 states “this method can provide more relevant information to users … but allocating costs to functions may require arbitrary allocations and involve considerable judgement”. For example, although irrecoverable debts here have been attributed to finance costs (i.e. the responsibility of the finance department for not having been able to recover) they could just as well be allocated to distribution (as in selling and distribution) or administration. Discounts received in this question are specified as “trade” and therefore adjusted against purchases. However, prompt payment discounts are an aspect of financing and so could be allocated to finance costs. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1145 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 Cost Depreciation $ $ Tangible non-current assets Leasehold premises Delivery vans 45,000 21,600 ——— 66,600 ——— Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Less: Allowance for trade receivables 18,000 17,600 ——— 35,600 ——— $ 27,000 4,000 ——— 31,000 15,200 35,700 1,200 ——— 34,500 ——— 49,700 ——— 80,700 ——— Total assets $ Capital account Capital at 1 January 2014 Add: Profit for the year 30,000 11,000 ——— 41,000 Non-current liability Loan from Joanna 4,100 Current liabilities Bank overdraft Trade payables 21,100 14,500 ——— Total capital and liabilities 1146 35,600 ——— 80,700 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 91 GANDALF Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 March 2015 $ Revenue (34,628 + 8,512) Less: Cost of goods sold Purchases (20,700 + 11,344) Closing inventory Gross profit Less: Expenses Assistant’s salary (including bonus) Electricity (1,120 + 340) Rent Postage and stationery $ 43,140 32,044 (8,514) ——— (23,530) ——— 19,610 4,800 1,460 2,200 700 ——— Profit for the year (9,160) ——— 10,450 ——— Statement of financial position at 31 March 2015 $ Non-current assets – motor van Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Cash (W) $ 8,000 8,514 8,512 13,108 ——— 30,134 ——— 38,134 ——— Capital account Capital at 1 April 2014 Profit for the year 20,000 10,450 ——— 30,450 (4,800) ——— 25,650 Less: Drawings Current liabilities Trade payables Accrued charge for electricity Bonus owed 11,344 340 800 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 12,484 ——— 38,134 ——— 1147 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK WORKING Cash balance at 31 March 2015 $ Capital introduced From customers Less: Paid to suppliers Salary Motor van Drawings Electricity Rent Postage 20,700 4,000 8,000 4,800 1,120 2,200 700 ——— $ 20,000 34,628 ——— 54,628 (41,520) ——— 13,108 ——— Answer 92 MARIA Statement of profit or loss for the year to 31 December 2014 $ Revenue Cost of sales Opening inventory Purchases $ 79,060 6,740 54,520 ——— 61,260 (7,330) ——— (53,930) ——— 25,130 Closing inventory Gross profit Less: Expenses Salaries Rent $(1,170 – 250) Office expenses Motor expenses Trade receivables allowance written back (W) Loan interest (5% $4,000) Depreciation Freehold properties Fixtures and fittings Motor vans 8,760 920 3,950 3,790 (138) 200 75 200 1,260 ——— Profit for the year 1148 $ 1,535 ——— (19,017) ——— 6,113 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 Cost $ Tangible non-current assets Freehold properties Furniture and fittings Motor vans 7,500 2,000 6,300 ——— 15,800 ——— Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Less: Allowance for trade receivables (W) Depreciation $ $ 525 1,000 3,630 ——— 5,155 ——— 6,975 1,000 2,670 ——— 10,645 7,330 9,240 (462) ——— Prepayments Bank balance 8,778 250 2,190 ——— 18,548 ——— 29,193 ——— Capital account Capital at 1 January 2014 Add: Profit for year 13,640 6,113 ——— 19,753 (4,800) ——— 14,953 Less: Drawings Non-current liabilities: Loan 4,000 Current liabilities Trade payables Accrued expenses 10,040 200 ——— 10,240 ——— 29,193 ——— WORKING Allowance for trade receivables a/c $ I & E a/c (allowance no longer required) Balance c/d (5% $9,240) $ Balance b/d 138 462 —— 600 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 600 —— 600 —— 1149 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 93 FEDEROV Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 $ $ Revenue $(124,450 – 186 – 48) Cost of goods sold Opening inventory Purchases $(86,046 – 135 – 138) $ 124,216 8,000 85,773 ——— 93,773 156 ——— 93,929 7,550 ——— Carriage inwards Less: Closing inventory Gross profit Less: Expenses Establishment costs Rent (W1) Gas, electricity and water Depreciation Plant and equipment 10% $(8,000 – 2,500) Furniture and fittings 5% $(700 – 200) (86,379) ——— 37,837 1,875 2,560 550 25 —— Administration and general costs Salaries (W2) Wages Printing and stationery General expenses Selling and distribution expenses Travellers’ salaries and commission Travellers’ expenses Carriage outwards Finance costs Bank charges Loan interest (W4) Irrecoverable debts expense (W6) 575 ——— 5,010 4,000 8,250 640 2,056 ——— 14,946 5,480 1,040 546 ——— 7,066 120 100 79 ——— Profit for the year 1150 $ 299 ——— (27,321) ——— 10,516 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 Cost Depreciation $ $ Non-current assets Freehold premises Plant and equipment Fixtures and fittings 8,000 8,000 700 ——— 16,700 ——— – 3,050 225 ——— 3,275 ——— $ 8,000 4,950 475 ——— 13,425 $ Current assets Inventory Trade receivables (net) $(20,280 – 608) (W5) Prepayments Cash at bank 7,550 19,672 125 650 ——— 27,997 ——— 41,422 ——— Total assets Capital account Capital at 1 January 2014 Add: Profit for the year 20,000 10,516 ——— 30,516 (1,250) ——— 29,266 Less: Drawings (W3) Non-current liabilities Loan 2,000 Current liabilities Trade payables Loan interest/accrued expenses 10,056 100 ——— Total capital and liabilities ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 10,156 ——— 41,422 ——— 1151 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK WORKINGS (1) Rent a/c $ Per TB 2,000 ——— 2,000 ——— (2) $ I & E a/c Balance c/d (3/6 $250) Salaries a/c $ Per TB Drawings a/c (transfer) 3,500 500 ——— 4,000 ——— (3) $ I & E a/c Drawings a/c Per TB 1,750 $ Salaries a/c (transfer) Balance c/d ——— 1,750 ——— (4) 500 1,250 ——— 1,750 ——— Loan interest a/c $ Balance c/d (5% $2,000) 100 —— $ I & E a/c 100 —— Allowance for trade receivables $ Irrecoverable debt expense Balance c/d (3% $20,280) 1152 4,000 ——— 4,000 ——– $ (5) 1,875 125 ——— 2,000 ——— 132 608 —— 740 —— $ Balance b/d 740 —— 740 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Irrecoverable debts expense (6) $ Written off (receivables) 256 $ Recovered Decrease in allowance I & E a/c 45 132 79 —— 256 —— —— 256 —— Answer 94 HEINZ Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 $ Revenue Cost of goods sold Opening inventory Purchases (W8) $ $ 68,213 6,934 55,453 ——— 62,387 (7,832) ——— (54,555) ——— 13,658 Less: Closing inventory Gross profit Less: Expenses Establishment costs Rents and insurance (W3) Lighting and heating (W5) Administration and general costs Postages, telephone, stationery and office expenses (W7) Audit and professional charges (W6) Depreciation on fixtures (W1) Selling and distribution costs Running costs of delivery van (W4) Depreciation on vans (W2) Advertising Salesmen’s wages and salaries Financial costs Irrecoverable debts Allowance for trade receivables (W9) Discounts received Profit for the year ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 787 801 ——— 1,588 409 148 760 ——— 1,317 397 750 1,375 5,262 ——— 7,784 76 103 (1,206) ——— (1,027) ——— (9,662) ——— 3,996 ——— 1153 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 Cost Depreciation (W1/2) $ $ $ Tangible non-current assets Furniture and equipment Delivery vans 7,600 3,000 ——— 10,600 ——— Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Less: Allowance for receivables (W9) 2,200 1,500 ——— 3,700 ——— 5,400 1,500 ——— 6,900 7,832 9,600 (480) ——— Insurance claim Prepayments and sundry receivables (60+91+58+217+98) Cash at bank and in hand 9,120 3,224 524 5,148 ——— 25,848 ——— 32,748 ——— Total assets Capital account Capital at 1 January 2014 Add: Profit for the year 23,521 3,996 ——— 27,517 (2,500) ——— 25,017 Less: Drawings Current liabilities Trade payables Accrued expenses (100 + 27 + 39 + 105 + 28) 7,432 299 ——— Total capital and liabilities 7,731 ——— 32,748 ——— WORKINGS (1) Depreciation a/c – furniture and equipment $ Balance c/d 1154 2,200 ——— 2,200 ——— $ Balance per TB I & E a/c (10% $7,600) 1,440 760 ——— 2,200 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (2) Depreciation a/c – delivery vans $ Balance c/d (3) 1,500 ——— 1,500 ——— $ Balance per TB I & E a/c (25% $3,000) 750 750 ——— 1,500 ——— Rents and insurance a/c $ Per TB Rent accrual (4) 838 100 —— 938 —— $ I & E a/c Rent prepayment Insurance prepayment 787 60 91 —— 938 —— Delivery van running costs a/c $ Per TB Repairs accrual (5) 416 39 —— 455 —— $ I & E a/c Insurance prepayment 397 58 —— 455 —— Lighting and heating a/c $ Per TB Electricity accrual (6) 991 27 ——— 1,018 ——— $ I & E a/c Coke prepayment 801 217 ——— 1,018 ——— Audit & professional charges a/c $ Per TB Audit fee accrual 43 105 —— 148 —— $ I & E a/c ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 148 —— 148 —— 1155 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (7) Postage, telephone, stationery and office expenses a/c $ Per TB Telephone accrual 479 28 —— 507 —— (8) $ I & E a/c Stationery prepayment Purchases a/c $ Per TB 58,677 $ Insurance company a/c Trading a/c ——— 58,677 ——— (9) 3,224 55,453 ——— 58,677 ——— Allowance for trade receivables a/c $ Balance c/d (5% $9,600) 1156 409 98 —— 507 —— 480 —— 480 —— $ Balance per TB I & E a/c 377 103 —— 480 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 95 GAMMON Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 $ Revenue Cost of sales Opening inventory Purchases (22,321 – 128) Loss on disposal/depreciation underallowed (W3) Profit for the year ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 34,468 1,655 22,193 ——— 23,848 (1,123) ——— (22,725) ——— 11,743 Less: Closing inventory Gross profit Less: Expenses Insurance $(480 – 65) Plant repairs $(210 + 24) Rent Wages Discount allowed Motor van expenses $(819 + 46) General expenses Depreciation Motor van (W2) Plant ($1,560 15%) Shop fittings ($1,020 5%) $ 415 234 1,478 3,467 437 865 815 191 234 51 —— 476 216 ——— (8,403) ——— 3,340 ——— 1157 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 $ Non-current assets Plant (1,560 – 234) Shop fittings (1,020 – 51) Motor van (764 – 191) 1,326 969 573 ——— 2,868 Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Prepayments Cash in hand 1,123 1,324 65 212 ——— Total assets Capital account Capital at 1 January 2014 Add: Profit for the year 2,724 ——— 5,592 ——— (537) 3,340 ——— 2,803 (1,948) ——— 855 Less: Drawings $(1,820 + 128) Current liabilities Bank overdraft (W1) Trade payables Accrued expenses $(46 + 24) 1,297 3,370 70 ——— Total capital and liabilities 1158 $ 4,737 ——— 5,592 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) WORKINGS (1) Trial balance at 31 December 2014 $ Revenue Insurance Plant repairs Rent Motor van Plant Purchases Wages Inventory at 1 January Discounts allowed Van expenses Shop fittings General expenses Capital account Receivables Payables Cash in hand Drawings Bank overdraft (difference) 480 210 1,478 980 1,560 22,321 3,467 1,655 437 819 1,020 815 537 1,324 3,370 212 1,820 ——— 39,135 ——— (2) $ 34,468 1,297 ——— 39,135 ——— Motor van a/c (at carrying value) $ Per TB 980 Disposal a/c (proceeds of van sold) 220 ——— 1,200 ——— (3) $ Disposal a/c (book value – van sold) 436 Balance c/d 764 ——— 1,200 ——— Motor van depreciation a/c $ Balance c/d (25% $764) (4) 191 —— $ I & E a/c 191 —— Motor van disposal a/c $ Motor van a/c 436 $ Bank a/cs (proceeds) I & E a/c (depreciation underallowance) —— 436 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 220 216 —— 436 —— 1159 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 96 STEWART (a) Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2015 $ Revenue (625,000 – 2,300) Opening inventory Purchases (24,500 –1,700) Closing inventory $ 622,700 98,200 421,000 (75,300) _______ Cost of sales (345,700) ________ Gross profit Discount received Bank interest (15,000 × 6% × 6/12) 277,000 2,500 450 ________ 279,950 Packing materials (12,900 – 700 + 200) Discount allowed Distribution costs Rents and insurances (5100 – 450) Telephone (3,200 + 500) Car expenses Wages (71,700 – 23,800) Heat and light (1,850 + 400) Sundry expenses (6,700 – 3,500) Irrecoverable debt Decrease in trade receivables allowance (W1) Loan interest Depreciation – Delivery vehicle (112,500 × 20%) – Car (8,000 × 25%) – Equipment (15,000 – 5,000) × 25% 12,400 1,500 17,000 4,650 3,700 2,400 47,900 2,250 3,200 600 (380) 800 22,500 2,000 2,500 _______ Profit for the year 1160 (123,020) ________ 156,930 ———— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) WORKING Trade receivables allowance Age Amount 30 – 60 60 – 90 90 + 20,000 12,000 3,000 – 600 % Allowance 1 2.5 5 Closing allowance Opening allowance Decrease in allowance (b) 200 300 120 620 1,000 380 Statement of financial position as at 30 June 2015 $ Non-current assets Delivery vehicles Car Equipment $ $ 112,500 8,000 15,000 _______ 57,500 2,000 7,500 ______ 55,000 6,000 7,500 ______ 135,500 _______ 67,000 ______ 68,500 Current assets Inventory Packing materials Trade receivables (94,400 – 620) Prepayments Interest receivable Bank deposit Bank current 75,300 700 93,780 450 450 15,000 26,500 ______ 212,180 ________ 280,680 ———— Opening capital Capital introduced Profit for year Drawings (23,800 + 3,500) 55,550 8,000 156,930 (27,300) _______ Closing capital 193,180 Current liabilities Trade payables Accruals (400 + 500 + 200) Loan 82,000 1,100 4,400 ______ 87,500 ________ 280,680 ———— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1161 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 97 BOWIE (a) Journal entries Dr (i) (ii) (iii) Purchases Office equipment 1,200 Trade payable Bank 2,600 Rent Suspense 3,000 Cr 1,200 2,600 3,000 Suspense a/c $ Bal b/d (b) 3,000 $ Rent 3,000 Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 September 2014 $ Revenue Opening inventory Purchases (123,000 + 1,200) 31,000 124,200 _______ 155,200 (53,000) _______ Closing inventory Cost of sales (102,200) ________ Gross profit 91,800 Selling expenses Heat and light Wages and salaries (19,000 + 5,000) Printing and stationary Telephone and fax (6,000 – 1,000) Rents and insurances (4,000 + 3,000 – 1,000) Irrecoverable debt Decrease in allowance for irrecoverable debts [(4,000 – (32,000 × 5%)] Bank charges Depreciation – Plant and machinery (125,000 × 10%) – Office equipment (45,000 – 1,200 – 15,000) × 1/3 Profit for the year 1162 $ 194,000 12,000 8,000 24,000 6,000 5,000 6,000 3,000 (2,400) 4,000 12,500 9,600 ______ (87,700) ______ 4,100 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (c) Statement of financial position as at 30 September 2014 $ Non-current assets Plant and machinery Office equipment $ $ 125,000 43,800 _______ 40,500 24,600 _______ 84,500 19,200 168,800 _______ 65,100 _______ 103,700 Current assets Inventory Trade receivables [(35,000 – 3,000) – 1,600] Prepayments Cash 53,000 30,400 2,000 1,000 _______ 86,400 ________ 190,100 ———— Opening capital Profit for year Drawings 169,000 4,100 (22,000) _______ Closing capital 151,100 Current liabilities Trade payables (33,000 – 2,600) Accruals Bank overdraft (3,000 – 2,600 – 4,000) 30,400 5,000 3,600 _______ 39,000 ________ 190,100 ———— Answer 98 COST STRUCTURES (a) Greengrocer % Sales revenue Less Cost of goods sold Opening inventory Purchases 100 $ $ 49,200 3,784 38,632 ——— 42,416 (5,516) (75) ——— (36,900) —— ——— 25 12,300 —— ——— Less Closing inventory Gross profit ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1163 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Rival Sales revenue Cost of goods sold ( 100 $50,100 = $40,080) 125 Gross profit % $ 125 50,100 (100) (40,080) —— 25 —— ——— 10,020 ——— Opening inventory (al fig) Purchases 7,192 38,326 ——— 45,518 (5,438) ——— 40,080 ——— Less Closing inventory Cost of goods sold (c) Local store Sales revenue Cost of goods sold Gross profit (10% $186,460) Opening inventory ( 100 $16,800) 125 $ 100 (90) —— 10 —— 186,460 (167,814) ——— 18,646 ——— 13,440 Purchases (al fig) 171,174 ———— 184,614 (16,800) ———— 167,814 ———— Closing inventory Cost of goods sold 1164 % ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 99 LAMDIN Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 June 2015 $ Revenue $(74 + 16,427 + 3,024 + 54) Opening inventory Purchases $(14,700 + 1,606 + 470) $ 19,579 1,142 16,776 ——— 17,918 (1,542) ——— (16,376) ——— 3,203 Closing inventory Gross profit Less Expenses Rent $(500 – 100) Rent $(84 + 30) Electricity Wages Sundry expenses Depreciation (10% $1,580) Loan interest (5% $1,000) 400 114 92 742 156 158 50 ——— Profit (1,712) ——— 1,491 ——— Statement of financial position at 30 June 2015 $ Non-current assets Intangible – Goodwill Tangible – Fixtures and fittings $(1,500 + 80 – 158) Current assets Inventory Receivables Prepayments Bank Cash in hand $ 550 1,422 ——— 1,972 1,542 74 100 2,657 54 ——— 4,427 ——— 6,399 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1165 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK $ Capital account Capital introduced Profit for the year $ 5,000 1,491 ——— 6,491 (1,642) ——— 4,849 Drawings $(1,122 + 520) Non-current liability Loan 1,000 Current liabilities Trade payables Accrued expenses $(30 + 50) 470 80 ——— Total capital and liabilities 550 ——— 6,399 ——— Answer 100 LEONARDO Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 $ Revenue (W2) Opening inventory Add Purchases (W3) 1,310 3,133 ——— 4,443 (1,623) ——— Less Closing inventory Gross profit Expenses (W4) Irrecoverable debts (W6) Depreciation (W7) 1,090 49 60 ——— Profit 1166 $ 5,877 (2,820) ——— 3,057 (1,199) ——— 1,858 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 $ $ Non-current asset Delivery van, at cost Less Depreciation (W7) $ 900 (60) ——— 840 Current assets Inventory Receivables Less Allowance for receivables (W6) 1,623 382 (19) —— Cash at bank Cash in hand 363 572 29 ——— 2,587 ——— 3,427 ——— Total assets Capital account At 1 January 2014 (W1) Add Profit for year 1,652 1,858 ——— 3,510 (1,100) ——— 2,410 Less Drawings (W5) Current liabilities Trade payables Accrued expenses 914 103 —— Total capital and liabilities 1,017 ——— 3,427 ——— WORKINGS (1) Opening statement of affairs Inventory Receivables Cash Bank Less Payables $(712 + 116) Capital at 1 January 2014 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 1,310 268 62 840 ——— 2,480 (828) ——— 1,652 ——— 1167 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (2) Total sales (receivables) a/c $ Balance b/d Revenue for year (al fig) 268 5,877 $ Cheques receipts from customers Irrecoverable debt written off Cash takings Debtors c/d (412 – 30) ——— 6,145 ——— Balance b/d (3) 382 Total purchases (payables) a/c $ Cash Bank Balance c/d 316 2,715 914 ——— 3,945 ——— $ Balance b/d Drawings Purchases for year (al fig) Balance b/d (4) 712 100 3,133 ——— 3,945 ——— 914 Expenses $ Cash Bank Balance c/d 584 519 103 ——— 1,206 ——— $ Balance b/d I & E a/c (5) 116 1,090 ——— 1,206 ——— Balance b/d 103 Drawings $ Purchases Cash a/c Bank a/c 1168 1,416 30 4,317 382 ——— 6,145 ——— 100 600 400 ——— 1,100 ——— $ Balance c/d (or trf capital) 1,100 ——— 1,100 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (6) Irrecoverable debts a/c $ Bad debt (w/off receivables) Allowance a/c (5% $382) (increase) (7) 30 $ I & E a/c 49 19 —— 49 —— —— 49 —— Depreciation 20% $900 4/12 = $60 Answer 101 DELTIC (a) Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 30 September 2014 % 100 Revenue (W8) Opening inventory Purchases (al fig) Closing inventory $ $ 142,850 – 113,538 (6,400) ———— Cost of sales (107,138) ——— 35,712 (75) — 25 — Gross profit Expenses Cleaning Sundries Depreciation Van Leasehold premises Telephone (W4) Wages (W3) Rent (W5) Repairs (W7) 520 780 1,500 3,000 1,021 19,182 1,424 4,022 ——— Profit ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com (31,449) ——— 4,263 ——— 1169 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Statement of financial position at 30 September 2014 Non-current assets Leasehold premises Van Cost $ Depn $ 150,000 6,000 ——— 156,000 ——— 3,000 1,500 ——— 4,500 ——— Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Prepayment (W5) Cash at bank Cash in hand $ 147,000 4,500 ——— 151,500 6,400 10,350 258 61,313 250 ——— 78,571 ——— 230,071 ——— Total assets Capital account Capital introduced Add Profit 200,000 4,263 ——— 204,263 (4,274) ——— 199,989 Less Drawings (W2) Current liabilities Trade payables Accrued expenses (W4) 29,957 125 ——— Total capital and liabilities 30,082 ——— 230,071 ——— WORKINGS (1) Cash $ Balance b/d Total cash receipts (al fig) Nil 132,500 $ Wages ($75 52) Cleaning ($10 52) Sundries ($15 52) Drawings ($25 52) Bank Balance c/d ———— 132,500 ———— 1170 3,900 520 780 1,300 125,750 250 ———— 132,500 ———— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (2) Drawings $ Cash Bank Total purchases (W6) $ 1,300 323 2,651 ——— 4,274 ——— (3) Balance c/d (or trf capital) 4,274 ——— 4,274 ——— Wages $ Cash Bank $ 3,900 15,282 ——— 19,182 ——— (4) I & E a/c 19,182 ——— 19,182 ——— Telephone $ Bank Balance c/d $ 896 125 ——— 1,021 ——— (5) I & E a/c 1,021 ——— 1,021 ——— Rent $ Bank 1,682 $ I & E a/c Balance c/d ——— 1,682 ——— (6) 1,424 258 ——— 1,682 ——— Total purchases (payables) $ Bank Balance c/d 86,232 29,957 ———— 116,189 ———— $ Trading a/c Goods for own use (al fig) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 113,538 2,651 ———— 116,189 ———— 1171 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (7) Repairs $ Bank Bank (8) 3,637 385 ——— 4,022 ——— $ I & E a/c 4,022 ——— 4,022 ——— Total sales (receivables) $ Trading a/c (al fig) 142,850 $ Cash (W1) Balance c/d 132,500 10,350 ———— 142,850 ———— ———— 142,850 ———— Answer 102 WALDORF Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 $ Revenue (W4) Cost of sales Opening inventory Purchases (W3) 900 14,110 ——— 15,010 (1,200) ——— (13,810) ——— 8,100 Closing inventory Gross profit Less Expenditure Rent $(800 + 20 – 30) Car maintenace Insurance Bank charges Assistant’s wages Discounts (net) $(300 – 200) Sundry expenses Depreciation Car Fixtures 790 400 200 100 1,800 100 250 400 600 ——— Profit 1172 $ 21,910 (4,640) ——— 3,460 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 $ Non-current assets Motor car Fixtures $ 3,200 3,400 ——— 6,600 Current assets Inventory Trade receivables and prepayments $(150 + 30) Insurance company claim (W2) Bank 1,200 180 460 400 ——— 2,240 ——— 8,840 ——— Total assets Capital account b/f (W1) Add Capital introduced (see Tutorial note) 9,160 1,000 ——— 10,160 3,460 ——— 13,620 (4,900) ——— 8,720 Profit for the period Less Drawings $(2,500 + 2,400) Current liabilities Trade payables 120 ——— 8,840 ——— Total capital and liabilities WORKINGS (1) Statement of affairs as at 31 December 2013 $ 3,600 4,000 900 90 20 280 380 ——— 9,270 (110) ——— 9,160 ——— Motor car Fixtures Inventory Receivables Prepayments Bank Cash Less Trade payables ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1173 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (2) Cash a/c $ Balance b/f Customers’ receipts 380 21,550 $ Wages Sundry expenses Purchases Drawings Bankings Defalcation (theft!) ——— 21,930 ——— (3) 1,800 250 300 2,400 16,720 460 ——— 21,930 ——— Total purchases (payables) $ Cash Bank Discounts received Balance c/d (4) 300 13,600 200 120 ——— 14,220 ——— $ Balance b/f Purchases 110 14,110 ——— 14,220 ——— Total sales (receivables) $ Balance b/f Sales 90 21,910 $ Receipts Discounts allowed Balance c/f ——— 22,000 ——— 21,550 300 150 ——— 22,000 ——— Tutorial note: Waldorf is a sole trader – thus he will be taxed on his earnings. This is one of the differences between sole traders (and partnerships) and limited liability companies. A limited liability company is a separate legal entity that is subject to tax which is expensed in profit or loss (and included in liabilities if unpaid). In this question the tax refund is Waldorf’s and by paying it into his business’s bank account he is effectively introducing capital. 1174 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 103 SLATE Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 $ Work done (= Revenue) (W3) Direct expenses Materials (W2) Wages and social insurance $(3,346 – 65) Van expenses Running costs $(342 + 36) Depreciation Miscellaneous expenses Electricity Depreciation of cement mixer Rent General expenses $(14 + 110) $ $ 13,066 5,779 3,281 ——— 9,060 378 108 ——— 486 56 50 104 124 ——— 334 ——— Profit for the year (9,880) ——— 3,186 ——— Statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 Fixed asssets Van Cement mixer Current assets Inventory Trade receivables Balance at bank Cash in hand (W1) Cost $ Depn $ 856 200 ——— 1,056 ——— 108 50 —— 158 —— $ 748 150 ——— 898 560 1,200 204 10 —— 1,974 ——— 2,872 ——— Total assets ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1175 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK $ Capital account Capital introduced Add Profit for the year $ 150 3,186 ——— 3,336 (1,239) ——— 2,097 Less Drawings $(832 + 65 + 342) Non-current liability Loan account – Mother 400 Current liabilities Trade creditors Accrued expenses Van instalments (5 38) 149 36 190 ——— 375 ——— 2,872 ——— WORKINGS (1) Cash a/c $ Bank a/c (cash from bank) Work done a/c (al fig = takings) 3,100 2,662 $ Wages a/c (3,346 – 65) Drawing a/c (private SSC) Materials a/c Electricity a/c General expenses a/c Drawings a/c 52 @ $16 Rent a/c c 52 @ $2 Balance c/d (cash in hand) ——— 5,762 ——— (2) Materials a/c $ Cash a/c Bank a/c Balance c/d (liability) 1176 3,281 65 1,400 56 14 832 104 10 ——— 5,762 ——— 1,400 4,790 149 ——— 6,339 ——— $ I & E a/c Balance c/d (inventory) 5,779 560 ——— 6,339 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (3) Work done a/c $ I & E a/c 13,066 $ Bank a/c (bankings) Cash a/c Balance c/d 9,204 2,662 1,200 ——— 13,066 ——— ——— 13,066 ——— Answer 104 BENNETT Tutorial note: Incomplete records can be mastered if you adopt a systematic approach, as explained in the Study System. To get sales and purchases, start with the cash account and then move on to the total accounts. Many incomplete records questions require the use of these “collection” accounts to find missing balances. (a) Capital at 1 January 2014 Assets Liabilities $ $ Operating overdraft Cash in till Inventories Trade receivables Brough’s loan Principal Accrued interest Accrued general expenses Rent in advance Fixtures Trade payables Accrued light and heat Marking guide 1,172 † 20 † 4,500 * 2,800 * * for all 2 4,000 † 30 † 240 † ½ each 2 40 * 2,800 * ——— 10,160 Net assets – Capital account ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1,800 * 80* ——— 7,322 ——— (7,322) ——— 2,838 ——— __ 4 __ 1177 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 Presn 1/2 $ Revenue (W2) Opening inventory Purchases (W3) $ 39,156 4,500 31,420 ——— 35,920 (5,800) ——— (30,120) ——— 9,036 Less Closing inventory Gross profit Establishment costs Rent (475 + 40 – 50) Light and heat (210 – 80 + 70) 465 200 ——— Administrative expenses Wages Depreciation of fixtures (2,880 + 100 – 2,550) Sundry expenses (140 + 800 – 240 + 190) Financing costs Loan interest Irrecoverable debt Discounts (net) (520 – 480) 2,950 350 890 ——— 120 200 40 ——— Profit for the year 1178 $ 1 /3 1 /2 /2 1 665 1 /3 /2 1 1 4,190 1 /3 /3 1 /3 1 360 ——— (5,215) ——— 3,821 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 21/2 1 /3 1 1 /2 __ 9 __ STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (c) Statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 $ $ Presn 1 ASSETS Non-current assets Tangible assets at cost less depreciation Fixtures Current assets Inventories Trade receivables Prepayment Cash (993 – 320 + 20) 2,550 ½ 5,800 3,000 50 693 ——— 1 1 9,543 ——— 12,093 ——— Total assets CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES Capital account At 1 January 2014 (per (a)) Add Profit for the year (per (b)) Less Drawings (156 + 900) Non-current liabilities Loan – Brough Current liabilities Trade and other payables (2,200 + 190 + 70 + 30) Total capital and liabilities 2,838 3,821 ——— 6,659 (1,056) ——— 5,603 ½ ½ 4,000 ½ 2,490 ——— 12,093 ——— 1 1 __ 7 __ ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1179 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK WORKINGS (1) Cash and bank a/cs Cash $ Bank $ Balance b/f 20 Cash (bankings) Sales (cash takings) 38,416 ——— 38,436 ——— Cash $ Balance b/f (892 + 280) Purchases (30,500 – 280 + 320) Rent Fixtures Light and heat General expenses 140 Loan interest Drawings (52 $3) 156 Sales (dishonoured cheques) Wages 2,950 Bankings 35,170 Balance c/f 20 Balance c/f (993 – 320) ——— 38,436 ——— 35,170 ——— 35,170 ——— Bank $ 1,172 30,540 475 100 210 800 120 900 180 673 ——— 35,170 ——— Tutorial note: This working is not specifically required therefore no marks are awarded to it. Marks for workings are NOT to be double counted (2) Sales (or total receivables) a/c $ Balance b/f Bank a/c (dishonoured cheques) Trading a/c (al fig) (3) 2,800 180 39,156 ——— 42,136 ——— $ Cash a/c (takings) (W1) Discounts allowed a/c Irrecoverable debts a/c Balance c/f ½ each Dr/Cr (excl bals) 2½ Purchases (or total payables) a/c $ Bank a/c Discounts received a/c Balance c/f 1180 38,416 520 200 3,000 ——— 42,136 ——— 30,540 480 2,200 ——— 33,220 ——— $ Balance b/f Trading a/c (al fig) 1,800 31,420 ——— 33,220 ——— ½ each Dr/Cr (excl bals) 1½ ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 105 BOTHAM (a) Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 $ Revenue (W1) Opening inventory Purchases $(15,346 (W2) + 165 – 104) Less Closing inventory Gross profit Expenses Selling and distribution costs Wages Wrapping materials $(525 – 53) Motor expenses $(728 + 236) Irrecoverable debts $(223 + 100) Depreciation of van ($1,200 20% 9/12) Administrative expenses Insurance $(500 – 125 + 100) General expenses Electricity $(228 + 50) Depreciation of fixtures $(2,600 – 200) 10% Loss on disposal of fixtures $(200 – 130) Loan interest $(100 + 50) Accountancy costs Profit for the year ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 25,965 1,600 15,407 ——— 17,007 (2,360) ——— (14,647) ——— 11,318 3,423 472 964 323 180 ——— 475 625 278 240 70 150 100 ——— (5,362) (1,938) ——— 4,018 ——— 1181 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) Statement of financial position at 31 December 2014 Cost $ ASSETS Non-current assets Intangible Goodwill Tangible Freehold property Fixtures $(2,600 – 200) Delivery van 2,000 10,000 2,400 1,200 ——— 15,600 ——— Current assets Inventories Trade receivables $(637 – 100) Prepayments $(125 + 53) Cash $(5,757 – 125) + 180 Depn $ – – 240 180 —— 420 —— $ 2,000 10,000 2,160 1,020 ——— 15,180 2,360 537 178 5,812 ——— 8,887 ——— 24,067 ——— Total assets $ CAPITAL AND LIABILITIES Capital Capital at 1 January 2014 Profit for the year $ 20,000 4,018 ——— 24,018 (2,509) ——— Drawings $(1,040 + 104 + 1,329 + 36 (W3)) 21,509 Non-current liabilities Loan 2,000 Current liabilities Trade and other payables (358 + (50 + 50 + 100)) Total capital and liabilities 558 ——— 24,067 ——— WORKINGS (1) Trade receivables control a/c $ Balance b/f Sales (al) 400 25,965 $ Cash received Irrecoverable debt Balance c/f ——— 26,365 ——— Balance b/f 1182 25,505 223 637 ——— 26,365 ——— 637 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (2) Trade payables control a/c $ Bank Bank (unpresented cheque) Balance c/f 14,863 125 358 ——— 15,346 ——— $ Credit purchases (al) 15,346 ——— 15,346 ——— Balance b/f (3) 358 Cash a/c $ Cash received 25,505 $ Wrapping materials Staff wages Purchases for resale Petrol and oil Drawings ($20 52) Cash banked Balance c/f Difference (drawings) (al) ——— 25,505 ——— 525 3,423 165 236 1,040 19,900 180 36 ——— 25,505 ——— Answer 106 MCQs INCOMPLETE RECORDS 106.1 106.2 106.3 106.4 106.5 C A D B B 106.6 106.7 106.8 106.9 106.10 A B D B C WORKINGS $ + 106.1 Inventory as at 25 March Purchases Returns Sales ($17,500 80%) Goods on sale or return ($15,000 80%) $ – 175,260 5,952 2,520 14,000 12,000 ———— 193,212 (16,520) ———— 176,692 ———— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com ——— 16,520 1183 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 106.2 Inventory $ Per draft statement of financial position Adjustment for goods on sale or return 50,000 12,000 ——— 62,000 ——— Per financial statements 106.3 Trade receivables $ 130,000 (15,000) ———— 115,000 ———— Receivables control a/c $000 Balance b/d Credit sales (al fig) 120 343 $000 Cash Irrecoverable debts Discounts allowed Balance c/d —— 463 —— 361 12 6 84 —— 463 —— $000 Credit sales Cash sales 343 18 —— 361 —— Total sales 106.4 Receivables control a/c $ Balance b/d Sales (al fig) 7,290 23,980 $ Cash Contra Balance c/d 22,490 910 7,870 ——— 31,270 ——— ——— 31,270 ——— $000 106.5 Opening inventory Purchases Closing inventory (al fig) Cost of sales ($180,000 33 132 (21) —— 80 ) 100 144 —— $ 106.6 Inventory value on 6 January 2015 Add Sales ($5,740 100/125) Less Purchases 38,750 4,592 (3,990) ——— 39,352 ——— Inventory value on 31 December 2014 1184 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) $ 106.7 Opening inventory Purchases Closing inventory (al fig) Cost of sales ($300,000 80/100) $ 106.8 Revenue Per question Less Goods not sold ($8,000 50%) Inventory Per question Add Goods not sold ($4,000 100/125) 106.9 55,000 230,000 (45,000) ———— 240,000 ———— 95,000 (4,000) ——— 91,000 ——— 27,500 3,200 ——— 30,700 ——— Discounts in the cash receipts book are discount allowed (to customers). $ 106.10 Net assets 1 July 2014 Profit (al fig) Less Drawings Cash Subscription 62,000 25,000 (11,000) (2,000) ——— 74,000 ——— Net assets 30 June 2015 Answer 107 IASB (a) Objectives of IASB To develop, in the public interest, a single set of high quality, understandable and enforceable global accounting standards that require high quality, transparent and comparable information in financial statements to help users make economic decisions. To promote the use and rigorous application of those standards. To promote and facilitate adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs), through the convergence of national accounting standards and IFRSs ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1185 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (b) (c) Discussion Paper v Exposure Draft (ED) of an IFRS The publication of a discussion paper (or “discussion document”) is not a mandatory step in the IASB’s due process. An exposure draft is mandatory. The purpose of a discussion paper is to set out a comprehensive overview of the issue and preliminary views. Thus an ED supersedes the discussion paper. The discussion paper discusses the alternative solutions considered and invites comment on their acceptance or rejection. An ED summarises the IASB’s considerations in issuing it, in a “basis for conclusions”. A discussion paper is published following approval by a simple majority vote of the IASB. An ED requires the approval of at least 10 of the board’s 16 members. The exposure period (i.e. period during which comments are invited) for a draft statement is usually120 days. The comment period of an ED is also generally 120 days however this may be reduced to 30 days on urgent matters. Steps taken by IASB To ensure consistent interpretation of IASs On-going comparability and improvements projects – resulting in: (i) the revision of IASs with all “alternative accounting treatments” having now been eliminated; and (ii) disclosure requirements being reviewed in the context of the “Conceptual Framework”. Publication of a “statement of principles” and discussion papers – to make IASB’s intentions clear. Issue of a newsletter “Insight” – provides regular updates and explains technical decisions. Issue of interpretations by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFR IC). Answer 108 MCQs REGULATORY FRAMEWORK Item Answer Justification 108.1 C 108.2 B 108.3 C It is the IFRS Advisory Council which provides a forum and the other objectives are rather a by-product of the IASB’s main objective. (Although IASB takes account of the needs of emerging economies – it is not a specific objective to meet such needs.) 108.4 A An audit committee’s responsibilities fulfil a monitoring and review function. The other responsibilities are those of the board of the directors. 108.5 D All these responsibilities may be delegated (with oversight by the audit committee). 1186 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 109 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (a) Conceptual Framework Scope The Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting deals with: the objective of financial statements; the qualitative characteristics that determine usefulness of information in financial statements; the definition, recognition and measurement of elements from which financial statements are constructed; concepts of capital and capital maintenance. 1 each Application (b) The framework applies to the financial statements of all commercial, industrial and business reporting entities, whether public or private. A reporting entity is an entity for which there are users who rely on financial statements as their major source of financial information about it. 1 1 __ max 5 __ Users and their information needs Investors Providers of capital (and their advisers) are concerned with the risk and return of their investment. They need information: for decision-making (buy, hold or sell?); to assess the entity’s ability to pay dividends. Employees Employees (and their representative groups) are interested in information about the stability and profitability of their employers. They are also interested in information to assess the entity’s ability to provide remuneration, retirement benefits and employment opportunities. Lenders Lenders need information to determine whether loans and interest will be paid when due. Suppliers and other trade creditors Suppliers are interested in determining whether amounts owing to them will be paid when due. The interest of trade creditors is likely to be over a shorter period than lenders (unless dependent upon the continuation of the entity as a major customer). ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1187 ½ each user + 1 each user’s needs 4 6 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Customers Customers are interested in the continuance of an entity, especially when they have a long-term involvement with, or are dependent on, the entity. Governments and their agencies, regulatory authorities Governments and their agencies are interested in the allocation of resources and, therefore, the activities of entities. They require information to regulate activities, determine taxation policies and as the basis for national income and similar statistics. Public (c) The public may be interested in an entity’s contribution to the local economy, recent developments in its prosperity and range of activities. The objective of financial statements The objective of financial statements is to provide information about the financial position, performance and changes in financial position of an entity that is useful to a wide range of users in making economic decisions. Financial statements also show the results of management’s stewardship (i.e. management’s accountability for the resources entrusted to it). 2 1 __ max 2 __ ____ 13 ____ Answer 110 ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS (a) Accruals The accruals concept is that revenue and costs are recognised as they are earned or incurred, not as money is received or paid. It also means that expenses are recognised in profit or loss on the basis of a direct association between the costs incurred and the earning of specific items of income (matching). Example: Rent due but not paid is recognised as an expense of the period to which it relates and set against revenue for the same period. (b) Substance over form When there is a difference between the real effect of a transaction (substance) and its legal form (form), the real effect should be recognised in the financial statements rather than the legal form provided this is legally possible. Example: An asset being acquired on hire purchase terms will be recognised as an asset with an associated liability despite the fact that the legal ownership of the asset does not pass until the last instalment due under the agreement is paid. 1188 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (c) Consistency The presentation and classification of items in the financial statements should be retained from one period to the next unless: there is a significant change in the nature of the operations; a change will result in a more appropriate presentation of events or transactions; a change is required by a new accounting standard. Example: Depreciation rates should remain the same from period to period unless there is clear evidence that changed circumstances require them to be changed. (d) Duality The recording of every transaction must reflect the fact that two accounts are affected by that transaction. Example: The receipt of cash from a credit customer requires the recording of an increase in cash and an equal decrease in the customer’s receivables ledger balance. (e) Prudence In preparing financial statements, allowance is made for all known liabilities, including those based on estimates because exact information is not available. Prudence also means that revenue and profits are not included in profit or loss until their realisation is reasonably certain. Example: An allowance for doubtful debts should be created out of profits whenever the realisation of all trade receivables in full is uncertain. Answer 111 MCQs CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK Item Answer Justification 111.1 D This is the principal purpose. 111.2 C The Framework is not a standard. It does define elements and specifies recognition criteria. 111.3 B Going concern is the only “underlying assumption” according to The Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (i.e. going concern can always be assumed without being explicitly stated). 111.4 B Faithful representation and relevance are the two fundamental qualitative characteristics. Comparability and understandability are two enhancing characteristics. 111.5 B Materiality is an aspect of relevance based on the nature and/or magnitude of items of information in a financial report. 111.6 D An item must meet the recognition criteria (which include reliable measurement) as well as the definition of an element. Disclosure is never an alternative to recognition. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1189 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 112 OVERALL CONSIDERATIONS (a) (b) (c) Fair presentation IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements requires that general purpose financial statements should “present fairly” the financial position, financial performance and cash flows of an entity. Fair presentation is achieved by: 1190 selecting and applying appropriate IFRSs; presenting information, including accounting policies, in a manner which provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information; providing such additional disclosures as necessary. Accounting policies Accounting policies are the specific principles, bases, conventions, rules and practices adopted by an entity in preparing and presenting financial statements. Accounting policies should be selected and applied so that financial statements comply with IFRSs (where applicable). In the absence of a specific IFRS management should develop an accounting policy that provides the most useful information to users. max 2 Going concern The going concern basis assumes that an entity will continue in operation for the foreseeable future (i.e. at least, but not limited to, 12 months from the end of the reporting period). Management is responsible for: (d) max 2 max 2 assessing the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and preparing financial statements on a going concern basis; disclosing material uncertainties which may affect the going concern concept. When financial statements are not prepared on a going concern basis, that fact should be disclosed, together with the basis on which the financial statements are prepared and the reason for departing from the going concern concept. Accrual accounting An entity should prepare its general purpose financial statements (except statements of cash flows) under the accrual basis of accounting. Under this basis assets, liabilities, equity, income and expenses are: recognised when they occur (not as cash or its equivalent is received or paid); and recorded in the accounting records and reported in the financial statements of the periods to which they relate. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com max 2 STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (e) Materiality A material is “material” if its non-disclosure could influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of financial statements. Material items require separate presentation in financial statements. Immaterial amounts are aggregated with amounts of a similar nature or function (on face of financial statements or in notes) and need not be presented separately. IFRSs apply only to material items. max 2 ___ 10 ___ Answer 113 CURRENT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (a) Inventories classified as current assets An asset is classified as “current” when it is: expected to be realised, or is intended for sale or consumption, in the normal course of the operating cycle; or held primarily for trading purposes; or expected to be realised within 12 months after the reporting period; or cash or a cash equivalent which is not restricted in use. 1 Inventories are usually included in current assets in their entirety although they may include items that are not expected to be realised within one year. (b) max 2 Items classified as current liabilities 1 __ __ Banks overdrafts The current portion of interest-bearing liabilities Trade payables Provision for income taxes payable (and other current tax liabilities) Deferred revenues and advances from customers Provisions falling due within 12 months Accrued expenses ½ each __ max 3 __ (c) Circumstances for offset Assets and liabilities should not be offset except when required or permitted by an IFRS. Off-setting must represent the expectation of the realisation of the asset. 1 1 __ 2 __ 7 __ ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1191 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 114 MCQs IAS 1 Item Answer Justification 114.1 B Additional disclosure must be provided when compliance with a specific requirement in IFRS is insufficient for users to understand the impact of a particular transaction or event. 114.2 D Reasons as well as the fact must be stated. The period for assessing going concern is not limited to 12 months. 114.3 C Materiality depends also on nature. Material items are presented separately. Immaterial items may be aggregated in the notes also. 114.4 C Previous period numerical information is not required if permitted by an IFRS (e.g. the reconciliation of non-current assets movements is not required to be restated under IAS 16). Financial statements for the two previous periods is a minimum and some comparative disclosure in the notes will be required. 114.5 B As the dividend is paid it will be included in the statement of cash flows. As an appropriation of profit it is included in the statement of changes in equity (never in the statement of comprehensive income). Answer 115 BETA Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 March 2015 $000 Notes Revenue Cost of sales $(140 + 960 – 150) 1,950 (950) ——— 1,000 75 (420) (226) ——— 429 (29) ——— 400 ——— Gross profit Other income Distribution costs Administrative expenses $(210 + 16) Profit before tax Income tax expense 1 4 Profit for the year Statement of financial position at 31 March 2015 Notes ASSETS Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment Investments 150 470 —— Total assets $000 530 560 ——— 1,090 2 Current assets Inventories Trade receivables 1192 $000 620 ——— 1,710 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Capital and reserves Issued capital Retained earnings 600 220 ——— 820 3 Non-current liabilities Retirement benefit obligations 196 Current liabilities Trade and other payables Operating overdraft Income tax payable Dividend (declared) 260 80 54 300 —— Total equity and liabilities 694 ——— 1,710 ——— Statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 March 2015 Share capital $000 600 Balance at 31 March 2014 Profit for the year Dividends (300 + 120) —— 600 —— Balance at 31 March 2015 Retained earnings $000 240 400 (420) —— 220 —— Total $000 840 400 (420) —— 820 —— Notes to the financial statements for the year to 31 March 2015 (1) Operating expenses Profit is stated after charging $000 32 16 —— $000 Depreciation Retirement benefit costs (2) Tangible assets Plant and equipment Cost at 1 April 2014 and 31 March 2015 Accumulated depreciation At 31 March 2014 Charge for the year 750 —— 188 32 —— 220 —— At 31 March 2015 Carrying amount at 31 March 2015 530 —— Carrying amount at 31 March 2014 562 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1193 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (3) (4) Share capital Number of authorised shares of nominal value $1 each 1,000,000 ———— Number of shares issued and fully paid 600,000 ———— Taxation expense $000 Estimated income tax charge for current year Less: Overprovision in previous year 54 (25) ——— 29 ——— Charge for year Answer 116 LOGO (a) Ordinary share a/c $ Balance c/f 240,000 ———– 240,000 ———– $ Balance b/f 100,000 Cash 100,000 Share premium a/c (bonus issue) 40,000 ———– 240,000 ———– Balance b/f 240,000 Share premium a/c $ Ordinary share a/c Balance c/f 40,000 10,000 ——— 50,000 ——— $ Cash (ordinary shares) 50,000 ——— 50,000 ——— Balance b/f (b) 10,000 Statement of financial position extracts at 31 December 2014 $ Capital and reserves Issued shares Reserves (share premium) 1194 240,000 10,000 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 December 2014 Balance at 1 January 2014 Issue of ordinary shares Bonus issue (capitalisation) Balance at 31 December 2014 Share capital $ 100,000 100,000 40,000 ——— 240,000 ——— Share premium $ Total $ 100,000 150,000 – ——— 250,000 ——— 50,000 (40,000) ——— 10,000 ——— Notes to the accounts 2014 Share capital Number of authorised shares – ordinary $1 each Number of shares issued and fully paid – ordinary 2013 500,000 500,000 240,000 100,000 Answer 117 GAMMA Statement of financial position as at 31 December 2014 Notes Non-current assets Plant and equipment $(126 – 50 – 32) Current assets Inventories (goods for resale) Trade receivables Cash $000 Presn 1 $000 44 1 100 380 110 ___ ½ 1½ 1½ 590 ____ 634 —— Capital and reserves Issued capital Share premium General reserve Retained earnings (50 + 134) 3 Current liabilities Trade payables Income tax 300 20 20 184 ___ 60 50 __ 1 524 1 110 ____ 634 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com __ max 5½ __ 1195 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2014 $000 Note Presn 1 Revenue (1,000 – 28) Cost of sales (W) 972 (474) ___ Gross profit Other operating income Distribution costs (W) Administrative expenses (W) 498 16 (230) (100) ____ ½ 1½ 1 184 (50) ____ ½ Profit before tax Income tax expense 5 Profit after tax 134 —— Notes to the accounts (1) Accumulated depreciation 1 January Annual depreciation 31 December Carrying amount max 5½ __ 2014 $000 126 ___ 2013 $000 126 ___ 50 32 __ x x __ 82 __ 50 __ 44 — x — 2014 2013 600,000 ——— 600,000 ——— max 3 Share capital Number of 50 cent shares issued and fully paid (3) __ Plant and equipment Cost (2) ½ 1½ 1 Dividends Proposed dividend of Proposed dividend per share $60,000 10 cents 1 ½ Tutorial note: As the dividend is merely proposed at the end of the reporting period it cannot be accounted for as a liability, but must be disclosed in accordance with IAS 1. (4) 1196 Profit before taxation Profit is stated after charging the following items: 2014 $000 Depreciation of tangible assets Staff costs $(80 + 60 + 40) Directors’ remuneration 32 180 30 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1½ max 18 ____ STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) WORKING Cost of sales $000 Opening inventory Purchases Purchases returns Carriage outwards Warehouse wages Salespersons’ salaries Administrative wages Delivery vehicle hire Distribution expenses Administrative expenses Directors’ salaries Closing inventory Depreciation Distribution costs $000 Administrative expenses $000 60 540 (26) 28 80 60 40 20 10 10 30 20 ____ 22 ____ 10 ____ 474 —— 230 —— 100 —— (100) Answer 118 SIGMA Statement of financial position as at 31 March 2015 Presn ½ Note Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment (W1) $000 315 1 Current assets Inventories Trade receivables Prepayments Cash 320 200 160 180 ––– Total assets Capital and reserves Issued capital Retained earnings (per statement of changes in equity) 400 235 ––– Non-current liabilities Loan debentures (5/6 $120,000) Current liabilities Trade payables and accrued expenses Loan debentures (1/6 $120,000) Dividend payable Total equity and liabilities ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $000 340 20 80 ––– 1 1 860 ––––– 1,175 ––––– 715 ¼ ½ 100 ½ ¼ ½ ½ 360 ––––– 1,175 ––––– __ 5 __ 1197 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Statement of changes in equity for the year ended 31 March 2015 Balance at 1 April 2014 Profit for the year (W2) Dividends (20% $400,000) Balance at 31 March 2015 Share capital $000 Retained earnings $000 Total $000 Presn ½ 400 522 193 (80) ____ ½ 1½ ½ ____ 122 193 (80) ____ 400 —— 235 —— 635 —— Land and buildings $000 Plant and equipment $000 400 – – ___ 160 20 (32) ___ 560 20 (32) ___ 400 ___ 148 ___ 548 ___ Notes to the accounts (1) __ 3 __ Tangible assets Cost At 1 April 2014 Additions Disposals At 31 March 2015 Accumulated depreciation At 1 April 2014 Eliminated on disposals Charge for the year (W1) 152 At 31 March 2015 Carrying amount at 31 March 2015 Presn ½ Total $000 8 ___ 60 (6) 19 __ 212 (6) 27 ___ 160 ___ 73 __ 233 ___ 240 —— 75 —— 315 —— WORKINGS 1½ 2 ___ 4 ___ 12 ___ (1) Depreciation Factory 2% of $400,000 Plant and equipment (20% (148 – (60 – 6)) = 18.8 $000 8 19 (to nearest 000) __ 27 — (2) Profit for the period $000 Per list of balances Less: Depreciation (W1) Loss on sale (W3) 27 2 –– $000 222 29 ____ 193 —— 1198 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (3) Disposal of plant $000 Proceeds Cost Less: Depreciation 32 6 __ Loss on sale $000 24 26 __ 2 __ Answer 119 LARK (a) Statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 March 2015 Sales revenue Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress Work performed by the enterprise and capitalised Raw materials used (7,100 + 1,060 – 1,150) Staff costs (5,170 + 810) Depreciation expenses (80 + 330 + 30) Other expenses (4,290 + 280 – 20) (b) $000 20,000 (30) 400 (7,010) (5,980) (440) (4,550) ______ Profit from operations Finance cost 2,390 (500) ______ Profit before tax Income tax expense 1,890 (360) ______ Profit for the year 1,530 ______ Items in the statement of changes in equity Profit for the year; Dividends (distributions of profit); Revaluation surplus; Issue of share capital; Share premium; Changes in accounting policy. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1199 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 120 ALPACA Statement of financial position as at 30 April 2015 ASSETS Non-current assets: cost accumulated depreciation Current assets: Inventories Receivables Cash at bank $000 $000 1,000 330 –––––– 670 450 670 114 –––––– EQUITY AND LIABILITIES Capital and reserves Issued capital Share premium Retained earnings (W1) 1,234 –––––– 1,904 –––––– 500 50 964 –––––– 1,514 Non-current liabilities 10% Loan notes 200 Current liabilities Payables Interest accrued 180 10 –––––– 190 –––––– 1,904 –––––– WORKING (1) Retained earnings $000 Balance at 30 April 2014 Sales revenue Purchases Expenses Opening inventories Closing inventories Interest payable Depreciation Irrecoverable debts written off 2,120 1,640 410 450 20 100 20 –––––– 4,310 Balance at 30 April 2015 1200 $000 818 4,006 –––––– 5,274 4,310 –––––– 964 –––––– ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 121 MCQs CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND FINANCE COSTS 121.1 D 121.2 C The premium on the issue of shares must be put to share premium account. The gain on revaluation of the property must be recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a revaluation surplus (in the statement of changes in equity). The disposal of the truck results in a reduction in profit. $ Opening net assets $(100,000 + 120,000 – 30,000 – 20,000 – 15,000) Closing net assets $(150,000 + 110,000 – 40,000 – 18,000 – 20,000) Increase Add: Dividends appropriated (20 – 15 + 20) Tax charge (22 – 20 + 18) Less: 121.3 Proceeds of share issue D B 26,000 20,000 ––––––– 46,000 ––––––– $ Preferred dividend (250,000 6%) Ordinary dividend (1m 4 0.02) 121.5 182,000 ––––––– 27,000 25,000 20,000 ––––––– 72,000 30,000 ––––––– 42,000 ––––––– $ Preferred dividend Annual (50,000 8% = 4,000 6.5 4,000) Ordinary dividend 121.4 155,000 15,000 80,000 ––––––– 95,000 ––––––– A ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1201 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 121.6 C Non-current assets (at carrying amount) $ B/fwd 260,000 Disposal – depreciation (10% $20,000) Additions (al) 121.7 D $ 2,000 65,000 ––––––– 327,000 ––––––– Disposal – cost 20,000 Depreciation charge for year (10% $260,000) 26,000 C/fwd 281,000 ––––––– 327,000 ––––––– This is because a rights issue of shares requires shares to be purchased for consideration, by shareholders. (A is not a cash flow as a bonus issue is the issue of shares for no consideration. B is not a cash flow as depreciation is a charge, on profits, for accounting purposes, but not an actual flow of cash from the business. C is not a cash flow, because the revaluation of a non-current asset does not require the receipt or expenditure of cash. It is an accounting device.) 121.8 A The figure required is that of tax paid. Income tax $ Paid (al) C/fwd $ 27,800 29,500 –––––– 57,300 –––––– B/fwd I & E a/c 25,300 32,000 –––––– 57,300 –––––– Answer 122 RETAIL INVENTORY (a) Reasons why net realisable value may be less than cost (b)(i) Damage Obsolescence (wholly or in part) Declining selling prices Increasing cost of completion/costs of making sale. 1 each max 3 ___ Cost on a FIFO basis Date purchased 30 December 16 December 2 December Units Per unit $ Cost $ 70 60 20 506 503 500 35,420 30,180 10,000 _________ 75,600 ——— 1202 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1 1 1½ 3½ STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (ii) Net realisable value (NRV) NRV = selling price less selling and distribution costs = selling price 95% Date sold Units 14 January 28 January 11 February 70 50 30 Per unit $ NRV $ 497.80 495.90 494.00 34,846 24,795 14,820 1½ 1½ 1½ _________ 4½ 74,461 ——— (c) Amount to be include in financial statements Lower of cost and net realisable value $74,461 1 ___ 9 ____ Answer 123 MEASUREMENT OF INVENTORIES (a) 12 ____ IAS 2 “Inventories” requirements Overheads The Standard requires inventories to be measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The term “cost” includes “cost of conversion” (where appropriate). “Cost of conversion” includes “the systematic allocation of fixed and variable production overheads”. Fixed production overheads are indirect costs of production that remain relatively constant regardless of the volume of production (e.g. depreciation and maintenance of factory buildings and equipment, and the cost of factory management and administration). max 3 Lower of cost and net realisable value (NRV) Inventories are usually written down to NRV on an item by item basis. circumstances it may be appropriate to group similar or related items. In some max 2 Specific identification of costs is inappropriate where there are large numbers of items which are ordinarily interchangeable (e.g. indistinguishable components). The cost of such inventories should be assigned by using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) or weighted average cost formulas. max 3 Identification of costs (b) 8 __ Disclosure requirements of IAS 2 __ Accounting policies used in measuring inventories including the cost formula used. The total carrying amount and the carrying amount in appropriate classifications. The carrying amount of inventories carried at net realisable value. The carrying amount of inventories pledged as security for liabilities. 1 each ___ 4 ___ 12 ____ ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1203 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 124 BILDA CO (a) Accounting policies extract Inventories (b) Raw materials are valued at purchase cost including freight, duty and other charges necessary to bring the inventory to the factory. 1 Production cost includes direct production costs and an appropriate proportion of production overheads and factory depreciation. 1 Movements in raw materials inventory are accounted for using the FIFO (first-in, first-out) method. 1 An allowance is established when the net realisable value (i.e. estimated realisable value less costs to sell) of inventory items is lower than the values calculated above. (i) Raw material Purchase price – latest Carriage inwards Customs duty 5,000 units @ Price per tonne $ 150.00 20.00 10.00 ——— 180.00 = ——— 4 ___ Calculation of inventory valuation at 31 December 2014 First-in, first-out (FIFO) basis 1 ___ Inventory value $ 900,000 3 (Assuming net realisable value is higher) (i) (ii) Inventroy value b/fwd Finished goods Cost per tonne Raw material price Variable processing costs Fixed production cost (W) Net realisable value Selling price per tonne Less: Delivery costs 2,000 tonnes at lower amount 1204 900,000 $ 180.00 25.00 33.19 ——— 238.19 ——— 240.00 (7.50) ——— 232.50 ——— 232.50 465,000 ———— 1,365,000 ———— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 3 STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) WORKING Production costs per tonne (i) Normal level of production Total purchases 52 1,000 Less Raw materials inventory Tonnes 52,000 (5,000) ——— 47,000 ——— Total production for 2014 Normal activity level (assuming even production throughout the year) 1/52 47,000 tonnes/week (ii) 903.846 Fixed production costs per tonne Total production costs per week Normal weekly production (30,000 ÷ 903.846 tonnes) $30,000 $33.19 per tonne 2 ___ 8 ___ 12 Tutorial note ____ An alternative assumption would be that purchases of 1,000 tonnes per week represent the anticipated normal activity level, in which case the fixed production cost would be $30,000 = $30 per tonne 1,000 tones Tutorial note: It would not be appropriate to allocate these costs based on operating capacity (i.e. 1,500 tonnes) since, based on the facts given, the normal level of purchases is constant at 1,000 tonnes each week. Answer 125 MCQs IAS 2 Item Answer Justification 125.1 C Carriage costs are delivery/couriering/postage costs, etc. Inwards means on goods received; outwards means on goods dispatched. Both are an expense. Costs of dispatch to customers and a distribution cost and not an inventory cost. 125.2 A Cost net of tax is $100,000. Since this is not paid for a year this is equivalent to $100,000 ÷ 1.1 = $90,909. The carriage costs would not be discounted for 30 days credit. So total cost is $92,909. 125.3 A There are 100 units in inventory at the end of the year. The net realisable value of 20 units is $150 ($170 - $20). Therefore the total inventory value is $750. 125.4 B 70 units @ $1,000 and 20 units @ $1,020 remain = $90,400 125.5 D As the cost of goods is increasing the average cost of the goods sold is higher than under FIFO. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1205 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 126 SALE OF GOODS AND LEISURE FACILITIES (a) Criteria for revenue recognition (b) The significant risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred to the buyer. This usually coincides with transfer of legal title or passing of possession. 2 Neither continuing managerial involvement nor effective control over goods sold is retained. 1 The amount of revenue can be measured reliably. 1 It is probable that economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow to entity. 1 Costs incurred (or to be incurred) in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably. 1 __ max 5 __ Revenue recognition Membership subscriptions The entity is performing a contractually agreed task (providing sports and leisure facilities) over an agreed period of time (one year). As the outcome of the transaction can be reliably estimated (fixed subscription), revenue should be recognised by reference to the state of completion of the transaction at the end of the reporting period. 2 The state of completion of the transaction must be assessed for each member. For example, if a member joined 5 months before the entity’s year end, 5/12 of that member’s subscription should be regarded as revenue of the period. 1 1 2 Additional activities Revenue should be recognised for all transactions completed by year end. For example, charges for squash courts used before year end should be recorded as revenue of the period. 1 1 ___ max 7 ___ Answer 127 MCQs IAS 18 12 ___ Item Answer Justification 127.1 D 127.2 B 127.3 C Revenue measurement takes into account trade discounts (and volume rebates). Bara expected to receive $800 of which $40 is not an economic benefit to Bara (the sales tax). The prompt payment discount allowed to the customer is an expense, not a reduction in revenue recognised. 127.4 D Revenue does not have to be fixed to be “measured reliably”. Costs must also be measured reliably but may still be to be incurred. Economic benefits (payment from customer) must be probable rather than guaranteed. 127.5 C A dividend is recognised in full when the right to receive it is established. 1206 Disposal proceeds are income but not revenue. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 128 DEPRECIATION AND REVALUATION (a) Factors to consider then calculating depreciation on head office The property comprises land and buildings. These are separable assets and are accounted for separately even where they are acquired together. 1 Land normally has an unlimited life and therefore is not depreciated. 1 Buildings have a limited life and are therefore depreciable assets. 1 As each accounting period can be expected to benefit equally from the use of the building, straight line depreciation will be appropriate. 1 (b) As the property is maintained to a high standard, its useful life and/or residual value will be extended, reducing the charge for depreciation each period. 1 __ 5 Warehouse expenditure __ The costs of extending the warehouse ($120,000) should be added to the carrying amount of the property. This is because future economic benefits associated with the extension would be expected to be received by the entity. 1 1 The costs of repairing the roof ($67,000) should be charged as an expense of the period. These costs merely maintain future benefits and do not increase the economic benefits. 1 1 __ (c) (d) 4 Warehouse valuation __ IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment allows property (also plant and equipment) to be carried at a revalued amount, being fair value at the date of the revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation. For property, fair value is market value for existing use and this is normally estimated by professionally qualified valuers. 1 1 1 1 However, the entire class of asset to which the warehouse belongs is required to be revalued (e.g. both warehouses or all land and buildings). It would therefore not be acceptable to selectively revalue just one of the warehouses. 1 Once revalued, the directors will be obliged to keep any revaluations up to date so that the carrying amount does not differ materially from fair value. The frequency of future revaluations will therefore depend on movements in the property market and could range from annually to once every three to five years. 1 1 __ max 6 Disclosure requirements for items stated at revalued amounts 1 __ The basis used to revalue the asset(s). The effective date of the revaluation. Whether an independent valuer was involved. The nature of any indices used to determine replacement cost. The carrying amount of each class of asset that would have been included in the financial statements had the assets been carried at cost less depreciation. The revaluation surplus, indicating the movement for the period and any restrictions on the distribution of the balance to shareholders. 1 1 1 1 1 2 ___ max 5 ___ ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1207 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 129 DIAMOND (IAS 16) (a) Ledger accounts Land – Cost or valuation $000 2013 1 Jan Balance 2014 1 Jan Balance 31 Dec Revaluation gain 1,000 _____ $000 2013 31 Dec Balance 2014 1,000 200 _____ 31 Dec Balance 1,200 _____ 2015 1 Jan Balance 1,000 _____ 1,200 _____ 1,200 _____ 1,200 Buildings - cost $000 $000 2013 1 Jan Balance 8 Oct Cash 500 50 ___ 2013 31 Dec Balance ___ 550 ___ 2014 1 Jan Balance 2015 1 Jan Balance 1208 550 ___ 550 550 ___ 2014 31 Dec Balance 550 ___ 550 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Buildings - depreciation $000 2013 31 Dec Balance 2014 31 Dec Balance 221 $000 2013 1 Jan Balance 31 Dec Profit or loss ___ 210 11 ___ 221 ___ 221 ___ 2014 1 Jan Balance 31 Dec Profit or loss ___ 221 11 ___ 232 ___ 232 ___ 232 2015 1 Jan Balance 232 Office equipment – cost 2013 1 Jan Balance 10 June Cash Disposal $000 40 12 4 ___ 2013 10 June Disposal 31 Dec Balance 8 48 ___ 56 ___ 2014 1 Jan Balance $000 56 ___ 2014 1 Mar Disposal 31 Dec Balance ___ 8 40 ___ 48 ___ 48 ___ 48 2015 1 Jan Balance 40 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1209 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Office equipment – depreciation $000 2013 10 June Disposal 31 Dec Balance 2014 1 Mar Disposal 31 Dec Balance 7 23 ___ 30 ___ 6 22 ___ 28 ___ $000 2013 1 Jan Balance 31 Dec Profit or loss 2014 1 Jan Balance 31 Dec Profit or loss 2015 1 Jan Balance 24 6 ___ 30 ___ 23 5 ___ 28 ___ 22 Office equipment – disposal $000 2013 10 Jun Cost 31 Dec Profit or loss 2014 1 Mar Cost 31 Dec Profit or loss 8 3 ___ 11 ___ 8 1 ___ $000 2013 10 June Depreciation. Cost 2014 1 Mar 7 4 ___ 11 ___ Depreciation Cash – proceeds of sale 9 ___ 6 3 ___ 9 ___ Revaluation surplus $000 (b) 2014 31 Dec Land $000 200 Purpose of depreciation In order for the financial statements to reflect properly all the costs of the entity for the period, it is necessary for there to be a charge against income in respect of the use of all non-current assets which have finite useful economic lives. The purpose of depreciation is thus mainly to ensure that the cost or valuation of a non-current asset is spread fairly over the years benefiting from its use and charged to profit or loss as with any other period costs such as labour and materials. The following factors should be taken into account when assessing depreciation: 1210 the carrying amount of the asset (cost or valuation); the expected useful economic life to the business, having due regard to the incidence of obsolescence; the estimated residual value of the net asset at the end of its useful economic life in the business. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 130 MCQs IAS 16 Item Answer Justification 130.1 A 130.2 D Revalued amount is the fair value at the date of the revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation (and impairment losses). 130.3 D Only assets in the same class are required to be revalued. Revaluations should be sufficiently regular but frequency is not stipulated in IAS 16. There is no requirement for valuations to be undertaken independently (though this will be disclosed if applicable). Depreciated replacement cost and income approaches are methods of estimating fair value. 130.4 B Depreciable amount is $800,000 ($1,000,000 – $200,000). Annual depreciation is $20,000. Therefore carrying amount is $980,000 ($1,000,000 – $200,000). 130.5 A The carrying amount will be fair value as at the reporting date. The depreciation charge will be based on carrying amount in the first year (i.e. cost). Answer 131 RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT (a) Why different treatment (b) For research (or the research phase of an internal project) it is not possible to demonstrate that an intangible asset exists that will generate probable future economic benefits. Therefore expenditure is always recognised as an expense when it is incurred. For development (or the development phase of an internal project), in some instances, it can be demonstrated that an intangible asset exists that will generate probable future economic benefits. This is because development is further advanced than research. Development costs are therefore recognised as an intangible asset from the point in time when they meet certain criteria that indicate that future economic benefits are probable. If research cannot be distinguished from development, expenditure is treated as research. Criteria for asset recognition 1 1 1 1 1 1 __ max 4 __ ALL of the following must be DEMONSTRATED: 1 Technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset. 1 Intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it. 1 Ability to use or sell it. 1 The existence of a market for the output of the intangible asset. 1 Availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and use or sell the intangible asset. 1 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1211 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (c) Ability to measure reliably the attributable expenditure during development. Development costs 1 __ max 6 __ Marketing awareness campaign Exclude – selling costs cannot be directly attributed or allocated on a reasonable basis to development activities. ½+1 Patent royalty payable to inventor of filter Include – expenditure represents a direct cost of a service consumed in development activities. ½+1 Salaries of staff testing filter prototypes (d) Include – expenditure on testing pre-production prototypes is a typical development activity. ½+1 Amortisation max 4 __ __ How The depreciable amount (e.g. cost) of an intangible with a finite useful life shall be allocated on a systematic basis over its useful life. The method used should reflect the pattern in which the related economic benefits are consumed. If that pattern cannot be determined reliably, the straight-line method should be used. 1 1 The determination of useful life will depend on such factors as 1 typical produce life cycles for the asset; and technological obsolescence. 1 Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised but will be tested annually for any impairment in their value. When Amortisation commences when the asset is available for use. 1 Amortisation (period and method) should be reviewed at least at each financial year end, and changed if useful life or the pattern of consumption of economic benefits is significantly changed. 1 1 1 ___ max 6 ___ 20 ___ 1212 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 132 DEFER Tutorial note: Note the letter style in this answer, which looks to apply the principles of IAS 38 rather than simply regurgitate them. Deferred development expenditure Thank you for your enquiry in which you requested advice concerning the procedures which should be introduced in order to identify the cost of an intangible asset arising from development and ensure compliance with best accounting practice. My recommendations are based on IAS 38 Intangible Assets. IAS 38 requires that development expenditure be recognised as an asset if, and only if, certain criteria are demonstrated. Research costs, and development costs which do not meet all the criteria should be recognised as an expense when they are incurred. Accordingly my recommendations are as follows. Guidelines to distinguish research based activities from development activities IAS 38 defines development as the application of research findings (or other knowledge) to a plan or design to produce new or substantially improved materials, products, processes, etc. On the other hand, research is work undertaken to gain new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding. IAS 38 criteria for asset recognition to be satisfied for identified development costs These criteria, which must be demonstrated, are set out in the Standard. For example, there must be an intention to complete and use or sell the intangible asset. If any of the criteria are not satisfied you must write off the expenditure. If, however, all the criteria are demonstrated, then the expenditure must be deferred (i.e. capitalised). Amortisation period and method for development expenditure recognised as an asset IAS 38 requires that an intangible asset with a finite life must be amortised on a systematic basis over its useful life. In determining useful life, reference should be made to such factors as expected usage of the asset, typical product life cycles, technical obsolescence and expected competition. Where there are rapid changes in technology (e.g. computer software) useful life is likely to be very short. The straight-line method should be used unless another method better reflects the pattern in which the asset’s economic benefits are consumed. If the asset has an indefinite useful life then the intangible is not amortised, instead it is tested annually for impairment with any fall in value being charged to profit or loss. IAS 38 disclosure requirements IAS 38 requires that the financial statements disclose: useful lives or amortisation rates and amortisation methods; gross carrying amount and accumulated amortisation at beginning and end of period; a reconciliation of the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the period showing additions, etc; the aggregate amount of research and development expenditure recognised as an expense during the period. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1213 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Procedures to be implemented These might include: using a chart of accounts to allocate staff costs, overheads, equipment, outside services, etc, to projects; formal notification by project managers to the finance department when a development phase takes over from a research phase; undertaking feasibility studies to determine the economic viability of planned or actually development expenditure; keeping a history of projections of useful lives against actual useful lives to justify using long lives; establishing criteria for impairment testing including monitoring of actual economic benefits against projections/ Answer 133 MCQs IAS 38 Item Answer Justification 133.1 D 133.2 A Residual value (if any) will affect the amount to be amortised but not the method. The useful life of other assets may affect the useful life an intangible asset but not the amortisation method applied to it. Whether or not the amount amortised is expenses or capitalised in another asset it irrelevant to the method. 133.3 B Staff training costs can never be recognised as an intangible asset (as the control criteria are not met). 133.4 D IAS 38 does not specify any period of amortisation so not A. Other bases are permitted (e.g. unit of production) so not B. Additional criteria must be considered (e.g. adequate finance and management’s intentions) so not C. 133.5 A The amounts previously expensed cannot be reinstated at a later date. The only costs which can be capitalised are $40,000 (maximum) and $10,000. Thus $50,000 would be amortised on a straight-line basis (in the absence of further information). Answer 134 ETERNITY CO (1) This event requires adjustment under IAS 10 Events After the Reporting Period as it clarifies the situation of the trade receivable at the year end. Consequently trade receivables should be written down by $200,000 either by writing off the irrecoverable debt or making an allowance for non-recovery of this amount. Tutorial note: Just because some cash has been received after the reporting period does not mean that as at the end of the reporting period a customer was not in financial difficulties. The point that is being illustrated here is that the amount to be allowed or written-off is the unrecoverable portion. It is assumed here, because the question does not specify, that all of the $200,000 relates to amounts owing at the reporting date. If, for example, Wico had settled the $250,000 but then been sold another $200,000 of goods, no allowance or write-off could be made. 1214 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (2) Although accounts would not normally be amended to reflect disposals of non-current assets after the reporting period, the event should be disclosed in the notes. However, in this case the sale price is evidence of a permanent fall in the value of the building at the year end and, unless it can be shown that the fall in value arose from post year end circumstances, the accounts should be adjusted to $2.7 million. (3) This event provides further evidence as to the net realisable value of the electric tricycles at the year end, and should be adjusted for. The remaining unsold year end inventories should be written down to net realisable value, which should include allowance for all anticipated costs of transporting the tricycles to Bolivia. Prudence may dictate a write down to scrap value if the Bolivia option appears unlikely to arise. (4) Government actions, such as a nationalisation, after the reporting period should not be adjusted for but disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. Full provision for the loss arising from the nationalisation would only be made in the 31 December 2014 accounts if the going concern assumption was not appropriate. (5) The flood could be disclosed in the notes. However, as the branch is fully insured, it is unlikely that a material loss will arise. Therefore, as non-disclosure may not affect the users of financial statements, disclosure of the flood may be considered unnecessary. (6) Under IAS 10 the share issue should not be adjusted for but disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. Non-disclosure would clearly affect the ability of users to make proper evaluations and decisions, since, for example, the rights issue affects earnings per share (and market value). Answer 135 ACCOUNTING TREATMENTS (1) Trade and other receivables would be increased to $18,600 for inclusion in the published accounts. Though the final figure was not known until after 31 December, the event provides further evidence of a condition that existed at the end of the reporting period. (2) Reduce the asset to its “recoverable amount” as at 31 December 2014. The impairment in value must be charged to profit and loss and may be disclosed separately as it is a material amount. (3) The existence of a possible obligation depends on a future event – the legal outcome. In accordance with IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, such a contingent liability should not be recognised (i.e. cannot be provided). A 20% chance of success indicates a possibility that the claim will succeed (i.e. less than probable). A note to the financial statements should disclose the contingent liability, stating the nature of the contingency an estimate of the financial effect, i.e. $500,000 loss (less expected tax relief) the uncertain factors affecting the future outcome the possibility of any reimbursement (e.g. recourse to manufactures or insurance). (4) Include the item in inventories at the net realisable value of $1,600 ($1,900 – $300) as this is less than cost. The net realisable value allows for anticipated extra costs and assumes that no profit or loss will be made on eventual disposal. (5) The company should make a provision for $100,000 (i.e. should recognise 10% as a liability). However, the possible obligation (30%) is a contingent liability which should not be recognised but disclosed (IAS 37). The disclosure is as in (3) except that the financial effect is $300,000 (30% $1 million). The remaining 60% should be ignored as the likelihood of liability is remote. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1215 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Tutorial note: In (3) above it is not appropriate to provide for 20% $500,000 (i.e. $100,000). An expected value is only appropriate where there are a number of similar obligations (as with product warranties (5)). Answer 136 FOUR EVENTS (a) Additional evidence Bankruptcy of a customer who owed money to the entity at year end Provides additional evidence of doubts about financial position of customer (and therefore recoverability of trade receivable) existing at the end of the reporting period. Flood damaging inventories held at year end This does not provide additional evidence of the physical state of inventory (and recoverability of its cost) as at the end of the reporting period. Receipt of long term loan from bank This does not provide additional evidence. The asset (cash) and liability (loan) did not exist at the end of the reporting period. ½ for each Y/N to additional evidence 1 for identifying condition 4 __ 6 __ Issue of credit note for goods sold before year end This provides additional evidence of a cancellation of a sale and corresponding trade receivable existing at the end of the reporting period. (b) Omission of significant inventories The oversight constitutes an error (i.e. the financial statements of one or more prior periods can no longer be considered reliable at the date of their issue). 1 The opening balance of retained earnings should be adjusted for the prior year effect and the comparative information restated (unless it is impracticable to do so). 1 1 1 Disclosure The nature of the error The amount of correction for current period and prior period(s) The fact that comparative info has been restated (or impracticable). 1 1 1 ___ max 5 (c) ___ Event after the reporting period Event occurs (and final outcome is known) before the date on which the financial statements are approved. 1 Event may relate to conditions which existed at the end of the reporting period (“adjusting event”) or may relate to conditions which did not exist at that date (“non-adjusting event”). 1 Contingent liability 1216 A possible obligation arising from past events whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or not-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events; or ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1 STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (d) 1 __ 4 __ Disclosure of contingent liabilities (e) A present obligation which is not recognised because an outflow of resources is not probable, or cannot be measured with sufficient reliability. The nature of the contingent liability. A best estimate of the financial effect Uncertainties that may affect the future outcome (amount or timing of cash flow). The possibility of any reimbursement. Circumstances for going concern disclosure per IAS 1 1 1 1 1 __ 3 ___ The financial statements are not prepared on a going concern basis. 1 Management is aware of material uncertainties related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt upon the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. 1 __ 2 __ 20 Answer 137 MCQs IAS 37 ___ Item Answer Justification 137.1 A An allowance which adjusts the carrying amount of an asset is not a provision within the meaning of IAS 37. The other statements concern contingent liabilities. 137.2 A This expected value is the best estimate for a large population of items (e.g. warranties). The mid-point would only be suitable for a continuous range of possible outcomes where each outcome is equally likely (i.e. as an approximation to the expected value). The other estimates are suitable when measuring a single obligation. 137.3 B As it is more likely than not than some payout will be made (70% chance) a provision must be made. This is a single obligation for which $100,000 is (by far) the most likely outcome. (An expected value does not provide a suitable best estimate in this case.) 137.4 C 70% is probable but not virtually certain, so an asset cannot be recognised in the statement of financial position but disclosed as a contingent asset. (It is not necessary to specify a best estimate for this disclosure as the possible outcomes and their relative probabilities can be described.) Answer 138 MCQs IAS 10 Item Answer Justification 138.1 A Sales proceeds at less than cost of inventory provide evidence that inventory should be written down. Recovery of a debt written off means that it was not bad and so should be instated. The subsidiary existed at the year end and its subsequent sale does not change that fact. The damage caused by the flood did not exist at the end of the reporting period. 138.2 D The condition (quake damage) did not exist at the end of the reporting period. There is no liability (actual or contingent) to be included in the 2014 financial statements. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1217 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 138.3 C The discovery of the fraud has revealed that inventory does not exist and so should be adjusted (written off). 138.4 B Although the earthquake is non-adjusting the going concern basis is no longer appropriate. Answer 139 ANTIPODEAN Statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2014 $ Cash flows from operating activities Profit before taxation Adjustments for Depreciation Net loss on disposals Interest expense $ Presn 1 25,200 1 7,000 310 3,000 ______ 1 1 1 Operating profit before working capital changes Decrease in trade receivables Decrease in inventories Increase in trade payables 35,510 2,450 7,830 10,700 ______ ½ ½ ½ Cash generated from operations Interest paid $(3,000 – 400) 56,490 (2,600) ______ 1 53,890 Net cash from operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Purchase of long-term investments $(25,000 – 17,000) Purchase of equipment and cars $(36,400 (W1) + 19,860 (W2)) Proceeds from sale of equipment and cars (W3) (8,000) (56,260) 6,900 ______ 1 4 2 (57,360) Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Capital and other drawings Borrowings repayment (21,630) (3,000) ______ 1 1 Net cash used in financing activities (24,630) ______ Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents (28,100) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period $(3,600 + 1,800) 5,400 ______ Cash and cash equivalents at end of period $(4,800 + 700 – 28,200) (22,700) ——— 1218 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1½ ___ 18 ___ STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) WORKINGS Equipment (carrying amount) (1) $ Bal b/d 17,600 Additions () 36,400 ——– 54,000 ——– (2) $ Disposal Depreciation Bal c/d 5,200 3,000 45,800 ——– 54,000 ——– Motor vehicles (carrying amount) $ Bal b/d 4,080 Additions () 19,860 ——– 23,940 ——– (3) $ Disposal Depreciation Bal c/d 2,010 3,000 18,930 ——– 23,940 ——– Disposals $ Equipment Motor vehicle Profit on disposal (equipment) 5,200 2,010 430 ——– 7,640 ——– $ Loss on disposal (vehicles) Proceeds () 740 6,900 ——– 7,640 ——– Tutorial note: Alternatively, consider 2 separate disposal a/cs. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1219 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 140 R2D2 CO Statement of cash flows for the year ended 30 June 2015 $ Cash flows from operating activities Profit before tax Adjustments for Depreciation $(3,000 + 1,000) Profit on sale of fixed assets (W3) Interest expense $ 14,400 4,000 (100) 1,000 ——— 19,300 (5,000) (7,250) (3,000) ——— 4,050 (500) (1,200) ——— Operating profit before working capital adjustments Increase in inventories Increase in trade receivables Decrease in trade payables Cash generated from operations Interest paid (W5) Income taxes paid (W4) Net cash from operating activities 2,350 Cash flows from investing activities Purchase of property Purchase of plant and equipment (W1) Proceeds from sale of plant and equipment (W3) (10,000) (1,000) 350 ——— Net cash used in investing activities (10,650) Cash flows from financing activities Part repayment of loan (4,000) ——— Net cash used in financing activities (4,000) ——— (12,300) Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 1,300 ——— (11,000) ——— Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year Cash and cash equivalents at end of period WORKINGS Plant and equipment – Cost (1) $ Bal b/d Additions () 1220 5,000 1,000 ——– 6,000 ——– $ Disposal Bal c/d 1,000 5,000 ——– 6,000 ——– ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (2) Plant and equipment – Accumulated depreciation $ Disposal Bal c/d (3) 750 2,250 ——– 3,000 ——– $ Bal b/d Depreciation charge for year () 2,000 1,000 ——– 3,000 ——– Plant and equipment – Disposals $ Cost Profit on sale 1,000 100 ——– 1,100 ——– (4) $ Accumulated depreciation Proceeds 750 350 ——– 1,100 ——– Tax payable $ Cash paid () Bal c/d (5) 1,200 1,800 ——– 3,000 ——– $ Bal b/d Charge to profit or loss 1,000 2,000 ——– 3,000 ——– Interest payable $ Cash paid () Bal c/d 500 700 ——– 1,200 ——– $ Bal b/d Charge to profit or loss ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 200 1,000 ——– 1,200 ——– 1221 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 141 MOMI CO Statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2014 $000 Cash flow from operating activities Profit before tax Adjustments for Depreciation charges $(111 + 351) (W1, W2) Profit on sale of equipment (W1) Loss on sale of fixtures (W2) $000 1,381 462 (19) 5 ——— 1,829 (660) (773) 4 —— 400 (255) —— Operating profit before working capital adjustments Increase in inventories Increase in trade receivables Increase in trade payables Cash generated from operations Income tax paid (W3) Net cash from operating activities 145 Cash flows from investing activities Purchase of plant and equipment $(312 + 366) (W1, W2) Proceeds from sale of plant and equipment $(203 + 95) (W1, W2) (678) 298 —— Net cash used in investing activities (380) Cash flows from financing activities Equity dividends paid (W4) Proceeds from issuance of ordinary share capital (300) 400 —— 100 ——— (135) Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year $(1,050 + 197) Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $(600 + 512) 1,247 ——— 1,112 ——— WORKINGS (1) Plant and equipment (at carrying amount) $000 Balance b/f Bank – purchase 2,086 312 $000 P & E – disposal Depreciation (al fig) Balance c/f ——– 2,398 ——– 1222 184 111 2,103 ——– 2,398 ——– ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Plant and equipment – Disposal $000 P & E – carrying amount Depreciation – gain on disposal (2) 184 19 —— 203 —— $000 Cash – proceeds 203 —— 203 —— Fixtures and fittings (at carrying amount) $000 Balance b/f Bank – purchase (al fig) 1,381 366 $000 F + F – disposal Depreciation Balance c/f ——– 1,747 ——– 100 351 1,296 ——– 1,747 ——– Fixtures and fittings – Disposal $000 F + F – carrying amount 100 $000 Cash – proceeds Depreciation – loss on disposal —— 100 —— (3) 95 5 —— 100 —— Tax payable $000 Bank – tax paid (al fig) Balance c/f 255 312 —— 567 —— (4) $000 Balance b/f Profit or loss 257 310 —— 567 —— Dividends payable $000 Bank – dividends paid (al fig) Balance c/f 300 154 —— 454 —— $000 Balance b/f Profit or loss 132 322 —— 454 —— Tutorial note: The principles of incomplete records questions and sound logic should assist you in producing the necessary workings to determine the missing information. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1223 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 142 JANE Statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2014 Reference to workings Cash flows from operating activities Profit for the year Adjustments for: Depreciation Loss on sale of plant Loss on sale of investments Interest expense 1 1 $000 30 100 20 10 15 ___ Operating profit before working capital changes Increase in inventories Increase in trade receivables Increase in trade payables 175 (30) (70) 10 ___ Cash generated from operating activities Interest paid 85 15 ___ Net cash from operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Purchase of property, plant and equipment Proceeds of sale: property, plant and equipment investment 2 Cash flows from financing activities Proceeds from issuance of share capital Proceeds from issuance of loan notes Dividends paid 180 50 (30) ___ Net cash from financing activities Net decrease in cash 3 70 (450) 60 40 ____ Net cash used in investing activities $000 (350) 200 –––– (80) –––– WORKINGS (1) Calculation of profit for the year $000 45 Profit from operations Interest paid (10% × 150,000) (15) –––– 30 (40) –––– (10) –––– Profit for the year Dividends Retained profit for year (200 – 190) 1224 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (2) Property, plant and equipment account $000 Balance Revaluation surplus Assets purchased 730 100 450 $000 Depreciation Carrying amount of items sold 100 80 Balance (3) _____ 1,100 _____ 1,280 _____ 1,280 _____ Movement on cash Balance at 1 January 2014 Balance at 31 December 2014 (20 – 40) (30 – 130) (20) (100) ____ Movement for year (80) ____ Answer 143 C3P0 Statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2014 $ Cash flows from operating activities Cash receipts from customers (W1) Cash paid to suppliers and employees (W2) Cash generated from operations Interest paid Dividends paid* 1½ 3 35,000 (13,000) (20,000) ______ ½ ½ 2,000 (41,000) (30,000) ______ 1½ ½ (71,000) Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from financing activities Proceeds from issued shares (10,000 + 2,000) Proceeds from long-term borrowings Presn 1 190,000 (155,000) _______ Net cash from operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Purchase of property and plant (40,000 + 1,000) Purchase of investments $ 12,000 50,000 ______ 1 ½ Net cash from financing activities 62,000 ______ Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January 2014 (7,000) 3,000 ______ Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2014 (4,000) ——— Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com ___ 11 * Could be shown as a financing cash flow. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. 1 ___ 1225 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK WORKINGS (1) Receipts from sales Receivables control $ $ Balance b/d Sales 40,000 200,000 _______ Cash receipts (al fig) Balance c/d 240,000 ———— (2) 190,000 50,000 ________ 240,000 ———— Payments Payables and wage control $ Cash paid (al fig) Depreciation * Balance c/d (3) $ 155,000 2,000 60,000 ________ Balance b/d 40,000 Purchases re cost of sales (W3) 130,000 Expenses 47,000 ________ 217,000 ———— 217,000 ———— Cost of sales $ Opening inventory Purchases and wages 55,000 130,000 ________ $ Cost of sales Closing inventory 185,000 ———— 120,000 65,000 ________ 185,000 ———— * Alternatively, depreciation could be adjusted against cost of sales. 1226 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 144 TIVOLI Statement of cash flows for the year ended 31 December 2014 Cash flows from operating activities Adjustments for profit before tax Depreciation charges (W1) Profit on sale of plant Interest expense Operating profit before working capital adjustments Increase in inventories Increase in trade receivables Increase in trade and other payables (W3) Cash generated from operations Interest paid (W2) Income taxes paid $000 350 480 (30) 100 —— 900 (101) (60) 7 —— 746 (90) (111) —— Net cash from operating activities Cash flows from investing activities Purchase of property, plant and equipment (W1) Proceeds from sale of plant 545 (1,500) 100 ——– Net cash used in investing activities Cash flow from financing activities Equity dividends paid $(80 – 19) Preferred dividend paid (8% $240) Proceeds from issuance of share capital Proceeds from long-term borrowings Redemption of preferred shares Net cash inflow from financing activities Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year $(60 – 78) Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $(138 – 115) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $000 (1,400) (61) (19) 600 450 (120) ——– 850 —— (5) (18) —— (23) —— 1227 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK WORKINGS (1) Non-current assets and depreciation Plant and equipment $000 Balance b/f Additions (bal) 900 700 ——– 1,600 ——– $000 Disposals Balance c/f Additions for year 250 1,350 ——– 1,600 ——– $000 Plant and equipment $(700 – 10) Land and buildings $(2,160 – 1,500) Motor vehicles $(750 – 600) 690 660 150 ——– 1,500 ——– Accumulated depreciation $000 Disposals Balance c/f 180 450 —— 630 —— $000 Balance b/f Charge (bal) Charge for year $000 Plant and equipment (as above) Land and buildings $(180 – 150) Motor vehicles $(360 – 240) (2) 300 330 —— 630 —— 330 30 120 —— 480 —— Interest paid Interest expense $000 Cash paid Balance c/d 1228 90 20 —— 110 —— $000 Balance b/d Profit or loss 10 100 —— 110 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (3) Trade and other payables Per question Less Interest accrual Plant creditor 2014 $ 2013 $ 63,000 (20,000) (10,000) ——— 33,000 ——— 36,000 (10,000) – ——— 26,000 ——— Movement = $7,000 increase Answer 145 MCQs IAS 7 Item Answer Justification 145.1 C 145.2 A Dividends received may be classified as investing (or operating) but dividends paid are financing (or operating). Repayment of a bank loan and proceeds from a share issue are financing cash flows. 145.3 B The proposing of dividends and issuing of bonus shares are not cash flow transactions. 145.4 D 145.5 D Per draft Decrease in inventories should be added, not deducted (2 × 9) Decrease in payables should be deducted, not added (2 × 12) $m 62 18 (24) ––– 56 Answer 146 P & S Consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2014 Goodwill (W2) Other assets (8,000 + 4,000) Share capital Retained earnings (W4) Non-controlling interest (W3) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 2,000 12,000 ——— 14,000 ——— 6,000 6,800 ——— 12,800 1,200 ——— 14,000 ——— 1229 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK WORKINGS (1) S net assets Reporting date $ 1,000 500 2,500 ——— 4,000 ——— Share capital Share premium Retained earnings (2) $ 1,000 200 ——— 1,200 ——— Retained earnings $ 6,000 800 ——— 6,800 ——— P as per question Share of S post-acquisition (80% × 1,000) 1230 $ 4,000 1,000 (3,000) ——— 2,000 ——— Non-controlling interest Fair value on acquisition Share of post-acquisition profits (1,000 × 20%) (4) $ 1,000 500 1,500 ——— 3,000 ——— Postacquisition $ – – 1,000 ——— 1,000 ——— Goodwill Fair value of consideration Fair value of non-controlling interest on acquisition Less: Fair value of net assets on acquisition (3) Acquisition ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 147 HAPPY AND SAD Consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2014 Non-current assets Goodwill (W2) Tangible (135,000 + 60,000) $ 8,000 195,000 ———— 203,000 Current assets (57,000 + 46,000 – 400) 102,600 ———— 305,600 ———— Share capital Revaluation surplus Retained earnings 50,000 63,500 125,600 ———— 239,100 8,500 ———— 247,600 58,000 ———— 305,600 ———— Non-controlling interest Total equity Current liabilities (32,000 + 26,000) WORKINGS (1) S net assets Reporting date $ 15,000 15,000 50,000 ——— 80,000 ——— Share capital Revaluation surplus Retained earnings (2) Acquisition $ 15,000 – 10,000 ——— 25,000 ——— Postacquisition $ – 15,000 40,000 ——— 55,000 ——— Goodwill $ Fair value of consideration 30,000 Fair value of non-controlling interest on acquisition (15,000 × 10% × $2) 3,000 Less: Fair value of net assets of subsidiary on acquisition (25,000) ——— 8,000 ——— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1231 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (3) Non-controlling interest Fair value on acquisition (W2) Share of post-acquisition profits (55,000 × 10%) (4) 3,000 5,500 ——— 8,500 ——— Unrealised profit $ 400 Profit in goods sold ($2,000 × 25/125) Profit is 25% of cost price, $2,000 is the selling price, therefore profit is calculated as 25/125 (not 25%) (5) Revaluation surplus $ 50,000 13,500 ——— 63,500 ——— Happy as per question Share of Sad post-acquisition (90% × 15,000) (6) Retained earnings $ 90,000 (400) 36,000 ——— 125,600 ——— Happy as per question Unrealised profit (W4) Share of Sad post-acquisition (90% × 40,000) Answer 148 FAYE Consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 2014 $ Assets Long-term assets Tangible assets (33,000 + 20,000 + 1,500) Intangible assets – goodwill 54,500 6,500 ——— 61,000 20,000 ——— 81,000 ——— Current assets (5,000 + 15,000) 1232 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Equity and liabilities Capital and reserves Called up share capital Share premium account Retained earnings (W5) 12,000 5,000 10,000 ——— 27,000 6,000 ——— 33,000 Non-controlling interest (W4) Total equity Long-term liabilities 8% Debenture loans (20,000 + 9,000) Current liabilities (9,000 + 10,000) 29,000 19,000 ——— 81,000 ——— WORKINGS (1) Group structure Faye 75% Garbo (2) Net assets of Garbo Reporting date $ 4,000 1,500 12,000 ——— 17,500 ——— Share capital Fair value land adjustment Retained earnings (3) Acquisition $ 4,000 1,500 8,000 ——— 13,500 ——— Postacquisition $ – – 4,000 Goodwill Fair value of consideration Fair value of non-controlling interest on acquisition Less: Fair value of net assets acquired (100% (W2)) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 15,000 5,000 (13,500) ——— 6,500 ——— 1233 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (4) (5) Non-controlling interest Fair value on acquisition Garbo (25% 4,000 (W2)) 5,000 1,000 ——— 6,000 ——— Retained earnings $ Faye Garbo (75% 4,000 (W2)) 7,000 3,000 ——– 10,000 ——– Answer 149 HONEY Consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2014 $ Assets Non-current assets Tangible assets (27,000 + 12,500) 39,500 Current assets (25,000 + 12,000) 37,000 ——— 76,500 ——— Equity and liabilities Shareholders’ equity Called up share capital Share premium account Retained earnings (W4) 20,000 6,000 18,333 ——— 44,333 5,667 ——— 50,000 12,000 14,500 ——— 76,500 ——— Non-controlling interest (W3) Non-current liabilities Current liabilities 1234 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 30 June 2014 $ 54,000 (20,000) ——— 34,000 (3,600) (4,200) (1,200) ——— 25,000 (8,000) ——— 17,000 ——— Revenue (24,000 + 30,000) Cost of sales (9,000 + 11,000) Gross profit Distribution costs (2,300 + 1,300) Administrative expenses (1,500 + 2,700) Interest payable and similar charges Profit before taxation Income tax expense (3,000 + 5,000) Profit for the year Profit attributable to: Owners of Honey Non-controlling interest (⅓ 10,000) 13,667 3,333 ——— 17,000 ——— Profit for the year Extract from SOCIE Retained earnings brought forward (2,000 + (⅔ 4,000)) Profit for the year attributable to owners of Honey 4,666 13,667 ——— 18,333 ——— Retained earnings carried forward WORKINGS (1) S net assets Reporting date $ 3,000 14,000 ——— 17,000 ——— Share capital Retained earnings (2) $ 3,000 – ——— 3,000 ——— Postacquisition $ – 14,000 ——— 14,000 ——— Goodwill Fair value of consideration Fair value of non-controlling interest on acquisition Less: Fair value of net assets on acquisition (3) Acquisition $ 2,000 1,000 (3,000) ——— – ——— Non-controlling interest Fair value on acquisition Share of post-acquisition profits (14,000 × 1/3) ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com $ 1,000 4,667 ——— 5,667 ——— 1235 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK (4) Retained earnings $ 9,000 9,333 ——— 18,333 ——— P as per question Share of S post-acquisition (2/3 × 14,000) Answer 150 HUMPHREY Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 30 September 2014 $000 1,400 (742) ——– 658 (110) (120) 9 (31) ——– 406 (184) ——– 222 ——– Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Distribution costs Administrative expenses Investment income Interest Profit before tax Taxation Profit for the year Non-controlling interest (W3) Owners of Humphrey 6 216 ——– 222 ——– WORKINGS (1) Group structure Humphrey 80% Stanley 1236 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (2) Consolidated statement of comprehensive income Humphrey Revenue Cost of sales – per Q – provision for unrealised profit Distribution Administration Investment income (20 – 16) Interest payable Tax $000 1,100 (600) (2) (60) (65) 4 (25) (160) Profit for the year (3) Stanley Adjust- Consolment idated $000 $000 $000 400 (100) 1,400 (240) 100 – – (742) (50) (110) (55) (120) 5 9 (6) (31) (24) (184) —– 30 —– Non-controlling interest $000 6 —— 20% 30,000 (W2 or as per question) Answer 151 HAPPY (a) Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March 2015 $ 376,167 (177,867) ———– 198,300 (88,300) 3,200 ———– 113,200 (57,067) ——— 56,133 ——— Revenue Cost of sales Gross profit Operating costs Investment income Profit before tax Income tax Profit for the year Attributable to: Non-controlling interest (W3) Shareholders of P Profit (b) 2,733 53,400 ——— 56,133 ——— Time apportionment The results of a subsidiary are included in the consolidated accounts from the date control is achieved. Happy acquired 75% of the issued ordinary capital of Sleepy on 30 November 2014. This is the date on which control passed and hence the date from which the results of Sleepy should be reflected in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1237 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK All reserves earned by Sleepy in the four months since that date are post-acquisition reserves. The remaining previous eight months’ profit from 1 April to 30 November 2014 are all preacquisition reserves and will be included in the calculation of goodwill on consolidation. WORKINGS (1) Group structure Happy 75% (acquired 30 Nov 2010 so 4/12 in) Sleepy (2) Consolidation schedule Happy Sleepy Adjust- Consolidated ment 4 12 $ $ 303,600 72,567 (143,800) (34,067) (71,200) (17,100) 2,800 400 (46,200) (10,867) ——— 10,933 ——— Sales revenue Cost of sales Operating costs Investment income Tax Profit (3) $ – – $ 376,167 (177,867) (88,300) 3,200 (57,067) Non-controlling interest 25% $10,933 2,733 ——– Tutorial note: Alternative calculation for profit for Sleepy (W2) Profit for the year per question 32,800 4 $10,933 12 ——— 1238 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 152 BING AND CROSBY (a) Goodwill on acquisition of Crosby $000 Fair value of consideration Fair value of non-controlling interest Less: Fair value of assets at acquisition: Share capital Retained earnings Goodwill on acquisition (b) (6,300) ––––– 2,150 ––––– Consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year ended 31 October 2014 Revenue (9,600 + 3,900 – 300) Cost of sales (5,550 + 2,175 – 300 + (50% × 100)) Gross profit Distribution costs (1,050 + 480) Administrative expenses (1,650 + 735) Finance cost (25 – 10) Profit before tax Income tax expense (600 + 120) Profit for the year Profit attributable to: Owners of the parent Non-controlling interest (365 × 40%) (c) 6,000 300 ––––– $000 5,250 3,200 $000 13,200 (7,475) ––––– 5,725 (1,530) (2,385) (15) ––––– 1,795 (720) ––––– 1,075 ––––– 929 146 ––––– 1,075 ––––– Associates An associate is defined as an entity over which the investor has significant influence and that is not a subsidiary (nor an interest in a joint venture). Significant influence can be determined by the holding of voting rights (usually shares) in the entity. If an investor holds 20% to 50% of the voting power of the investee, then the investor will usually have significant influence over the investee, unless it can be clearly demonstrated this is not the case. The following are examples that might demonstrate the existence of significant influence: A representative of the investor on the board of directors of the investee. The participation by the investor in the policy making process of the investee. Material transactions between investee and investor. The interchange of management personnel between the two companies. The provision of essential technical information by the investor to the investee. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1239 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 153 MCQs CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 153.1 A 153.2 D X has control over both P (through control over directors) and R (through power over operating and financial policies). X only has significant influence over Q which would therefore be an associate of X not a subsidiary. $000 Cost of shares Non-controlling interest on acquisition $000 300 100 ____ 400 Net assets acquired Share capital Retained earnings 200 36 ____ (236) ____ 164 ____ 153.3 C $000 Cost of shares Non-controlling interest on acquisition $000 177 52 ___ 229 Net assets acquired Share capital Retained earnings Fair value adjustment (land) 100 50 10 ___ (160) ___ 69 ___ 153.4 B $000 90 32 ___ Vaynor Yarlet ((70 – 30) × 80%) Consolidated retained earnings 153.5 122 ___ A $000 168 112 —— 56 —— Sales value Cost of sales Profit 1240 % 150 100 —— 50 —— ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Tutorial note: Mark-up is “on cost”. If cost is 100%, profit is 50% and sales value 150%. Unrealised profit in inventory is $36,000 × 50/150 = $12,000 153.6 B $000 300 130 (5) –––– 425 –––– Tomas’s receivables Drew’s receivables Less: Inter-company (due from Tomas) Answer 154 ALEX (a) Four financial ratios 31 March 2014 2015 40% 35.7% Gross profit percentage Gross profit 100 Sales revenue Net profit percentage Net profit 100 Sales revenue 8% – 0.7% 9.4% – 1% 8 100 85 1 100 100 2 each ratio including those not given here Return on capital employed Profit before interest and tax 100 Capital employed Average period of credit allowed to customers Closing trade receivables Credit sales revenue $11,000 365 $100,000 $24,000 365 $140,000 = 40 days = 63 days ___ 8 (b) ___ Reasons for closing the business Artur can obtain 10% per annum from a bank deposit account. This represents a better return on capital than his son’s business, which earned 9.4% during the year ended 31 March 2014. 1½ Alex can obtain employment earning $10,000 per annum. His business does not seem to be able to provide him with a salary at present. Therefore, it would benefit him financially to take up the offer of employment. 1½ The financial ratios calculated indicate that the results of the business are deteriorating. Therefore, it may be better to close it down now. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1241 1 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK The financial ratios calculated show that the business has deteriorated considerably. The gross profit percentage has decreased. Furthermore, the credit period allowed to customers has risen from 40 days to 63 days, indicating that Alex needs to keep a tighter control on the business. 1½ Reason in favour of its continuance Artur may have a sound business plan and ideas for expanding sales revenue considerably in future years, leading to increased profitability. 1 ___ 4 ___ 12 Answer 155 SOLO (a) ____ Ratios 2013 (i) Current ratio 30,500: 23,050 = 1.3:1 28,500: 19,400 = 1.5 1 OR Quick ratio 16,500: 23,050 = 0.7:1 15,500: 19,400 = 0.8:1 (ii) Inventory turnover (days) 14,000 365 = 122 days 42,000 13,000 365 = 140 days 34,000 (iii) Receivables turnover (days) (iv) Payables turnover (days) (v) Gross profit % OR Net profit % (before tax) (vi) Return on equity (vii) ROCE 16,000 60,000 365 = 97 days 23,050 365 = 200 days 42,000 18,000 100 = 30% 60,000 300 60,000 100 = 0.5% (50) 100 = (0.4)% 13,950 2,500 100 = 12.5% 13,950 6,000 (viii) Leverage (Debt/Equity) 1242 2014 6,000 100 = 43.0% 13,950 15,000 365 = 110 days 50,000 19,400 365 = 208 days 34,000 16,000 100 = 32% 50,000 1,700 100 = 3.4% 50,000 1,100 100 = 7.5% 14,600 3,000 100 = 14.9% 14,600 5,500 5,500 = 37.7% 14,600 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) (b) Comments Liquidity (measured by current and quick ratios) has fallen slightly. Although, the cash (asset) position has so far been maintained an overdraft facility may be needed. As inventories are not particularly slow-moving (being turned over approximately three times a year) the fact that the quick ratio is half the current ratio is not a cause for concern. Revenue has increased by 20% although investment in property, plant and equipment has increased by only 9%. This suggests an increase in both volume and prices. However, cost of sales has increased by more than sales (23.5%) so: gross profit has increased by 12½%; gross profit percentage has fallen (marginally). A major problem for Solo is its small net profit margin. Distribution and admin expenses have increased by 19% (almost as much as the increase in revenue). The small reduction in gross profit percentage and the increase in interest (70%) have reduced net profit percentage to just ½%. Reduction in inventory turnover (by 18 days) is consistent with an increased volume of sales. Credit control has improved suggesting that the increase in revenue has not been generated by sales to risky (uncreditworthy) customers. Tightening of credit control has helped to maintain the cash at bank position. On average Solo is still taking twice the credit period (i.e. nearly 6 months) from suppliers that it is granting to customers. However, suppliers are being paid slightly earlier (by 8 days) in 2014 than in 2013. Although the return on capital employed has fallen only marginally (from 14.9% to 12.5%) return on equity is now negative. This is due to the significant increase in finance costs. Tutorial note: It goes beyond the scope of 6 marks to speculate why the finance costs should be so much more in the current year. But, for example, the level of interest-bearing borrowings might have been higher during the year than at the year end (and/or lower during the previous year). And/or the company many have operated a bank overdraft facility during the year which is not reflected in the year-end statements of financial position. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1243 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK Answer 156 DARTH (a) Ratios (i) Supplier ratios 2013 2014 92,447 36,862 99,615 42,475 = 2.5 = 2.3 92,447 40,145 36,862 99,615 50,455 42,475 = 1.4 = 1.2 15,254 100% 40,740 18,686 100% 50,000 = 37.4% = 37.4% Revenue 486,300 583,900 Non - current assets 4,995 12,700 = 97 times = 46 times Current ratio = Quick ratio = (ii) Current assets Current liabilities Current assets - inventory Current liabilities Management ratios Return on capital employed = Profit before tax Issued capital and reserves Long-term asset turnover = (b) 1244 Comments The current ratio is decreasing but Darth is still “flush with funds”. The quick ratio (measure of the company’s immediate liquidity) is also decreasing and at a faster rate due to the increasing investment in inventory. The reduction in cash at bank ($6.3m) reflects the financing of long-term assets. This is an improvement on 2013 as $12m cash should not be earning as good a return (i.e. interest receivable) for shareholders as investment in long-term assets and working capital (i.e. earning profits). Return on capital employed has remained constant. The ratio of turnover to noncurrent assets has halved due to the high investment ($7.7m) in non-current assets. This investment should help increase turnover and profitability in future years. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com STUDY QUESTION BANK – FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) Answer 157 MCQs INTERPRETATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Item Answer Justification 157.1 A The amount of the overstatement in opening inventory (1) will be an additional cost in the current period, hence gross profit would fall. (2) will charge to profit costs that relate to the next period. (Note that the goods are not in inventory at the period end, hence cost of sales is overstated.) (3) would inflate sales and hence increase profit. (4) would reduce costs of purchase and hence increase profit also. 157.2 B ROCE = 157.3 C 8 365 = 73 days 40 157.4 C 157.5 A 88 = 181/3 % 200 80 120 80 Gearing = Debt/Equity (or Debt/(Equity + Debt). (1) Bonus issue has no effect. (2) increases equity. (3) The issue of debt increases financial leverage. (4) increases equity. ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com 1245 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING (F3/FFA) – STUDY QUESTION BANK 1246 ©2014 DeVry/Becker Educational Development Corp. All rights reserved. Ali Niaz - ali.niaz298@gmail.com